LSNI

S314vV4417 Li

De - cn

NYINOSHLINS

RIES SMITHSONIAN

NYINOSHLINS

NOILNLILSNI

tIES SMITHSONIAN

ILSNI

ki :

SMITHSONIAN

R1ES SMITHSONIAN

LSNI

INSTITUTION

NVINOSHLINS

S31Y#V4411 LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLIWS

RIES SMITHSONIAN

LSNI

NYINOSHAINS

LES

ION _NOIALNLILSNI

SMITHS

NVINOSHLIWS

ONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

111 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN

NYINOSHLINS S3IMVYMI11 LIBRARIE

a d

S314vV49171 LIB

INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION NOILALIL

INSTITUTION

s3tyvygI

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN

S114vV48171

NOILALILSNI

INSTITUTION

S314VH#911 LIBRA

NVINOSHLINS S414VY411 LIBRARIES

NOILALILSNI

NVINOSHLINS

NOILONLILSNI

NOILNLILSNI

SNI

S3143V49171 LIBRARIES

RARIES

SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION NC

NVINOSHLINS S314YH411 LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

i v0

INSTITUTION NOILN

SMITHSONIAN

= er

w = SEEN

x = ?

‘> =

+ en I ©

un =

NVINOSHLINS S 3 IMVY8 QE RL B RARE

= | <> pi

4 2 | KI N

2 2 SS

=, = NS

SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION 3 SORTIES

TE =

DE, = =

Dy fe 4 <

mr © œ

À a # = oO

e =

2 3

NVINOSHLINS S314V44/7 LIBRARIES

z =

oO œ

t= pe

= =

> =

un m

= an

< =

z =

oO L =.

Ww w

bt es oO

= =

L = =

a x. 2

NVINOSHLINS S314V4917

NOILNLILSNI

INSTITUTION _ NOILNLILS

11 LIBRARIES

m a

ee =

ı> en

a EB

m zZ

NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SA1U YA ITLIBRARI

Wp? = us

LAID = — Z N

; LE = E Wy

| z es ae

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ (Pp NOltALILS

He On = ud

sos Lo Le) =

œ ,, = X

2 X

ce | = a

= 3 =

À za ea |

NOIINLILSNI NYINOSHLINS S31yvug11 LIBRARI

eu a

mn = we 3 om - KEM

d, = atl ar —

YINOSHIIWS _S31 UV 8 11 LIBRAR IES

> O =

= D

> >

= 7

z a

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

= - ”

< u

= N —

E QO’ 2

VINOSHLIWS S31#V4911 LIBRARIES

2 zZ

ES Ww

x 2.

; < =

u ro)

= =

MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

i= S

as =

> E

= n

o Z

VINOSHLINS S314vV44917

w z

= os

= 5

(HE n

= [ms

> = \

= an .

AITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION, NOILNLILSNI

= Lu

= x

= œ

pa. m

O =

Pr mal

S314V49171 LIBRARIES

= r

= =

= >

= 2

Z m

MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

INR = |

a i GG,

a on G? LA.

= > DE:

= TRE MP

= >’

n =

ul 3

cc ot

= =

\ . (a

SAN N = a

ZN er Q

a: 2

MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI

117

ANSON, SOND a

PT en

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

IT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILN

NOILNLILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S313V4g17

tT ee

Dr Ze = Der ee ie — kn

Z +. al = er

„ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _ NOILNLILSNI _NYINC

= > = oS

2, a a \

= PA = Be ca

2,79? E ur

m m =

= un = n

_NVINOSHIIWS Sa 1#4VH4917 _t! B RARI ES SMITI

< = PR <5" =

z = DM. = 5

AD 5 DE 8 À 2

= 2/47 FT E NS 2

> à z E

„„MITHSONIAN_ INSTITUTION | OTA EIESN NUN

PAT ST SR

4 Vo, em re —

: a: < eo \

po a ¥ Pi = = a :

= O a =

| 2 = |

NVINOSHLINS Sal AVANT EIBRARTES SM

Hi x = =

= s = =

> ° 7 > Vf

= = = 5 7%

m = m a 4

[97] . = ae

SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI NVIN

a = 7) =

= < = =

= 4 : 2

= = 2 WM:

= = = @ 75

n A

_NVINOSHLINS Sal uvaaın LIBRARIES SMITI

=z à UN ul — Wi

pl N pe = x D

1 Ws EN < | < % ip

a K œ = SG

5 Se: 5 D %

> N zZ =)

SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION NOIINLILSNI NVINC

z e 2 m,

O ip = O _ :

= wo = o N

= , 7 5 a N

= °2 = D Y

FL = D Cr.

= u = un

NVINOSHLINS S314V489171 LIBRARIES SMITI

z 2 M i» 8

Z = Zz € 3

3 z 8 NN =

ZT Oo ae N DER O

= = 2 N Z

d =

5 2 a =

NOILNLILSNI

"LIBRARIES SMITH

SOND.

119 LIBRARIES

JON

. €

2 1

=! =

r :

® 4

R 1

- 2

;

- à Es

Be:

NUE

ISSN 0342-7536

Vol. 10 No. 1 1987

NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA

Journal published by the Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica, Quarterly —

Manuscripts should be sent to the editor : Emmanuel de Bros, lie. jur.. «La Fleurie», ws

Rebgasse 28, CH-4102 Binningen/BL, Switzerland.

Instructions to authors

This journal is reserved for short communications devoted to Palaearctic lepidop- ie a

terology. Manuscripts should not exceed 15 typed pages (including tables).

cea eee N

All manuscripts should be typed with double spacing and wide margins, and er

submitted together with at least one copy. All pages should be numbered and show

the author's name at the top right-hand corner of each page. Do not hyphenate

words at the right-hand margin. Current issues of Now lepidopterologica shorn be

checked for style and format.

Legends for figures and plates should be typed on a separate sheet and placed ates vee va

the list of references. Line drawings should be about twice their final size. Black |

waterproof ink should be used. Photographs should be glossy positive prints. Colour

plates can only be published at the author's expense. .

Publication languages are english, french and german. The editors reserve the right

to make minor textual corrections that do not alter the author’s meaning.

Al manuscripts exceeding three typed pages must include an abstract of no more —

than 100 words. It is strongly recommended to add a translation of the abstract i in

at least one of the other publication languages.

The first mention of any organism should include the full scientific name with the —

author and year of description. New descriptions must conform with the current

edition of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. We strongly urge …

deposition of types in major museums, and all type depositions must be cited. ;

All papers will be read by the editors and submitted for review to two referees.

25 reprints of each article will be supplied free of charge to the first author.

Additional copies may be ordered at extra cost.

Copies de ces instructions en francais sont disponibles auprès de l’editeur.

Kogien dieser Hinweise in deutscher Sprache sind beim Redaktor erhältlich.

Printed by Imprimerie Universa Spri, 24 Hoenderstraat, B-9200 Wetteren, Belgium

electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or any other information storage and retrieval

system, without permission in writing from the Publisher. Authors are responsible for the contents oftheir .

articles.

Nota lepidopterologica

Vol. 10 No. 1 Karlsruhe, 31.111.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Editor : Emmanuel Bros de Puechredon, alias de Bros, lic. jur., Rebgasse 28,

CH-4102 Binningen BL, Schweiz.

Assistant Editors : Dr. Hansjürg Geiger (Bern), Steven Whitebread (Magden).

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

oa A U a Tl REA 2

An alle Mitglieder — A tous nos membres ......................... 4

R. Vis & H. A. CoEne : Lepidopterological investigations in Cashmir and

AG ANITA) er a a ok be En See 5

G. BALDIZZONE : Contributions à la connaissance des Coleophoridae XLVI.

Sur quelques Coleophores nouvelles ou peu connues d'Espagne et des

(CETTE PR TE SE NE OEREOREE STREREREREE 25

Z. BALINT : Notes on Plebicula dorylas magna BALINT, 1985 (Lepid. Lycaeni-

dr ni ds ie pie ak nee 49

P. GYULAI : Notes on the distribution of Gortyna borelii lunata FREYER in the

(BARBalanEBasınE ee a be er ua a ea 54

V. CAMERON-CURRY, G. LEIGHEB, E. RIBONI and P. CAMERON-CURRY :

Possible hybrids between Lysandra bellargus Rott. and L. hispana H.-S.

MEDION 1 Exe foi nia Fo) ee ac ee ee relate 61

L. H. DENNIS: Hilltopping as a mate location strategy in a Mediterranean

population of Lasiommata megera (L.) (Lepid. Satyridae) .......... 65

G. DERRA : Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov. (Lepid. Pterophori-

CAC A a nets etes HO Na eu à 71

D. PovoLNy: Scrobipalpa (Euscrobipalpa) dagmaris sp. n. und andere

interessante Entdeckungen bei den europäischen Gnorimoschemini (Le-

DIG GClECHNOAG) Oran ho en oe ee ere de care SERS 79

J. RAZOWSKI : A New Palaearctic Archipini genus (Lepid. Tortricidae) ... 87

Book Reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses ........... 33: 60: 70.92

Éditorial

Lors de sa séance du 10 avril 1986 à Budapest, le Conseil de la SEL s’est

déclaré d’accord avec le Directeur de la publication pour qu'il poursuive ses

efforts en vue d’elever encore le niveau scientifique de Nota lepidopterolo-

gica. À cet effet, la principale mesure à prendre était d'introduire le système

connu de lecture des manuscrits par des spécialistes. Tous les manuscrits

reçus sont donc soumis dès maintenant pour appréciation à au moins deux

rapporteurs spécialistes. Bien entendu, il sera tenu compte dans ce processus

des intérêts des nombreux amateurs dont vit la SEL. Pour atteindre le but

fixé, il fallait aussi réorganiser le système de rédaction. Le Comité de

rédaction est donc désormais formé de trois membres tous domiciliés en

Suisse, lesquels peuvent ainsi se réunir régulièrement, se répartir le travail et

le coordonner. M. E. de Bros (Binningen) reste Directeur de la publication

(rédacteur) ; il est assisté de deux Rédacteurs adjoints : M. S. E. Whitebread

(Magden, Argovie) ancien, et Dr. H. J. Geiger (Berne), nouveau. Les

anciens membres non suisses du Comité de rédaction se sont déclarés

d'accord avec cette solution. Nous saisissons cette occasion pour les remer-

cier chaleureusement, eux et tous les Conseillers de rédaction désignés en

1980 pour les differents pays d'Europe, de tout ce qu'ils ont fait pendant ces

années dans l'intérêt de la SEL et de Nota lepid.

La Rédaction présente enfin à tous les auteurs et aux membres de la SEL ses

excuses pour les retards subis l’année dernière du fait de cette réorganisation.

Dès maintenant, les difficultés devraient être surmontées.

Pour faciliter la tache de la rédaction, les auteurs sont priés de tenir compte

des «Instructions to authors» qui figurent au verso de la page de couverture.

La traduction en français peut être demandée à la rédaction.

La Redaction.

An seiner Sitzung am 10. April 1986 in Budapest hat der Vorstand der SEL

den Schriftleiter ermachtigt, seine Bemühungen fortzusetzen um das wissen-

schaftliche Niveau der Nota lepidopterologica weiter zu heben. Wichtigste

Massnahme im Rahmen dieser Anstrengungen ist die Einführung eines

Begutachtersystems. Alle Manuskripte werden ab sofort mindestens zwei

Fachreferenten zur Beurteilung vorgelegt. Selbstverstandlich sollen dabei die

Interessen der zahlreichen Amateure, von denen die SEL lebt, mitberticksich-

tigt werden. Diese Bemühungen machen auch eine Neuorganisation der

Redaktionsarbeit notig. Der Redaktionsausschuss setzt sich neu aus drei

Mitgliedern aus der Schweiz zusammen, die sich regelmässig treffen und die

Arbeit verteilen und koordinieren können. Schriftleiter bleibt E. de Bros

(Binningen). Ihm werden zwei Stellv.-Redaktoren zur Seite gestellt : S. E.

Whitebread (Magden), bisher, und neu Dr. H. J. Geiger (Bern). Die

bisherigen nicht-schweizer Mitglieder des Redaktionsausschusses haben sich

mit dieser Regelung einverstanden erklärt. Ihnen und den bisherigen „Länder-

referenten“ sei für ihre Bemühungen für die Nota lepidopterologica in der

Vergangenheit herzlich gedankt.

Die Redaktion muss sich für alle Verzögerungen, die durch diese Neuorgani-

sation im letzten Jahr entstanden, bei allen Autoren und Mitgliedern ent-

schuldigen. Diese Schwierigkeiten dürften nun überwunden sein.

Um die Arbeit der Redaktion zu erleichtern sind die Autoren gebeten die

„Instructions to authors“ auf der Rückseite der Decke zu berücksichtigen.

Kopien dieser Hinweise auf Deutsch können bei der Redaktion erhalten

werden.

Die Redaktion.

At the SEL-council meeting of the 10th. April 1986 in Budapest, the editor

was authorized to continue his efforts to raise further the scientific standing

of Nota lepidopterologica. The most important step to be taken is the

introduction of a reviewing process. From now on, all manuscripts will be

sent to at least two specialists for refereeing. The interests of the numerous

amateurs, without whom the SEL could not survive, shall of course be taken

into consideration. Practically, this has necessitated a reorganization of the

editorial process. The editorial committee will now comprise three members

from Switzerland, who will meet regularly to distribute and coordinate the

work. E. de Bros (Binningen) will remain as editor. He will be aided by two

assistant editors: S. E. Whitebread (Magden) and (new) Dr. H. J. Geiger

(Berne). The previous non-Swiss members of the committee have agreed to

this decision. We sincerely thank these, and the previous “country referees”

for their efforts for Nota in the past.

The editors sincerely apologize to the authors and members for the delays

that occurred last year as a result of this reorganization. It is hoped that these

difficulties have now been overcome.

In order to assist the editors in their work, would all authors kindly observe

the “Instructions to authors” on the inside front cover of this issue.

The Editor.

An alle Mitglieder !

Der Schatzmeister dankt allen, die bis Ende Marz ihren Beitrag für 1987

entrichtet haben. Leider haben einige Mitglieder die in den „NACHRICHTEN“

Nr. 13 mitgeteilte Erhohung des Beitrags auf DM 50,- übersehen. Wir bitten

diese freundlich, den noch ausstehenden Restbetrag von DM 10,- zu über-

weisen. Alle Mitglieder, die ihren Beitrag für 1987 noch nicht bezahlt haben

(das ist etwa die Halfte), bitten wir dringend dies baldmôglichst nachzuho-

len. Wir danken für Ihr Verstandnis.

A tous nos membres

Le Trésorier remercie tous ceux qui ont payé avant fin mars leur cotisation

pour 1987. L’augmentation de celle-ci a DM 50.- annoncée dans «NOUVEL-

LES/NEws» n° 13 a malheureusement échappé à l’attention de quelques-uns.

Nous serions reconnaissants à ces membres de bien vouloir verser les

DM 10.- qui manquent. Par ailleurs, nous prions instamment tous ceux qui

n'ont pas encore payé leur cotisation pour 1987 (et c’est près de la moitié

de l'effectif !) de faire ce versement le plus tôt possible. D’avance nous les

remercions de leur compréhension.

Communication

Cède livres mycologiques et entomologiques : ESSETTE — LE CLAIRE —

LAMPERT — BUSTILLO — OBERTHUER (Et. Lepid. Comp. V-VI-XII) — SHIROZU

— Lewis — LERAUT — ROUGEOT — LHOMME — BERLAND — SCHWARZ —

HIGGINS — ALEXANOR — etc.

A. MOKHLES, 108, avenue A. Al-Kattabi, Appt. 10, Rabat, Maroc.

Nota lepid. 10 (1): 5-24 ; 31.111.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Lepidopterological investigations

in Kashmir and Ladakh (India)

R. Vis and H. A. COENE

Eemsteyn 13, 3342 XB Hendrik Ido Ambacht (Holland)

Het Gangwerk 34, 1622 HB Hoorn (Holland)

Resume

Presentation des résultats obtenus en 1984 au cours d’une expédition entomologique

au Cachemire et au Ladak (Inde). Brève description de la situation géographique et

climatique du Nord-Ouest de l'Himalaya — où se trouvent le Cachemire et le Ladak

— et expose de son role possible dans la répartition et la zoogeographie des

Lépidoptères (Rhopalocères). Liste des 61 espèces de Rhopalocères observés ou

captures dans différentes localités. Plusieurs espèces ont fait l’objet de commentaires

séparés. Les auteurs suggèrent qu’Aglais ladakensis MOORE 1878 est une bonne

espèce ; ils se basent pour cela essentiellement sur leurs observations de la chenille

et de la chrysalide. La position systématique de plusieurs Lycénides du complexe

Polyommatus stoliczkanus n’est pas claire.

I. Introduction

In 1984 we had the possibility to undertake an entomological expedition to

the north of India, the districts Kashmir and Ladakh, in the North-West

Himalayas. We started the trip on July 11, accompanied by Mrs. Maris Vis

and Isabel and Jean Claude Weiss. On July 13 Nishat Gardens were visited,

situated along Dal Lake, some kilometers from Srinagar. From Srinagar, we

travelled by jeep or taxi to Leh (3500 m), arriving on July 19. On our way,

collecting was possible, mainly on high passes such as Zoji-la (3600 m),

Namika-la (3700 m) and Fotu-la (4100 m). We then trekked from Martse-

lang, with Nimaling — a glaciervalley at 5000 m — as our aim. Nimaling

valley and Gomaru-la could be explored from July 23 till August 2. On our

return, two days (August 4 and 5) were spent collecting near Martselang. We

left Leh on August 7, and on August 9 another visit was made to Nishat

Gardens.

II. North-West Himalaya — geographical situation

The extensive Himalaya system is mostly a Tertiary mountain chain, stret-

ching from Afghanistan to North Burma, together almost 3000 km. The

Himalayas cross several climate-belts. North of the mountain range, the

Tibetan plateau stretches at an average elevation of 4800 m above sea-level.

In the south we find the great Indian plain, the basin of the river Ganges. The

North-West Himalaya is situated between 75° and 78° East, 30° and 36°

North (Fig. 1). Compared with the remaining part of the Himalaya, the

NW-Himalaya represents a relatively extensive north-south transect.

NW-Himalaya is considerably further south than for instance the Alps

(46° N). Leh is situated about 34° N, roughly at the latitude of Fès (Maroc).

III. Climatical conditions

The Ladakh-region has a central asiatic affinity : it is part of the same dry belt.

As Ladakh is situated just beyond the range of the monsoons, most places

receive very little rain. The atmospheric aridity in Ladakh, together with the

thin air, high u.v. radiation, low pressure and cold winds, determine this

district to be an extreme environment : large parts are bare or scarcely

vegetated. The timber-line varies up to 3000 m (Alps 2000 m). Beyond the

shrub-belts (Salix species), there are alpine prairies and finally one finds

semi-arid zones, often with bare slopes up to the snow. The average

snow-line in Ladakh is about 5700 m. Great differences in temperature exist :

in the shade you may find in July a temperature of 2°C at 5000 m, while in

the same area in the sun temperatures between 35° and 40°C are not unusual.

IV. Some zoogeographical aspects

Manı (1962) notes that in NW-Himalaya no rivers pierce the main range,

except the Sutlej in the east and the Indus in the western part. However, in

the rest of the Himalayas the main range is cut by many rivers and streams,

arising from Tibet, north of the so called crestline. This situation might be

important for the distribution of insects.

Penetration by both northern and southern faunal elements must be difficult.

This provides an explanation for the many endemic taxa there. Of all high

altitude insects in this area MANI (1962) notes 60% to belong to endemic

forms (Lepidoptera 45%). In the northern part, north of the crestline, for

instance in Ladakh and Zanskar, he found the number of endemic forms to

be highest.

NW-Himalaya is zoogeographically interesting because of the presence of

Palaearctic and Oriental elements, in a high altitude fauna. The Himalayas

above the timberline is part of the Turkmenian region (MANI 1962). The

same author considers NW-Himalaya, Karakorum and the Alai-Pamirs knot

to be a separate biogeographical subunit of the Turkmenian (SHIELDS 1981).

1:4 000 000 |

"85 rv

Fig. 1. N.W. Himalaya.

Grey area : below 3000 m.

White area : 3-6000 m.

Some elements of the Mediterranean fauna have been noticed in the Kashmir

(valley) and Punjab up to the gorges of Sutlej. Southern elements from the

Indian plains penetrate up to the southern slopes of the Himalayas (Fig. 2).

PALAE. turkmenian.

| ARCTIC

meee aed

Fig. 2. The zoogeographical regions of Asia, showing their convergence in Kashmir and

Ladakh (after MANr).

west &trans ais iiat i, Cc

[e Palearctic elas t= pial: era ficetiisic

= 20% 30%

Po, -0tiehr al ‚2%: 5 = x Lee ey

centralasiatic

DS ERERERLE n.d1.8.1..,7%. ste

de of east-Pal.

AA ES ate ete Sa Carats (Meher RTC T

MSS See DT

se o-ri-e-n-t-ad-: : 25 % is)

BAS fates cases conejo cr gereh ots

Sao eae Wher

nes mhere cites slew are Pal. à

EN Q

ain en.ee eue Pateot to]

Red Pi cal

Fig. 3. Analysis of the zoogeographical elements of the observed Rhopalocera in Kashmir

and Ladakh, 1984.

Following the zoogeographical classification of Kostrowickı (1969), we

found that 50% of the observed and/or collected Rhopalocera (') in Kashmir

and Ladakh belong to the Holarctic element. Of these, 60% are of central

asiatic and eastern Palaearctic origin, e.g. Parnassius acdestis GRUM-GRSHI-

MAILO, P. epaphus OBERTHUR, P. simo GRAY, Colias eogene FELDER, €.

ladakensis FELDER, Baltia butleri Moore, Lasiommata menava Moore and

Lycaeides christophi STAUDINGER. Another 35% of the species belong to the

Holarctic-tropical element, of which 75% have central and eastern Palaearctic

roots. Species like Parnassius charltonius GRAY, P. acco GRAY, P. stoliczka-

nus FELDER, Aulocera brahminus BLANCHARD, Hyponephele pulchra FELDER

and Thersamonia solskyi ERSCHOFF are elements of this character. Finally,

(') Based on 50 species. The other species, including the Hesperiidae, are not treated by

Kostrowicki in his check-list.

15% are of tropical origin. Among these species are representatives of the

Oriental-Ethiopian fauna, e.g. Tarucus theophrastus FABRICIUS, all-Oriental

elements such as Pieris canidia SPARRMAN, Rapala melampus CRAMER and

Pseudozizeeria maha KOLLAR, and Indian elements : Metaporia leechi ROBER

and Polyommatus devanica Moore (Fig. 3).

The conclusion is that at least 55% of the observed species are of (central)

asiatic and eastern Palaearctic origin. Interesting is the difference in origin

of species in the investigated Kashmir area (Nishat Gardens, Zoji-la) :

Holarctic 32%, Holarctic-tropical 41% and tropical 26%. The (central) asiatic

and eastern Palaearctic affinity here is about 40%. In Ladakh this faunal

element increases while the tropical elements decrease.

V. The collecting grounds

1. Nishat Gardens (1800 m).

These gardens have been constructed at the foot of mountain slopes along

Dal Lake, a complex of lakes, north of Srinagar.

A total of 15 species of Rhopalocera were observed, among which were

species of both the Palaearctic and Oriental regions, e.g. Pieris canidia

SPARRMAN, Rapala melampus CRAMER, R. epyarbas Moore and Parnara

guttatus BREMER. The gardens were visited on July 13 and August 9.

2. Zoji-la (3600 m)

The first high pass on the road from Srinagar to Leh is the Zoji-la. The pass

is covered with low, moist grassland vegetation and is free of snow in July,

August and September. Nomads graze their goats and sheep here. The

meadows are not rich in butterflies. However, on the slopes around the pass

the original flora is preserved, but during our stay on the pass, between July

14 and 16, only 15 species were seen.

3. Fotu-la (4100 m)

The highest pass on the road to Leh, situated in Ladakh. The area is quite

different from the Zoji-la region ; it is a barren landscape like a desert and

the vegetation is very scarce. Along the slopes there are isolated clumps of

a yellow Corydalis species, the foodplant of Parnassius charltonius GRAY in

Ladakh. From July 17 to 19 we found 9 butterfly species ; among them were

some males of the very local Lycaenid Thersamonia solskyi ERSCHOFF.

Another Lycaenid, Albulina omphisa MOORE, was exclusively found here on

thorn-bushes. On some higher slopes, covered with alpine grass vegetation,

GOMARU LA

NIMALING PEAK

Colias ladakensis

Colias eogene

Parnassius charltonius

Parnassius simo

Parnassius acco

Parnassius acdestis

Parnassius stoliczkanus

Parnassius epaphus

Synchloe callidice

Hesperia comma

Albulina lehana

Colias stoliczkanus

Hesperia comma

Polyommatus stoliczkanus

Colias ladakensis

Melitaea amoenula

river

INIMALINGH

Aglais ladakensis

Polyommatus stoliczkanus

Albulina lehana

Colias stoliczkanus

Parnassius stoliczkanus

snow

600

S.W.-exposed

N.E.-exposed

Note : not drawn to scale.

Fig. 4. Section drawing of Nimaling valley with its characteristic Rhopalocera in the last week of July 1984.

flew Hyponephele pulchella FELDER and Karanasa huebneri FELDER, the first

rather numerous, the second in modest numbers.

4. Gomaru-la (5500 m)

The Gomaru-la is a pass at about 5500 m which separates the Hemis and

Nimaling valleys. The slopes and summit of this pass consist of screes of

schistose material. The southern slopes flow gradually to the more overgrown

lower levels of Nimaling valley.

Even in summer snow and winds can exert their influences. The snow

blizzards may drop the snow-level from about 6000 m to below 5000 m in

Nimaling vailey. The extreme climatological conditions of Ladakh is de-

monstrated here most clearly. Frosts are frequent in July. Very little vegeta-

tion is present.

In spite of this apparently inhospitable environment, the southern slopes

appear to create favourable conditions, mainly for Parnassiidae. When the

sun shines, several species fly rapidly at low level over the heated slopes. The

insects immediately creep away between the stones, as soon as the sun

disappears. They appear again only after at least ten minutes of full sunshine.

Apart from Parnassius, some specimens of Synchloe callidice ESPER and one

Colias elwesi ROBER were also observed. On the north side of the pass,

towards Hemis valley, we came across two specimens of Parnassius charl-

tonius GRAY, some Colias ladakensis FELDER and one C. eogene FELDER, but

the habitat there was no longer comparable with the environment outlined

above (Fig. 4).

5. Nimaling valley (5000 m)

This glacier valley is bordered by a number of high peaks to the north-east,

with Gomaru-la as the most important pass. The south-west side of the valley

is dominated by Nimaling Peak (6000-6300 m), a summit with permanent

snow and ice. The orientation of the vailey is about south-east/north-west.

The valley may be separated into several altitude-zones, each of them

inhabited by characteristic Lepidoptera (Fig. 4).

a. Valley bottom (5000 m)

Along the river and its grassy banks very few butterflies were observed. We

saw some Colias stoliczkanus Moore on sand- and gravelbanks, obviously

having wandered from higher slopes. On a ridge, exposed to the south, we

found a small population of Melitaea amoenula FELDER. Somewhat higher,

on the west side, we discovered sturdy species of nettle ( Urtica sp.), with

both caterpillars and chrysalids of Aglais ladakensis Moore. Some of the

chrysalids emerged on the spot and the rest on the way back.

b. Juniperus slopes above the riverbed (5000-5200 m)

The steep slopes on the north side of the riverbed are overgrown with thorny,

creeping and evergreen shrubs, probably belonging to the genus Juniperus.

They form a dense, rough vegetation and provide refuge for the insect fauna.

This shrubzone is the habitat of Colias ladakensis FELDER and here the

butterfly is almost exclusively met with. Between the bushes and along animal

paths some other species flew: members of the Pol/yommatus stoliczkanus

complex ; a few Albulina lehana Moore, as well as Hesperia comma

LINNAEUS, probably ssp. shandura EVANS (SAKAI, 1978). The south side of

the valley has the same Juniperus belt, but that slope is exposed north and

is less rich in species and individuals. In fact Colias ladakensis FELDER and

Hesperia comma LINNAEUS were totally absent here.

c. The plains (“yakzone”), (5200-5400 m)

These prairies with their gentle slopes are used in summer as pastures for

horses, sheep, goats and yaks. In spite of this extensive grazing, the original

vegetation is intact. The meadows go on up to the screes of Gomaru-la.

Hesperia comma LINNAEUS was active here as well as higher up. We found

Colias stoliczkanus MOORE, a small orange Clouded Yellow, in areas shel-

tered against strong winds. Among the females beautiful transitional forms

from orange-yellow to whitish were observed. Here we found again Albulina

lehana Moore. Close to the screes, on the highest parts of the meadows,

Parnassius stoliczkanus FELDER was seen, flying down from the screes, its

real habitat.

6. Martselang (3400 m)

This tiny village is situated at the entry to Hemis valley. In the vicinity of the

village there is a semi-cultivated landscape with small fields and plots of

hayland, surrounded by ruderal areas, partly planted with Salix bushes. The

area is irrigated by small, man-made ditches.

On this ruderal ground we found a rich population of a Lycaenid, belonging

to the complex of Polyommatus stoliczkanus FELDER. The males are brilliant

blue, like Polyommatus eroides FRIVALDSKY and are not very variable at least

on the upperside. However, the females differ quite remarkably from each

other, both in markings and in the colour of the upperside of the wings. The

taxonomic status of this Lycaenid is not clear. Species of the stoliczkanus-

group are confusingly variable in size, colour and markings, which caused

many descriptions of (sub) species and forms, many of which are probably

synonyms. In fact this group ought to be revised and we hope to work it out

in future.

In the same biotope Lycaeides christophi STAUDINGER flew in small numbers.

This is a less striking species that may be overlooked very easily. Finally, it

is worth mentioning the presence of some specimens of Hyponephele

davendra brevistigma MOORE, which closely resembles A. tenuistigma MOORE

of Baluchistan and Chitral.

VI. Systematic part

Pieridae

Metaporia leechi Moore, 1904 (Fig. 5 : 1)

Metaporia is a diverse genus, mainly Oriental, but it is also found in the

eastern parts of the Palaearctic region. M. leechi is distributed from Balu-

chistan up to Chitral and also in Ladakh. It is similar to /eucodice EVERSMANN

and soracta Moore 1857.

On the upperside, the species can be recognized by the broader black bands

on the fore- and hindwings. Also the apex is more pointed. The complete

postdiscal band is striking. The veins in the discal- and apical area are

brown-blackish. The black cellular spot extends to the costa of the forewing.

The blackish post-discal “chevrons” on the upperside of both wings, and the

underside of the hindwings are also characteristic. M. leechi is smaller than

both /eucodice and soracta (35 mm).

The species has been recorded from 3000-3700 m. Its flight is rapid and

reminds one of Synchloe callidice ESPER. In the middle of July we only found

one worn female in one of the valleys north of the Zoji-la at 3700 m.

Colias stoliczkanus MOORE, 1878

This high-mountain species was described from the Chang-la (5300 m).

Specimens are known only from Kashmir, Ladakh and Sikkim (ssp. miranda

FRUHSTORFER). This is a remarkably discontinuous distribution, but recently

a link has been discovered in Nepal : ssp. cathleenae EPSTEIN 1979.

In Nimaling valley, C. stoliczkanus flies on grassy slopes from 5200-5400 m.

The males move rapidly just above the vegetation. The females are much less

active and hide in the vegetation. In its habitat, the insect is not rare, but

difficult to follow because of the strong winds. The single generation flies in

July ; at the beginning of August most specimens are damaged. Like most

high altitude butterflies in Ladakh, the species is not on the wing before

eleven o'clock in the morning, or after 14.00 h. Among the females were nice

helice-like specimens : f. alba VERITY.

“(u 000$ ‘A9IPA-SUIJELUIN, ‘YYepe]) SAUOJS-IUPJA]

U99MJ9Q SUIMOIS (‘ds VINA) ) JuedpooJ ou} :sısuoyppp] ‘y adojoig

‘18[Id19789 ‘W9PI HIOOÏN SISU2YDPD] SIDJ8F

‘Suiuuids jednd ‘wapt ‘MIOOJN SIsuayppp] sırJay

"pifesAiy9 “WP! “MIOOJA S/SU2YDPD] SIDJ8F *

‘OPISJOPUN “WIP! ‘AYOO|] S2SU9YDDD] SIDJSF *

‘+861 8 T/L'LT

sıjäy '

‘000$ “Zumewm ‘UXEPET ‘PIPU] ‘AMOON S/SU2YDpD]

‘Ol

‘2PISISPUN ‘WAP! ‘SNAVNNI'] aDanan sinjsp °

'0961'6'9 ‘WeplanOY ‘PUPIIOH ‘SNAVNNIT apoyun sinj3y °

‘OpisiopuN “Wp! ‘44OHOSU MYyS7OS DIUOWUIDSAaY J

‘PS6 L'OL-LI

“u 000$ 'eI-Mo4 ‘yyepe’] ‘eipuy ‘HIOHOSYA MM ysjos DIUOWDSAAY J

‘+861 8 T/L'ET

UAGQY Isamja SD1]0)

‘861 L'SI

"MOON 14995] DUOdDIay

‘WOOTS “Zuewm ‘UXEPET ‘eIpu]

‘w009E ‘eI-H0Z ‘yyepe] ‘eIpuy

Ol 6

S “Bly

Colias ladakensis C. and R. FELDER, 1865

This striking canary-yellow Pierid is known from between Kashmir and

Kumaon, and was collected for the first time in Nepal by EpsTEIN (1979):

Kali Kandales Valley, 3900 m. Ladakensis is a typical high-altitude species

with a restricted distribution. It occurs at altitudes from 3800 to more than

5000 m. According to KosTRoWwICKI (1969), the species is a Tibetan fauna

element of the eastern Palaearctic.

The butterfly frequents slopes overgrown with Juniperus (dwarf form) and

may be locally found there in numbers. It is only occasionally seen outside

this habitat. It is mainly on the wing in July and also flies only between 11.00

and 14.00 h. Some females were flushed with a warm orange-yellow. In

Nimaling the species was to be found exclusively on sunny slopes between

5000-5200 m.

Colias elwesi ROBER, 1907 (Fig. 5 : 2)

TALBOT (1939) treated this poorly known Colias as a ssp. of Colias cocandica

ERSCHOFF 1874 : ssp. thrasibulus FRUHSTORFER 1910. We found one male of

elwesi flying on the slopes of Gomaru-la at 5450 m. In spite of looking for

many hours, no other specimens were seen. It was collected on very barren

steep slopes, where several Parnassius, but no other Colias, were seen.

The other Colias species seen in the Nimaling region were found either in

grassy meadows or near Juniperus bushes. Because of the lack of data on

elwesi, we give here a short description :

The upperside ground-colour is greenish-yellow with a prominent black

discocellular spot on the forewings ; there is no spot on the hindwings. In

contrast to cocandica-specimens of Afghanistan and Pamir, and those of

Kirghizia (USSR), the hindwings are not dusky, but clear yellow as in Colias

ladakensis FELDER. Black markings similar to those of C. ladakensis. The

underside is greenish-white, the veins are not darker. Expanse of the male :

36 mm.

Nymphalidae

Aglais ladakensis MOORE, 1878

The Palaearctic genus Aglais HUBNER, 1818, is represented in Ladakh by the

taxa ladakensis MOORE and cashmirensis KOLLAR, 1844. The status of

ladakensis is rather unclear. While SEITz (1909) and Sakai (1980) treat the

butterfly as a high altitude form of urticae LINNAEUS 1758, TALBOT (1939)

and WYNTER-BLYTH (1957) consider /adakensis to be a good species. The

insect occurs in NW-Himalaya up to Ladakh and is also known from

Fig. 6. Aglais urticae L. Holland. Male genitalia, prep. nr. 751.

Fig. 7. idem, processus superior.

Fig. 8. Aglais ladakensis M. India, Ladakh, Nimaling 5000 m. Male genitalia, prep. nr. 727.

Fig. 9. idem, processus superior.

Karakorum, West Tibet and Nepal. Specimens have been found up to

5400 m. Cashmirensis however, has usually been accepted as a good species,

occurring from North India to Tibet, Sikkim and Bhutan.

During our stay in Nimaling we found on a nettle (Urtica sp.) many

caterpillars in various stages of development and also some chrysalids. The

chrysalids were hidden in rolled up and spun leaves of the foodplant : a

species with a very strong and persistent ‘sting’ (Fig. 5 : 9-12). In contrast

to the chrysalids of urticae, those of ladakensis are dull black. The caterpillar

is also different : the head is black with tiny black hairs on both sides. The

segments are set with one row of dorsal- and three rows of lateral, branched,

black and yellowish thorns. The body is black with some reddish tinge. The

underside is strikingly paler and of a brownish colour. There are two dorsal

and two sublateral rows of yellow spots.

Clear differences between the adults of /adakensis and urticae also exist

(Fig. 33 5-8) :

Upperside forewing : In general, smaller and darker. Spot in space 8 less

white. No blue markings in submarginal area. Between the costal black spots

the yellow is paler. The inner margin spot in spaces la, Ib and 2 is more

hazy, stretching to the median vein of the cell. The outer margin is less

dentate, with no tooth near vein 6.

Upperside hindwing : The dark basal area extends further in the direction of

the outer margin. Consequently the postdiscal margin is narrower and often

paler yellow. The outer margin is less dentate with a small tooth only near

vein 4.

Underside : Less contrasted, especially in the postdiscal- and submarginal

areas ; more grey-brown.

Male genitalia (Fig. 6-9) : the most significant and constant difference is in

the shape of the processus superior, a process at the upper edge of the valve.

Taking into account all these facts we conclude that /adakensis is a bona

species.

Melitaea amoenula C. and R. FELDER, 1867

This very small species is endemic to Ladakh and Kema above 3500 m

(HIGGINS, 1982). It is closely related to M. arcesia BREMER, 1864, occurring

in Central Asia (Kukunor, Sajan and Kentei Mts.).

In Nimaling valley we discovered a small population on a grassy and moist

part of the riverbed. The butterflies were flying just above the vegetation and

recalled the behaviour of Mellicta asteria FREYER, 1828, known from the

Central Alps.

Satyridae

Karanasa huebneri C. and R. FELDER, 1867

The distribution of the genus Karanasa Moore, 1891, is limited around the

Pamir knot. Western representatives have been recorded from Afghanistan,

while species are also known from Tien Shan. AVINOFF and SWEADNER

(1951) suggested a classification of the various forms, based on geographical

distribution, altitude and reproductive barriers. They distinguished about 20

species. MUNROE (1961) reduced this number to 7 in his critical review.

One of the groups is the so called “ huebneri-group”, mainly distributed in the

Hindukush and in the Karakorum area. Within this complex two types may

be recognised :

— forms wiih a strongly contrasting wing pattern, present in the Hindukush

(Afghanistan ).

— pale forms with faint wing markings, known from NW-Himalaya, so

including Zanskar and Ladakh.

During our expedition a few specimens were noticed on a slope of the

Fotu-la, overgrown with stiff grasses. Huebneri is adapted excellently

to its surroundings. The butterflies are extremely difficult to see when

they are sitting on the ground. Our specimens belong to the form expressa

AVINOFF and SWEADNER, 1951, seeming characteristic for Ladakh between

3500-5000 m.

Hyponephele pulchella C. and R. FELDER, 1867

In Ladakh, pulchella is the most common of the several species of the genus

Hyponephele MuscHAMP, 1915, which occur in that area. On the Namika-la

(3500 m), a pass on the road to Leh between Zoji-la and Fotu-la, we found

pulchella on rather barren slopes with a deep-brown soil, together with A.

davendra Moore, 1865. On the Fotu-la, at about 3800 m, pulchella was

considerably more numerous on open, windy, rough and steppe-like ground.

A comparison of series from the Namika-la and Fotu-la only showed slight

differences in the ocelli ; colour differences were barely noticeable.

Hyponephele coenonympha C. and R. FELDER, 1867

This species is distributed in Pakistan, Kohistan and Kashmir. It was just

emerging in mid July on the Zoji-la (only males). The species preferred

overgrown ridges along steep, rocky slopes.

Paralasa kalinda Moore, 1893

The genus Paralasa Moore, 1891, closely related to Erebia, is distributed in

the higher mountains of central Asia (NW-Himalaya, Szechwan, East Tibet,

Karakorum, Pamir, Tien Shan, Hindukush). In 1973, Paralasa material was

collected from NW-Nepal by MARTENS. The material was studied by PAULUS

(1982), who realised that the species was new and described it as P. nepalica.

Nepalica represents the most eastern species of the genus Paralasa known

in the Himalaya. Paralasa is represented by only two species in Kashmir and

Ladakh : mani de NICEVILLE, 1880, and kalinda. P. kalinda is only distri-

buted in India north of Kashmir and Kumaon. P. mani is mainly distributed

in East Afghanistan and in the border-area between USSR and China.

Like other Paralasa species, kalinda prefers the pine forest belt and the insect

may occur there in numbers. Along the road to the Zoji-la, the species was

not rare at 3000 m on south-facing slopes. At the beginning of August

kalinda was even more common here. On the pass itself the species was seen

at 3600 m, far above the pine forest !

Lycaenidae

Thersamonia solskyi ERSCHOFF, 1874 (Fig. 5: 3, 4)

The genus Thersamonia VERITY, 1919, is represented in Ladakh only by the

taxon solskyi ERSCHOFF, 1874. It is a species which is distributed in the

Afghanistan-Pamir-Alai-Ladakh region. Only a few records are known ; the

species seems to be especially rare and local in Ladakh (SCHURIAN and

HOFMANN, 1982). The form aditva Moore, 1874, was described from the

Drass valley (Ladakh). The underside of the hindwings of aditya is more

yellow and the black borders of the wings are narrower. According to

SCHURIAN and HOFMANN (1982), this form is found in Afghanistan as well.

However, some males and females of aditya from Afghanistan figured by

SAKAI (1980) in colour, do not agree with our specimens :

— the groundcolour of the underside of the forewings is orange-yellow,

—the underside of the hindwings is the same pale yellow as SAKAI’s

specimens, but the fringes are not white but grey and the ocelli are more

elongated,

— the orange band on the underside of the hindwings is more pronounced.

We may conclude that our specimens do not agree completely with aditya,

as described by Moore in 1874. Our males are of the size of ssp. soiskyi (in

fact 31 mm), while the male figured by Moore seems to be much larger

(SCHURIAN and HOFMANN, 1982).

We found some specimens on both the south and north sides of the pass

Fotu-la (4100 m). On the south side at 3800 m we noticed two males,

resting in thorn bushes in the evening. Several Lycaenids were seen on the

same bushes, i.e. Albulina omphisa Moore, Polvommatus stoliczkanus

FELDER, Polyommatus devanica Moore. On the north side of the pass at

4100 m two males were observed in a small dry and very hot valley with deep

brown soil with only some Artemisia plants. These plants were the resting

place of the butterflies.

As no other material of aditya from Ladakh seems to be illustrated or

available, the upper- and underside of a male is figured here.

Hesperiidae

Pyrgus cashmirensis Moore, 1874

This species was only seen on the Zoji-la at about 3500-3600 m. DE JONG

(1979) investigated the distribution of cashmirensis. It runs from the Hissar

Mts to central Hindukush and through Pamir and Kashmir up to Kumaon.

Striking is the isolated (?) appearance in Bhutan. Three subspecies are

recognized. Our specimens belong to the nominate ssp. cashmirensis, the

distribution of which stretches from Baltistan through Ladakh, Lahoul, Kulu

to Kumaon and furthermore Bhutan.

VIII. List of Lepidoptera, observed and/or collected during our entomolo-

gical expedition to Kashmir and Ladakh (India) from July 11 to

August 11, 1984

EE EE F1 EN E3 EI CERN HE

Papilionidae

Parnassius epaphus OBERTHUR, 1879 x

Parnassius stoliczkanus FELDER, 1865 X + Nimaling peak

Parnassius maharaja AVINOFF, 1916 leg. J. C. WEISS near

location 4

Parnassius simo GRAY, 1852 x

Parnassius acco GRAY, 1852 X

Parnassius charltonius GRAY, 1852 x | x Insx + Namika-la, 3500 m

| Parnassius acdestis GRUM-GRSHIMAILO, 1891 x

Papilio machaon LINNAEUS, 1758 Paskyum, Namika-la

Pieridae

Baltia butleri MOORE, 1882 X leg. J. C. Weıss

Metaporia leechi MOORE, 1904 x

Pieris brassicae LINNAEUS, 1758 X +10 km E. of Dras

Pieris rapae LINNAEUS, 1758 x | + Saspul, Paskyum

Pieris canidia SPARRMAN, 1768 X

Synchloe callidice EsPER, 1805 x| xX

Pontia daplidice LINNAEUS, 1758 x X

Be el NE ERE remarks

Pontia chloridice HUBNER, 1808

Catopsilia crocale CRAMER, 1775 X

| Colias elwesi ROBER, 1907 x

Colias erate ESPER, 1808 x | + 10km E. of Dras

8 km W. of Kargil

Colias eogene C. and R. FELDER, 1865 x nsx| x

| Colias stoliczkanus MOORE, 1878 X

Colias fieldi MENETRIER, 1855 x | x Sonmarg ; 10 km E.

of Dras

Colias ladakensis C. and R. FELDER, 1865 nsx} x

Gonepteryx rhamni LINNAEUS, 1758 10 km E. of Dras

Nymphalidae

Vanessa cardui LINNAEUS, 1758 X

Aglais cashmirensis KOLLAR, 1844 x | x

Aglais ladakensis MOORE, 1878 X caterpillars and

chrysalids

Fabriciana adippe SCHIFFERMULLER, 1775 x

| Fabriciana niobe LINNAEUS, 1758 XX observed by J. C. Weıss

Boloria pales SCHIFFERMULLER, 1775 x

| Melitaea amoenula C. and R. FELDER, 1867 X

Satyridae

Lasiommata menava MOORE, 1865 x | x

| Hyponephele pulchella FELDER, 1867 X + Namika-la

Hyponephele pulchra FELDER, 1867 X

Hyponephele coenonympha FELDER, 1867 x

Hyponephele davendra Moore, 1865 X x

| Hipparchia parisatis KOLLAR, 1850 Khaisi

Pseudochazara lehana Moore, 1878 Namika-la, Hemis-

valley

Karanasa huebneri FELDER, 1867 X

Aulocera brahminus BLANCHARD, 1844 X

Paralasa kalinda MOORE, 1893 x

Lycaenidae

Rapala melampus CRAMER, 1775 X

Rapala epyarbas Moore, 1857 X

| Lycaena phlaeas LINNAEUS, 1761 x

Thersamonia solskyi ERSCHOFF, 1874 X

Rapsidia kasyapa Moore, 1865 X observed by Weiss

| Lampides boeticus LINNAEUS, 1767

Tarucus theophrastus FABRICIUS, 1793

Pseudozizeeria maha KOLLAR, 1848

| Celastrina argiolus LINNAEUS, 1758 Paskyum, 10 km E.

of Dras, 8km W. of

Kargil

| Lycaeides christophi STAUDINGER, 1874 X

Everes argiades PALLAS, 1771 X

Albulina lehana Moore, 1878 x | x

| Albulina galathea BLANCHARD, 1844 X

Albulina omphisa Moore, 1874 x

Albulina leela NicEVILLE, 1883 X

Polvommatus devanica Moore, 1874 X

Polyommatus stoliczkanus FELDER, 1865 x? | x? x | x?

remarks

Hesperiidae

Pyrgus cashmirensis MOORE, 1874

Hesperia comma LINNAEUS, 1758

Parnara guttatus MOORE, 1865

Number of species per locality Total number

of species : 61

Key to localities

1 — Nishat gardens (Srinagar), 1800 m.

2 — Zoji-la, 3500 m.

3 — Fotu-la, 4100 m.

4 — Gomaru-la, 5500 m.

5 — Nimaling valley, 5000/5400 m.

6 — Martselang, 3400 m.

ns — north side

Acknowledgements

We would like to express our gratitude to Dr. R. DE JONG, Leiden, for his

information about the characteristics of the male genitalia of Ag/ais, to Mr. D.

VISSER, Hendrik Ido Ambacht, for his kind assistance in photographing the butter-

flies, to Mr. B. J. VAN VONDEL, Hendrik Ido Ambacht, both for his good advice and

help in photographing the genitalia and for his design of the section drawing of

Nimaling Valley, and to Mr. J. C. Weiss, Metz, for reading and checking the list of

Lepidoptera. Our special thanks to Mr. E. DE Bros for translating the abstract into

French.

Literature

AVINOFF, A. and SWEADNER, W. R., 1951. — The Karanasa Butterflies, a Study in

Evolution. Ann. Carnegie Museum, 32, 1: 1-251, pl. 1-17.

EPSTEIN, H. J., 1979. — Interesting, rare and new Pierids (Lepidoptera : Pieridae)

from the Central Nepal Himalayas. Ent Gazette 30 : 90-96.

HIGGINS, L. G., 1982. — A revision of Phyciodes HUEBNER and related genera, with

a review of the classification of the Melitaeinae. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. 43 :

77-243.

JONG, R. DE, 1979. — Revision of the Pyrgus alpinus group (Lepidoptera, Hespe-

riidae), with notes on phylogeny and character displacement. — Zool. Meded.

Deel 54 : 53-82.

KOSTROWICKI, A. S., 1969. — Geography of the palearctic Papilionoidea (Lep.). —

Zakl. zool. Syst. polsk. Akad. Nauk., Krakow : 380.

MAXI, M. S., 1962. — Introduction to High Altitude Entomology. Methuen and Co.

Ltd, London : 302.

MUNROE, E., 1961. — The Classification of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera). — Can.

Ent. Suppl. 17 : 1-52.

PAULUS, H. F., 1982. — Paralasa nepalica n. sp. aus Trockengebieten NW-Nepals.

— Senckenbergiana biol., Frankfurt am Main, 63 : 337-346.

SAKAI, S., 1978. — Butterflies from the Hindukush, Karakorum, Kashmir and Ladak,

with Descriptions of two new Species and six Subspecies. — Atalanta,

Würzburg, Bd IX, Heft 1 : 104-132.

—, 1980. — Butterflies of Afghanistan, (Japan) : 272.

SCHURIAN, K. G. und HOFMANN, P., 1982. — Die Thersamonia-Gruppe (Lepidop-

tera, Lycaenidae). — Nachr. ent. Ver. Apollo, Frankfurt, Suppl. 2 : 1-59.

SEITZ, A., 1909. — Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde. I. Abteilung. Die Gross-

Schmetterlinge des Palaearktischen Faunengebietes. 1. Band : Die Palaearkti-

schen Tagfalter, Stuttgart : 379.

SHIELDS, Al., 1981, 1982. — International Nepal Himalaya Expedition for Lepidop-

tera (INHELP) 1977, Report 1 : Introduction and Lycaenidae. — Journ. of

Res. on the Lepidoptera, 20 (2) : 65-80.

TALBOT, G., 1939. — Fauna of British India-Butterflies, 2nd ed., Vol. I: 600.

WYNTER-BLYTH, M. A., 1957. — Butterflies of the Indian Region, Bombay : 523.

Nota lepid. 10 (1): 25-48 ; 31.11.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Contributions à la connaissance des Coleophoridae. XLVI

Sur quelques Coleophores nouvelles

ou peu connues d'Espagne et des Canaries

Giorgio BALDIZZONE

I-14100 Asti, Via Manzoni 24

Abstract

Five new species of Coleophoridae (C. aliena, C. beticella, C. jynxella, C. sciurella,

C. vivesella) from Spain, and one from the Canary Islands (C. teneriffella) are

described in this work. The female genitalia of C. hiberica BALDIZZONE, and C.

nevadella BALDIZZONE are described and illustrated for the first time. Three species

(C. berlandella TOLL, C. microalbella AMSEL, C. sabulella TOLL) are new to the

European Fauna ; four species (C. ciconiella H.-S., C. insulicola TOLL, C. fiorii TOLL,

C. macrobiella CONSTANT) are recorded from Spain for the first time.

Au cours du mois de juillet 1985, j'ai effectué une période de recherches avec

l'ami Ernst TRAUGOTT-OLSEN en Andalousie, dans la region de Baza (prov.

de Granada) et sur la Sierra Nevada, tant sur le versant oriental (Capileira)

que sur le versant occidental (route de la Veleta). Dans le travail qui suit, je

presente les nouveaux taxa que j’ai decouverts (Coleophora beticella, C.

jynxella, C. sciurella, C. aliena, C. vivesella) et je donne aussi la description

des genitalia femelles de C. hiberica BALDIZZONE et de C. nevadella BAL-

DIZZONE. Je décris aussi C. teneriffella n. sp., espèce des Canaries, déjà

connue et traitée par J. KLIMESCH, qui ne lui avait pas donné de nom. A cette

occasion, je desire remercier encore une fois le cher ami Ernst TRAUGOTT-

OLSEN, pour toute l’aide qu’il m’a apportée en Espagne, le Dr. J. KLIMESCH,

qui m'a permis d'illustrer l'espèce de Teneriffe en me donnant l’holotype, et

comme d'habitude M. Emmanuel DE Bros, qui a aimablement revu le texte

en langue française.

Coleophora hiberica BALDIZZONE, 1985

(Nota lepid., 8 (3) : 207)

J'ai décrit cette espèce sur la base du seul à, recueilli par K. SATTLER en

Andalousie, dans la région de Orgiva (prov. de Granada). En 1985, j'ai eu

la chance de capturer à la lampe un couple de cette espèce, plus haut que la

localité typique, sur le versant oriental de la Sierra Nevada, raison pour

laquelle je peux maintenant décrire les genitalia femelles (fig. 7 et 8) :

Papillae anales ovales. Apophyses postérieures à peu près 2 fois plus longues,

que les antérieures. Lamella antevaginalis subtrapézoïdale, tres peu sclerifiee,

seulement au milieu, profondement creusée en moitié, en rapport avec

l’ostium bursae. Lamella postvaginalis subtrapezoidale, peu marquée. Ostium

bursae ogival, ample, avec bord bien chitinisé. /nfundibulum étroit, presque

transparent. Ductus bursae transparent, court, s’elargit graduellement jusqu’à

la bourse, qui est petite, ronde, dépourvue de signum.

Note : Les genitalia femelles confirment que l'espèce appartient au 6° groupe

de TOLL.

C. aliena n. sp.

Localité typique : Espagne méridionale, Andalousie, Baza.

Diagnose : Exp. alaire 9 mm. Tête (fig. 5) thorax et abdomen jaune clair

nacré. Palpes labiaux jaunes : le second article est à peu près 2 fois plus long

que le troisième. Antennes avec le flagellum annelees de jaune et de

brun-clair. Ailes antérieures de couleur jaune paille uniforme, très nacre ;

franges jaunes. Ailes postérieures et franges jaune gris nacre.

Genitalia males (fig. 10 et 11) : Gnathos large, ovale. Tegumen en forme de

«8». Transtilla petite, subtriangulaire. Valva tres étroite et allongée. Valvula

très petite, presque impossible à observer. Sacculus avec structure très

simple, subtriangulaire. Edéage court, conique, plus sclérifié dorsalement.

Pas de cornuti.

Structure de renforcement de l’abdomen (fig. 12) : Barres latéro-antérieures

à peu près 2 fois plus longues que les postérieures. Barre transversale droite

avec le bord proximal mince, et le bord distal plus épais latéralement.

Disques tergaux (3° tergite) à peu près 4,5 fois plus longs que larges.

Note : L'espèce, dont $ et bionomie sont inconnues, doit être piacée dans

le 8° groupe de ToL. par la structure du gnathos, du tegumen et de l’édéage.

Elle peut être aisément identifiée par la structure caractéristique des genita-

lia : les valves très allongées et le sacculus subtriangulaire ne permettent de

rapprocher cette n. sp. d’aucune espèce déjà connue de ce groupe.

Répartition géographique : Connue seulement de la localité typique.

Matériel examiné : Holotype ¢ (PG Bldz 7740) : «Hisp. Prov. de Granada

N. 342 x Rio Baza, 7.-9.VII.1985, G. Baldizzone y E. Traugott-Olsen», coll.

BALDIZZONE.

C. nevadella BALDIZZONE, 1985

(Nota lepid., 8(3):211)

J'ai décrit cette espèce sur la base d’une serie de dd de la Sierra Nevada. Au

cours de mon voyage en Espagne en 1985, j'ai recueilli une série de 2° dans

la localité typique, chose qui me permet maintenant de décrire les genitalia

femelles (fig. 14 et 15):

Papillae anales grandes, ovales, très sclerifiees. Apophyses postérieures a peu

près 2 fois plus longues que les antérieures. Lamella antevaginalis très

caractéristique, constituée par deux barres courbes fortement chitinisées, qui

délimitent l’ostium bursae. Lamella postvaginalis subtrapézoidale. Ostium

bursae ovale, très allongé. /nfundibulum debutant en forme d’ampoule

pourvue de quelques petites epines chitineuses, se continue tubulaire, bien

sclerifie, avec ligne moyenne. Ductus bursae très long, complètement revêtu

par deux bandes hérissées de petites épines coniques. Bourse ample, avec un

grand signum en forme d’ancre.

Note : La découverte de la © confirme que nevadella est une espèce bien

différenciée de C. ornatipennella HUBNER et C. lixella ZELLER de l'Europe et

de C. malatiella ToLL et C. caucasica STAINTON d’Asie mineure. Elle me

semble presenter un «passage» de C. ornatipennella a C. malatiella.

Répartition géographique : L’espece, dont la bionomie est inconnue, a ete

recueillie seulement sur la Sierra Nevada.

C. vivesella n. sp.

Localité typique : Espagne méridionale, Andalousie, Baza.

Diagnose : Exp. alaire 8-10 mm. Tête (fig. 6) jaune-ocre clair. Palpes blancs :

le second article, revêtu latéralement d’écailles brunes, est à peu pres 0,5 fois

plus long que le troisième. Antennes dépourvues de poils à la base ; flagellum

annelé de blanc et brun. Thorax et abdomen jaune-ocre. Ailes antérieures

jaune-ocre clair, parsemées de quelques écailles brunes ; une faible ligne

blanche, peut s’observer sur la nervure moyenne et le long de la costa.

Franges de l’aile antérieure jaune-gris nacre. Ailes postérieures brun-gris

clair ; franges jaune-gris nacre.

Genitalia males (fig. 17 et 18) : Gnathos petit, rond. Tegumen avec deux bras

larges. Transtilla allongée. Valva longue, plus large a l’apex qu'à la base.

Valvula petite, arrondie. Sacculus caractérise par la forme subtriangulaire de

l’angle dorso-caudal, qui porte au milieu une dent émoussée. Edéage allongé,

présentant deux barres sclérifiées, dont l’une se termine en pointe aiguë, et

l’autre avec une longue dent. Les cornuti sont nombreux, réunis en une

longue chaine.

Structure de renforcement de l’abdomen (fig. 19): Pas de barres latéro-

postérieures, la barre transversale, épaisse, présente un bord proximal droit,

et un bord distal convexe. Disques tergaux (3° tergite) à peu près 5 fois plus

longs que larges.

Genitalia femelles (fig. 21 et 22) : Papillae anales petites, subtriangulaires.

Apophyses postérieures à peu près 3 fois plus longues que les antérieures.

Lamella antevaginalis subtrapezoidale, creusée dans la region de l’ostium

bursae, qui est de forme ogivale, allongee. Lamella postvaginalis beaucoup

plus étroite que l’antevaginalis, avec le bord proximal irregulierement triangu-

laire. /nfundibulum en forme d’ampoule chitinisee. Ductus bursae revêtu

d’epines tres petites, presque sur la moitie de sa longueur ; la seconde moitie

est transparente, jusqu’a la bourse, qui est petite et ronde, pourvue d’un petit

signum en forme de feuille.

Note : L’espece, dont la bionomie est inconnue, appartient au 30° groupe de

TOLL, mais à cause de la structure des genitalia, on ne peut pas la rapprocher

d’une autre espece deja connue. Peut-etre doit elle se placer dans la section

de versurella, s’en distinguant aisement a cause de la structure du sacculus,

large et subtriangulaire dans l’angle dorso-caudal, et de l’edeage, beaucoup

plus allonge, se terminant par une longue pointe courbe. Les genitalia

femelles de vivesella sont tout-a-fait differents...

Répartition géographique : C. vivesella n. sp. a été recueillie seulement dans

la région de Baza.

Materiel examiné : Holotype d (PG Bldz 7739) : «Hisp. Prov. de Granada,

Sierra de Baza, 10.VII.1985, G. Baldizzone y E. Traugott-Olsen», coll.

BALDIZZONE.

Paratypes: 1 & (PG Bldz 7721), 12 22 (PG Bldz 7669-7678-7685-

7688-769 1-77 14-7719-7725-7727-7732-7734-7748) : même localité et

date.

— 3 22 (PG Bidz 7659-7694-7733) : «Hisp. Prov. de Granada, N 342 x Rio

Baza, 7.-9.VII.1985, G. Baldizzone & E. Traugott-Olsen».

— 2 9 (PG Bidz 7730-7731) : Hisp. Prov. de Granada, N 342, 8 km al este

de Baza, 11.V11.1985, G. Baldizzone & E. Traugott-Olsen». Tous les

paratypes sont conserves dans la coll. BALDIZZONE.

Derivatio nominis: L’espece est dédiée au cher ami Dr. Antonio VivEs

Moreno de Madrid, en lui souhaitant un avenir entomologique toujours plus

fecond.

C. jynxella n. sp.

Localité typique : Espagne méridionale, Andalousie, Sierra Nevada.

Diagnose : Exp. alaire 9-11 mm. Tête (fig. 2) blanche, couverte dorsalement

d’ecailles brunes. Palpes labiaux blancs, revêtus latéralement d’ecailles

brunes : le second article est à peu près 3 fois plus long que le troisième.

Antennes dépourvues de poils à la base ; le flage//um est annele de blanc et

brun. Thorax et abdomen blancs, couverts d’écailles brunes. Ailes antérieures

de couleur blanc parsemees d’ecailles brunes, qui forment trois lignes le long

de la costa, de la nervure cubitale et de la nervure anale. Franges brun-jaune

nacré. Ailes postérieures brunes, avec franges brun-jaune nacré.

Genitalia males (fig. 24 et 25): Gnathos ovale. Tegumen avec bras elargis.

Transtilla large, trapezoidale. Valva large. Valvula petite et arrondie, bien

individualisée. Sacculus caractérisé par un processus dans l’angle dorso-

caudal, qui porte 3 dents différents tournées vers l’intérieur. Édéage constitué

par un corp cylindrique, trapu, duquel part une baguette sclérifiée portant à

l’apex une longue dent. Un seul cornutus, très long, mince et courbe.

Structure de renforcement de l’abdomen (fig. 26): Pas de barres latéro-

postérieures, la barre transversale, très épaisse, a le bord distal constitué par

deux demi-lunes. Disques tergaux (3° tergite) à peu près 6 fois plus longs que

larges.

Genitalia femelles (fig. 28): Papillae anales petites ovales. Apophyses

postérieures à peu près 2 fois plus longues que les antérieures. Lamella

antevaginalis subtrapezoidale avec le bord distal arrondi, pourvu de quelques

poils. Lamella postvaginalis plus petite, presque la moitié de l’antevaginalis,

dont elle conserve la forme. Ostium bursae très large, ogival. Znfundibulum

asymétrique, avec une part distale en forme de coupe et une part proximale,

qui présente une protubérance latérale en forme de goute. Ductus bursae avec

2/3 de sa longueur pourvus d’une ligne moyenne ; le 1/3 initial est revêtu

d'un manchon de petites epines coniques, tandis que la dernière partie du

ductus est complètement transparente. Bourse petite, ronde, avec un petit

signum en forme de feuille.

Note : L'espèce, dont la bionomie est inconnue, appartient au 30° groupe de

TOLL, et par la structure des genitalia males peut être quelque peu rapprochée

de C. otitae ZELLER. De cette espece, elle se distingue aisement, avant tout

par sa taille, qui est presque la moitié de celle de otitae. Pour les genitalia ,

jynxella est très caractéristique par la structure de l’edeage, beaucoup plus

court que celui d’otitae, pour le processus apical de la valve, et par le long

cornutus. Les genitalia femelles de jynxella different de ceux d’otitae d’une

façon presque complete : tout le ductus bursae de jynxella est revêtu d’epines,

tandis que celui d’otitae porte des épines seulement sur une petite portion ;

mais il faut surtout remarquer la structure asymétrique de l’infundibulum de

jynxella, qui n’a pas de correspondance avec celle des espèces du même

groupe.

Répartition géographique : Connue seulement d'Espagne (Sierra de Gredos

et Sierra Nevada).

Matériel examiné : Holotype & (PG Bldz 7745): «Hisp. Sierra Nevada,

Camino de la Veleta, 1600 m, 19.VII.1985, G. Baldizzone y E. Traugott-

Olsen», coll. BALDIZZONE.

Paratypes : 1 © (PG Bldz 4142) même localité, 1700 m, 23.V11.1983, leg.

G. Baldizzone & P. Triberti, coll. BALDIZZONE.

— 1 8 (PG Bldz 6631) : «Süd-Spanien, Sierra Nevada, Puerto de la Ragua,

1800 m, 18.VII.1980, leg. Gg. Derra», coll. DERRA, Bamberg (R.F.A.).

— | 9 (PG Bldz 7062) : «Hispania, 19.7.1980, Sierra de Gredos, Navace-

peda, 1500 m. M.u.E. Arenberger» ex coll. BURMANN, coll. BALDIZZONE.

C. teneriffella n. sp.

Localité typique : Îles Canaries, Teneriffa, Guimar.

Diagnose : Exp. alaire 9-10 mm. Tête (fig. 4) thorax et abdomen brun-clair.

Palpes labiaux blancs, revêtus latéralement d’ecailles brunes : le second

article est à peu près 2 fois plus long que le troisième. Antennes avec

flagellum annelé de blanc et brun. Ailes antérieures brun clair, parsemees

d’ecailles brun foncé ; rayures blanches le long des nervures. Franges

brun-gris clair. Ailes postérieures brunes avec franges brun-gris clair.

Genitalia males (fig. 31-32) : Gnathos ovale. Tegumen avec bras larges et

aplatis. Transtilla linéaire. Valva courte et trapue. Valvula chitinisée, ronde

et bien individualisée. Sacculus allongé et arrondi dans l’angle ventro-caudal,

présentant un long processus en forme de corne dans l'angle dorso-caudal ;

à la base de ce processus se trouve une dent émoussée. Édéage avec deux

barres presque symétriques, qui portent une dent triangulaire vers la moitié,

et une autre, un peu plus grande, à l’apex. Un seul cornutus en forme de griffe.

Structure de renforcement de l’abdomen (fig. 33): pas de barres latéro-

postérieures, la barre transversale, convexe présente un bord proximal plus

épais. Disques tergaux (3° tergite) à peu près 5 fois plus longs que larges.

Genitalia femelles (fig. 36 et 38) : Papillae anales étroites, ovales. Apophyses

postérieures a peu près 2,5 fois plus longues que les antérieures. Lamella

antevaginalis subtrapézoïdale, avec le bord distal portant deux petites dents

aux angles. Lamella postvaginalis subtrapézoïdale, de la moitié plus étroite

que l’antevaginalis. Ostium bursae petit, ovale, s’ouvrant sur le bord distal de

la lamella antevaginalis. Infundibulum tubuliforme, très allongé, presque

transparent. Le ductus bursae débute avec une partie revêtue de petites epines

coniques sur une longueur à peu pres égale a celle de |’ infundibulum. Tout

le ductus qui reste est transparent, jusqu’a la bourse, qui est petite, pourvue

d’un petit signum en forme de feuille.

Note : L'espèce, dont la bionomie est inconnue, doit être placée dans le 30°

groupe de TOLL, pres de C. pyrenaica BALDIZZONE. Les differences les plus

évidentes entre les deux espèces sont les suivantes : chez le G de teneriffella,

la valve est beaucoup plus longue que chez pyrenaica, le processus qui se

trouve dans l’angle dorso-caudal est plus court, tandis que celui qui se trouve

dans l’angle ventro-caudal est plus prononce ; l’edeage de teneriffella est

presque symétrique et les deux barres chitineuses se terminent à l’apex par

une petite dent, tandis que chez pyrenaica une barre est plus épaisse que

l’autre et seulement la plus mince est pourvue d'une dent aiguë à l’apex ; le

cornutus de teneriffella est plus court et trapu de celui de pyrenaica. Chez les

genitalia femelles, on remarque que l’ostium bursae de teneriffella est plus

large et s'ouvre sur le bord distal de la /amella antevaginalis, tandis que celui

de pyrenaica, plus petit et ogival, s'ouvre vers la moitié de la /amella;

l’infundibulum de teneriffella est tubulaire, tandis que celui de pyrenaica est

en forme d’ampoule ; le ductus bursae de teneriffella, beaucoup plus court que

celui de pyrenaica, a une portion revetue d’epines double de celle de pyre-

naica.

C. teneriffella a ete decouverte comme nouvelle espece par le Dr. Josef

KLIMESCH, qui en a traité dans son travail de 1982 consacré aux Coleophores

des Canaries, sans lui donner de nom. C'est pour cette raison qu'il m'a

donné l'autorisation de décrire ce nouveau taxon, en me donnant toute l'aide

possible, ce dont je le remercie, ainsi que de m'avoir donné l’holotype pour

ma collection.

Répartition géographique : Connue seulement de l’île de Teneriffa.

Materiel examiné : Holotype d (PG Bldz 7884): «Ins. CANAR. Ten.,

Güimar, 15-28.3.1965, J. Klimesch», coll. BALDIZZONE.

Paratypes : 4 SS (PG Rasmussen 4939) 1 2 (PG Rasmussen 4164) : meme

date et localité, coll. KLIMESCH, Linz.

— 1 6, même localité, 29.3.1972, leg. coll. KLIMESCH.

—1 2 (PG Bidz 2814) même localité, 1.1V.1967, leg. PINKER, ex coll.

BURMANN, coll. BALDIZZONE.

— 1 2(PG Bldz 4513): «Iles Canaries, Tenerife, 1000 m. Las Mercedes,

9. IV.1981, F. Coenen leg.», coll. COENEN, Bruxelles.

—1 © (PG Bldz 7017): «Islas Canarias, Tenerife, 300 m. San Andres,

13.04.1981, W. De Prins leg.», coll. DE PRINS, Anvers.

C. beticella n. Sp.

Localité typique : Espagne méridionale, Andalousie, Baza.

Diagnose : Exp. alaire, 8-9 mm. Tête (fig. 3) thorax et abdomen blancs.

Palpes labiaux blancs ; le second article est à peu près 0,5 fois plus long que

le troisième. Antennes avec flagellum annelé de blanc et brun. Ailes antérieu-

res blanches, parsemées de quelques écailles brunes. Franges blanc-nacré.

Ailes postérieures gris clair ; franges blanc nacre.

Genitalia mâles (fig. 40-42-42) : Gnathos ovale. Subscaphium avec deux bras

larges et aplatis. Transtilla en forme de faux. Valva large. Valvula petite,

arrondie et chitinisée. Sacculus caractérisé par un grand processus subtriangu-

laire crénelé, dans l’angle dorso-caudal. Edéage constitué par deux barres,

dont l’une porte deux grandes dents triangulaires vers le milieu et une autre

plus petite à l’apex. Cornuti 3-4 petits, réunis. Structure de renforcement de

l'abdomen (fig. 41) : Pas de barres latero-posterieures, la barre transversale,

convexe, présente un bord proximal complet et un bord distal constitué par

deux demi-lunes. Disques tergaux (3° tergite) à peu près 3 fois plus longs que

larges.

Genitalia femelles (fig. 23 et 30): Papillae anales étroites et petites. Apo-

physes postérieures à peu près deux fois plus longues que les antérieures.

Lamella antevaginalis subtrapezoidale, herissee de poils sur le bord distal,

qui est un peu creusé au milieu. Lamella postvaginalis subtrapezoidale, plus

petite de la moitié que l’antevaginalis, a un bord proximal courbé au milieu,

en forme de triangle. Ostium bursae ovale. Infundibulum en forme de coupe,

très sclérifié. Ductus bursae revêtu, dans sa première moitié, d’epines

coniques très petites ; la seconde partie est transparente. Bursa petite avec

signum en forme de feuille.

Note : L'espèce appartient au 30° groupe de TOLL et doit être placée pres de

C. areniphila ToLL. Les différences chez les genitalia males (les genitalia

femelles de areniphila sont inconnus) sont les suivantes : chez areniphila, la

valve est plus courte et mince; l’edeage est constitué par deux barres

beaucoup plus minces que celles de beticella, et toutes les deux se terminent

a l’apex par une dent aiguë, tandis que chez beticella seule la barre la plus

longue porte une dent subtriangulaire à l’apex ; cette barre est aussi pourvue

de deux dents trapues sur le dos, structure qui manque chez areniphila.

Répartition géographique : Région de Baza. La bionomie est inconnue.

Matériel examiné : Holotype d (PG Bldz 7655) : «Hisp. Prov. de Granada,

N 342 x Rio Baza, 7.-9.V11.1985, G. Baldizzone y E. Traugott-Olsen», coll.

BALDIZZONE.

Paratypes : 1 G (PG Bldz 7680) 4 2° (PG Bldz 7649-7654-7661-7715) :

meme date et localite.

— 2 dd (PG Bldz 7693-7699) 9 99 (PG Bldz 7672-7673-7682-7684-

7687-7690-7692-7724-7729) : «Hisp. Prov. de Granada, N 342, 8 km al

este de Baza, 11.VII.1985, G. Baldizzone & E. Traugott-Olsen». Tous les

paratypes se trouvent dans la coll. BALDIZZONE.

C. sciurella n. sp.

Localité typique : Espagne méridionale, Andalousie, Sierra Nevada.

Diagnose. Exp. alaire 8 mm. Tête (fig. 1), thorax et abdomen brun clair.

Palpes labiaux blancs ; le second article est a peu près 0,5 fois plus long que

le troisième. Antennes avec flagellum blanc pour la moitié proximale, et

annelé de blanc et brun dans la moitié distale. Ailes antérieures blanches,

parsemées d’ecailles brunes, qui forment une ligne sur la nervure cubitale et

sur la nervure anale. Franges brun-gris nacre. Ailes postérieures et franges

brun-gris nacre.

Genitalia males (fig. 45 et 46) : Gnathos petit, ovale. Tegumen très étroit au

milieu. Transtilla dilatee en forme ovale. Valva courte et trapue. Valvula

petite, ovale, tres chitinisée. Sacculus caractérisé par un grand processus

triangulaire dans l’angle dorso-caudal, surmonté par deux dents émoussées ;

a la base de ce processus se trouve une dent plus grande parfaitement

triangulaire. Edéage constitué par deux longues barres sciérifiées, plus larges

à l’apex qu’a la base; la plus courte est surmontée par une petite dent

triangulaire. Un seul cornutus en forme de griffe.

Structure de renforcement de l’abdomen (fig. 47): Pas de barres latéro-

postérieures, la barre transversale est épaisse et presque droite. Disques

tergaux (3° tergite) à peu près 6 fois plus longs que larges.

Note : L'espèce, dont femelle et bionomie sont inconnues, doit être placée

dans le 30° groupe de Tor, dans la section de C. kyffusana PETRY, où se

trouvent aussi C. franzi KLIMESCH, C. repentis KLIMESCH, C. karsholti

BALDIZZONE et C. parvella TOLL.

C. sciurella n. sp. se distingue aisement de toutes les especes du groupe par

la structure caractéristique de l’edeage, qui est le seul de ce groupe a présenter

deux barres aussi différentes, dont l’une linéaire et l’autre renflée dans la

moitié apicale ; une structure aussi caractéristique est constituée par le grand

processus qui surmonte l’angle dorso-caudal, pourvu d'une forte dent triangu-

laire à la base, formation se trouvant exclusivement chez sciurella.

Répartition géographique : Connue seulement de la Sierra Nevada.

Matériel examiné : Holotype ¢ (PG Bldz 7747) : «HISP. Prov. de Granada

Camino de Capileira, 1250 m, 13.VIL.1985, G. Baldizzone y E. Traugott-

Olsen» coll. BALDIZZONE.

C. berlandella Tot, 1956

(L’Entomologiste, /2 (4/5) : 106)

Materiel examine :

— Arragonia, Albarracin, 1400 m, 13.VIII.1984, leg. GRUNWALD.

— Teruel, Bronchales, 1500 m, 25.-30.VII.1981, leg. A. Cox & M. PRICK.

— Navarra, Irurzum, 28.VII.1948, leg. MARTEN, coll. Istituto di Zoologia,

Roma.

— Barcelona, Alella, 12.VIII.1956, leg. AGENJo.

Note: L’espece est nouvelle pour la faune espagnole et pour l’Europe.

Jusqu’a présent, elle était connue d’Algerie, Tunisie, Libye et Turkmenistan.

C. ciconiella HERRICH-SCHAFFER, 1855

(Syst. Bearb. Schmett. Eur., 5: 252)

Matériel examiné :

— Cuenca, 1000 m, VI, leg. Kors, coll. Musée d'Histoire Naturelle «G.

Antipa», Bucarest.

Note: L'espèce est nouvelle pour la faune espagnole ; elle était connue

d'Europe septentrionale et centrale, Autriche, Roumanie, Bulgarie, France,

Ukraine.

C. fiorii ToLL, 1953

(Mem. Soc. ent. ital., 32: 104)

Matériel examiné :

— Cataluna, Port Bou, 18.-28.IX.1966, leg. ARENBERGER, coll. Landessam-

lungen für Naturkunde, Karlsruhe.

Note : L'espèce est nouvelle pour la faune espagnole, étant connue jusqu’à

présent seulement d'Italie centrale.

C. insulicola Tor, 1942

(Veroff. Ubersee-Mus. Bremen, 3 (3) : 296)

Matériel examine :

— Sierra Nevada, Camino de la Veleta, 1600 m, 19.VII.1985, leg. G.

BALDIZZONE et E. TRAUGOTT-OLSEN.

— idem, 1000 m, 22.VII.1985.

Note : L'espèce, dont d et bionomie demeurent inconnus, est nouvelle pour

la faune espagnole. Jusqu'à present, elle était connue de Dalmatie, Italie,

France méridionale, et Sardaigne.

C. macrobiella CONSTANT, 1885

(Ann. Soc. ent. Fr., 1885 : 7)

Materiel examine :

— Prov. Gerona, Rosas, 20.VIII.1983, leg. GRUNEWALD.

Note : L’espece est nouvelle pour la faune espagnole, étant connue jusqu'à

présent seulement de France méridionale.

C. microalbella AMSEL, 1935

(Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., 20: 306)

Materiel examine :

— Prov. Granada, Baza, 15.-16.V.1979, leg. GLASER.

— idem, N 342 x Rio Baza, 7.-9.VII.1985, G. BALDIZZONE et E. TRAU-

GOTT-OLSEN leg.

— idem, N 342, 8 km al este de Baza, 11.VII.1985, G. BALDIZZONE et E.

TRAUGOTT-OLSEN leg.

Note : L’espece, dont la bionomie est inconnue, était signalée seulement de

Palestine. Elle est donc nouvelle pour la faune espagnole et pour l'Europe.

Je signale que j'ai étudié des exemplaires de Tunisie et d'Algérie, recueillis

par DUMONT et CHRÉTIEN, qui m'ont été donnés par F. HARTIG.

C. sabulella ToLL, 1952

(Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse, 1952 : 55)

Matériel examiné :

— Prov. de Granada, N 342 x Rio Baza, 7.-9.VII.1985, leg. G. BALDIZZONE

et E. TRAUGOTT-OLSEN.

— idem, N 342, 8 km al este de Baza, 11.VII.1985, leg. G. BALDIZZONE et

E. TRAUGOTT-OLSEN.

Note: L’espece, dont la bionomie est inconnue, a été recueillie jusqu’à

présent seulement en Algérie et Tunisie ; elle est donc nouvelle pour la faune

espagnole et pour l'Europe.

References bibliographiques

BALDIZZONE, G. 1982. — Contribuzioni alla conoscenza dei Coleophoridae. XXVI.

I Coleophoridae raccolti dalla spedizione del Museo di Budapest in Tunisia nel

1977. Ann. Hist. nat. Mus. nat. hung., 74 : 203-216.

BALDIZZONE, G., 1983. — Contribution à la connaissance des Coleophoridae.

XXXIV. (Les taxa décrits par H. G. AMSEL). Andrias, 3 : 37-50.

BALDIZZONE, G., 1985. — Contribution a la connaissance des Coleophoridae. XLII.

Sur quelques Coleophoridae d'Espagne. (Première partie: description de

nouvelles espèces). Nota lepid., 8 (3) : 203-241.

KLIMESCH, J., 1982. — Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Microlepidopteren-Fauna des

Kanarischen Archipels. Vieraea, 11 [1981] n° 1/2, 21-50.

TOLL, S., 1952 (1953). — Rodzina Eupistidae (Coleophoridae) POLSKI. Doc. phys.

Polon., 32 : 1-292.

PLANCHE I

Fig. 1 à 6: têtes: 1) C. sciurella n. sp., 2) C. jynxella n. sp., 3) C. beticella n. sp., 4) C.

teneriffella n. sp., 5) C. aliena n. sp., 6) C. vivesella n. sp.

PLANCHE II

Fig. 7 à 9: C. hiberica BALDIZZONE : 7) genitalia femelles (PG Bldz 7513) «Prov. Granada,

Sierra Nevada, Camino de Capileira, 1250 m, 14.VII.1985, G. Baldizzone y E. Traugott-

Olsen», 8) idem, particulièrement grossis, 9) abdomen.

PLANCHE II

Fig. 10 à 13: C aliena n. sp. : 10) genitalia males (holotype), 11) idem, particulièrement

grossis, 12) abdomen, 13) imago.

PLANCHE IV

Fig. 14 à 15: C. nevadella BALDIZZONE, genitalia femelles (PG Bldz 7483) «Sierra Nevada)

Camino de la Veleta, 1600 m, 19.VII.1985, leg. G. Baldizzone y E. Traugott-Olsen».

PLANCHE V

Fig. 17 à 20: C. vivesella n. sp. : 17) genitalia males (PG Bldz 7721-paratype), 18) idem,

particulièrement grossis, 19) abdomen, 20) imago.

PLANCHE VI

Fig. 21 et 22: C. vivesella n. sp. : genitalia femelles (PG Bldz 7732-paratype).

Fig. 23 : C. beticella n. sp. : genitalia femelles (PG Bldz 7673-paratype) particulièrement

grossis.

PLANCHE VII

Fig. 24 à 27: C. jynxella n. sp. : 24) genitalia males (PG Bldz 7062-paratype), 25) idem,

particulièrement grossis, 26) abdomen, 27) imago.

PLANCHE VIII

Fig. 28: C. jynxella n. sp. : genitalia femelles (PG Bldz 4142-paratype).

Fig. 29, idem, particulièrement grossis.

Fig. 30: C. beticella n. sp. : genitalia femelles (PG Bldz 7673-paratype).

PLANCHE IX

Fig. 31 à 34: C. teneriffella n. sp. : 31) genitalia males (PG Bldz 7884-holotype).

Fig. 32 : idem, particulièrement grossis, 33) abdomen, 34) cornutus très grossi.

Fig. 35 : C. sciurella n. sp. : cornutus très grossi.

PLANCHE X

36) genitalia femelles (PG Bldz 2814-paratype),

37) abdomen, 38) genitalia femelles particulièrement grossis, 39) imago.

C; teneriffella n. sp. :

36 a 39:

Fig.

PLANCHE XI

Fig. 40 à 44: C. beticella n. sp. : 40) genitalia males (PG Bldz 7680-paratype), 41) abdo-

men, 42) édéage tres grossi, 43) cornuti très grossis, 44) imago.

PLANCHE XII

ab 4a

5 &

ÿ 4

sd | $a vr

a 43 gs

aa on N

ab # i

Fig. 45 à 48 : C. sciurella n. sp. (PG Bldz 7747-holotype) : 45) genitalia mâles, 46) idem,

particulièrement grossis, 47) abdomen, 48) imago.

Nota lepid. 10 (1): 49-52 ; 31.11.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Notes on Plebicula dorylas magna BALINT,

1985 (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae)

Zsolt BALINT

Zoological Department, Hungarian Natural History Museum,

H-1088, Budapest VIII, Baross u. 13, Hungary.

Recently, I described a new subspecies of Plebicula dorylas (D. & S., 1775)

from the Eastern Carpathians, under the name magna (BALINT, 1985).

Figures of the male genitalia were published later, together with details of

additional specimens discovered in the collections of the Naturhistorisches

Museum, Wien and the Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munchen (BALINT,

1986).

Since the original descript:ou, I have come across a number of interesting

literature references to dorylas in the Carpathians.

HORMUZAKI (1897) recorded dorylas from North Moldva (formerly South

Bukowina, which was the most easterly province of the Austro-Hungarian

Empire), although under the name hylas Esp. According to his observations,

this species was widespread in the subalpine and alpine regions, but virtually

absent from the hill-country and low mountain areas, where it occurred only

near Csernovic (Cernovici). HORMUZAKI described the Moldavian speci-

mens: “... Alle G sind gross (bis 37 mm) ; auf der Unterseite ist der weisse

Saum auffallend breit, der von diesem ausgehende Wisch füllt die Zelle 3 fast

aus und reicht über den dritten Medianast ; der weisse Mittelfleck sehr

ansehnlich, alle Randflecke verloschen, die dunkeln gewöhnlich verschwun-

den, die rothen bloss auf den Hinterflugeln durch kleine, getrennte, nicht

schwarz gesäumte Dreiecke angedeutet, an deren Aussenseite unbedeutende

bräunliche Punkte im weissen Saume stehen. Augenflecke auf den Hinterflü-

geln bisweilen nur durch kleinere Punkte angedeutet, fehlen vollstandig bei

den alpinen Stucken, die auch sehr breite Fransen besitzen (var. armena

STGR.). Das einzige, 29 mm spannende ® hat auf der Unterseite deutliche

Augen, aber auch eine sehr ausgebreitete weisse Randzeichnung ; Oberseite

schwarzbraun, ohne blauen Anflug, nur auf den Hinterflügeln mit zwei ganz

verloschenen, trüb bräunlichrothen Analflecken. Fransen breit, hellbraun”.

HORMUZAKI identified his specimens as var. armena STGR. (see SEITZ, 1909).

However, in Asia Minor and in Armenia, dorylas is smaller and has longer

wings with different underside markings. His description fits magna so well

that it is clear that HORMUZAKI’s data refer to this subspecies.

CZEKELIUS (1897) and ABAFI-AIGNER, PAVEL & UHRYK (1896) referred to

dorylas from Gyilkostö, Transsylvania (Rumania : Lacu Rosu). Twenty years

later, CZEKELIUS (1917) described two aberrations of hylas. One of them was

called ab. geographica magna! The great size of the specimens from the

Eastern Carpathians struck him. He wrote the following: “In beiden

Geschlechtern um ein Drittei grosser als die Stammform. Die Unterseite

auffallend bunt und kontrastreich. 15 dd und 8 99 unter sich gleich gross,

keine Ubergange zur Stammform...”. Unfortunately CZEKELIUs described his

magna as an aberration, so his authorship is invalid according to the Rules

of Zoological Nomenclature.

Fig. 1. Holotype (4) and paratype 2 (Gyergyö, Csiszér) of Plebicula dorylas magna BALINT.

During the 7th Hungarian Entomological Congress, Sandor Sımonyı and

Lajos SZECSENYI (members of the Societas Entomologica Hungariae) exhibi-

ted the material that they had collected in Transsylvania. Among the

butterflies, was a large male specimen of dorylas. It was collected with two

further specimens in the Szalard (Salard) Valley, in the Görgenyi (Gurghiu)

Mountains by S. SIMONYI. HALTRICH (1982) also recorded dorylas from the

same valley, flying in mesophilous meadows. This establishes that magna

occurs not only on limestone (BALINT, 1985), but also on volcanic basic

rock. This is also confirmed by a specimen of magna that I found in the

collection of Baron Dr. LiprHay while arranging the Lycaena material.

This specimen has three data labels: “Hargita (Farkas-hago), 1100 m,

1934.VIL.11, DiöszEGHY” (Di0szEGHy’s handwriting) ; “Lyc. hylas Es. f.

geographica magna CZEK”. (LIPTHAY’s handwriting) ; “coll. LiprHay” (prin-

ted). The Hargita (Harghita) mountains rise south of the Görgenyi Moun-

tains, both of which are volcanic.

- - P. donfas dos | Bdoyes mage =...

457° Hasmas MOL D O V A

TE Mures d Siret

! ' | I

! 0 1

! M | 1

N I

1 Het! kt i 1

| yer’ gh ab

! iq: & D Di

EN AA SOE RSS:

ANT 1 7 en ns ST. PES | 1

Cimpia : ym mestone IR 5.0, N I

1 | eag à I

1000m+ | î | N

| ZEN 4

en | Ds |

Er | = ri M i |

#. ' . 8 !

Pn VA == LS QAR ı

ps ILES == Lp. 1

Pew PSS CRYSTALLINE STONE à | Le

[ 24.8 ere

West | 26° East

Fig. 2. Sectional drawing of the Eastern Carpathians (at 46,7°N) — The habitat of Plebicula

dorylas dorylas D. & ScH. and Plebicula dorylas magna BALINT.

Many recent publications refer to Plebicula dorylas from the Eastern

Carpathians (BARBU & CoIcHIA, 1980 ; BALINT, 1980, 1981, 1983 ; KovAcs

& KovAcs, 1976-1977 ; KONIG, 1975 and POPESCU-GoORJ, 1964, 1970). All

of these populations are referrable to ssp. magna and not to the nominate

race. All the available information supports my observation that P. dorvlas

magna is univoltine and flies from the middle of June to the end of August

in the mountains (BALINT, 1985), while P. dorylas dorylas has two broods

and flies in Transsylvania, mainly on the Mezoség (Cimpia) (BALINT, 1985 ;

KONIG, 1964 ; PopEscu-GoRr), 1964 and SZÉKELY, 1985) (fig. 2). However,

the bivoltine form enters the valleys of the North Persanyi (Persani)

Mountains and flies together with magna, e.g. in the Vargyasi (Virghisului)

Gorge. Here, in some places, they form hybrid populations. It appears that

Parnassius apollo transsylvanicus SCHWEITZER, 1912 often flies together with

Plebicula dorylas magna. It is not yet clear how far the exact distribution

extends.

Acknowledgements

I wish to express my gratitude to my wife Annamaria KERTÉSZ for correcting the

English manuscript ; to Dr. Laszlo GOZMANy for his advice on nomenclatoric

questions and to Sandor SIMoNYI and Lajos SZECSENYI for their kind help. I am also

thankful to Dr. Wolfgang DIERL and to Dr. Friedrich Kasy for allowing me to see

their Museums’ material and to Laszlo PEREGOVITS for taking the photos of the

types.

References

ABAFI-AIGNER, L., PAVEL, J. & UHRYK, N., 1896. — Fauna Regni Hungariae,

Arthopoda (Insecta : Lepidoptera). X. M. Termeszettudomanyi Tarsulat: 17.

Barbu, A. & COICHIA, V., 1980. — Catalogul colectiei de Lepidoptere “N. Delvig”

a Muzeului Judetean Brasov. Cumidava XII/4, Stiinjele naturii Brasov: 94.

BALINT, Zs., 1980. — Adatok a nagylepkek elterjedesehez Erdélyben (Lepidoptera :

Rhopalocera). Fol. ent. hung. XLI/2 : 366.

BALINT, Zs., 1981. — Adatok a nagylepkek elterjedesehez Erdelyben II. (Lepidop-

tera). Fol. ent. hung. XLVII/1 : 232.

BALINT, Zs., 1983. — Ujabb adatok a Keleti-Karpatok nagylepkefaunajanak ismere-

tehez (Lepidoptera). Fol. ent. hung. XLIV/2 : 325.

BALINT, Zs., 1985. — Plebicula dorvlas magna nov. ssp. (Lep. : Lycaenidae) from

the Eastern Carpathians, Rumania. Neue Ent. Nachr. 14: 14-20.

BALINT, Zs., 1986. — Egy uj boglarkalepke alfaj a Keleti-Karpatokbol : a Plebicula

dorylas magna BALINT, 1985 (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Fol. ent. hung.

XLVII : 210-212.

CZEKELIUS, D., 1897. — Kritisches Verzeichnis der Schmetterlinge Siebenbürgens.

Verh. und Mitt. des Siebenb. Ver. für Naturwissenschaften zu Hermannstadt,

XLVII : 12.

CZEKELIUS, D., 1917. — Beitrage zur Schmetterlingsfauna Siebenbürgens. Verh. und

Mitt. des Siebenb. Ver. für Naturwissenschaften zu Hermannstadt, LXVII : 12.

HALTRICH, A., 1982. — Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Rhopaloceren des Salard-Tales

(Gurghiu-Gebirge, Ostkarpaten). Studii si Communicari 11 : 356.

HormuzakI, V. C., 1897. — Die Schmetterlinge (Lepidoptera) der Bukowina. Zool.

bot. Gesellschaft, XLVII : 135.

Kovacs, S. & Kovacs, Z., 1976-1977. — Adatok a Brasso-Haromszeki medence

és környeke lepkefaunajanak ismeretehez. Aluta, Muzeul Sf. Gheorghe : 294.

KONIG, F., 1975. — Catalogul colectiei de lepidoptera a Muzeului Banatului.

Timisoara : 216.

Popescu-GorJ, A., 1964. — Catalogue de la collection de lepidopteres “Prof. A.

Ostrogovich” du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle “Grigore Antipa” Bucarest.

Bucuresti : 243.

POPESCU-GORJ, A., 1970. — Date privind Lepidoptere de la Lacul Rosu si Cheile

Bicazului. Studii si Cercetari, Piatra Neam{: 348.

SEITZ, A., 1909. — Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde — des Palearktischen

Faunegebietes, I Abt. Band 1. Stuttgart, Fritz Lehmann’s Verlag : 314.

SZEKELY, L., 1985. — Data to the Macrolepidoptera Fauna of the surroundings of

Tirgu-Mures (Central Transsylvania). Manuscript.

Nota lepid. 10 (1): 53 ; 31.11.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses

O. KupRNA : Butterflies of Europe. 1. Concise Bibliography of European

Butterflies. Aula Verlag, Wiesbaden, DM 248.-

The book under review represents the first — long awaited and much delayed —

volume of a planned eight volumes monograph on the butterflies (Papilionoidea) of

Europe. After an author’s preface and introduction, it contains some 6000 bibliogra-

phic references, alphabetically arranged and progressively numbered. They represent

something like one third of all publications on European butterflies published in the

period between ca. 1900 to 1984. The starting point of this bibliography has been

chosen because the period between 1750 and 1900 has already been comprehensi-

vely covered by other bibliographies. The volume is closed by a subject index where

some key references (systematic, geographical and selected key-words) are listed by

reference number of subject headings.

The book is technically well produced, although it is a pity that technical difficulties

have made it impossible to include all diacritical marks, as characteristic of almost

every European language. As a matter of fact, making this additional effort could

have improved the editorial aspect of the book.

It may be argued that one or another additional reference should have been included

or left out, or that the subject index could have been considerably extended. Yet, one

can of course make some allowance for the ever increasing amount of published

information on European butterflies, that make a comprehensive bibliography

covering this century hardly possible even for a well known publisher, like AULA.

It is a pity, however, that some countries, such as Switzerland and — to some extent

— France, are slightly less covered than others by this bibliography.

If one considers the number of copies of this book that are going to be sold, it is

likely that the AULA could even be praised for keeping the price reasonably low.

Some serious non-professional students of butterflies, who like many others, will

certainly need the book, and whose cooperation is often necessary to produce it,

might however find it rather too expensive.

Emilio Balletto

Nota lepid. 10 (1) : 54-60 ; 31.11.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Notes on the distribution

of Gortyna borelii lunata FREYER

in the Carpathian Basin

Peter GYULAI

Aulich 13. 3/2, H-3529 Miskolc 1, Hungary.

Gortyna borelii PERRET, 1837 (leucographa auct., nec BORKHAUSEN) is an

extremely local species, but has a very wide distribution. It is known from

England (one locality only), France (Seine-et-Oise, the nominotypical form,

Charente, Cher, Deux-Sevres), Spain (Catalonia: Baells, Valada), W.

Germany (Baden-Wurttemberg, Nassau, Pfalz), E. Germany (Thüringen,

Leipzig, Halle), Poland, the Carpathian Basin and S.W. Siberia. Unfortuna-

tely, many of the European populations have already disappeared. Popula-

tions in Central Europe are referrable to ssp. /unata FREYER, 1839, which is

larger than the nominate subspecies.

In this note, the distribution of /unata and its foodplants in the Carpathian

Basin is discussed.

I. The foodplants of G. borelii lunata FRR. in the Carpathian Basin.

Clearly, populations of the moth can only occur where the foodplants occur

and so, first, the known distributions of the foodpiants are presented. For the

Carpathians and Carpathian Basin, three species are mentioned in the

literature and a fourth is discussed here.

1. Peucedanum longifolium L.: Grows only on limestone. Occurs on the

Balkan Peninsula, but also in the Carpathian Basin and the Southern

Carpathians (Kazan Gorge, Mehadia, Baile Herculane, Cserna Valley) up to

about 1000 m. This is the only known foodplant of the highest occurring

European borelii population, of the Domogled, a mountain near Mehadia (F.

KÔNIG, 1941).

2. Peucedanum officinale L. : This plant is the character species of the

association Peucedano-Galatelletum ZOLYOMI et TALLOS ( Peucedano-Astere-

tum auct.). It is the only known foodplant of the borelii populations of the

Great Hungarian Plain. Apart from the sandy districts of the territory situated

between the Rivers Tisza and Danube, and the Nyirseg, P. officinale was

widely distributed in the Great Hungarian Plain in the forest-steppe zone in

the foothills of the Matra, Bükk and Zempleni Mountains, the Lesser

‘ulseg uerggedie) pue sueryyedie) oy) ur sjuR[dpooy SJ pue “way pıpun 1240Q DUÂ1ON) JO uonngimsig ‘I “314

gzourpn-8edepng 0€

OBA 62

+Toduoy gz ;

ABXORBQUOZSQUTUZEYL Le wnyofisuo] wnuppasnag JO uonngqumsig NN

BULBUNBLOG-ÄUNLOAZERL 92 umup1]24904 wnuppoanag JO wonngumsig [IT]

AIMJU99 Ise] au} ul

oppumı/fo wnunpasnag JO UonngLNSsI G

305 orDy Ih 2IPUDY} pamag jo vonngunsiqg EZ

Dhaest NS a 2024 Il x 1 yuasaıd [ns Ajgeqoid uonerndod my

Fe VO warb! : ke rh uræyooun uonepndod jo Me ®

we fai DR # pokonsap uonemndog ®

y pr À. O aa

a yt! ute rs | \

Ing Pa us

À = 2267 Ta ar

Ne et y R >

? | D 4

; Yr) |

a ae:

Se | 9

* CT y 59759 N

À F4 ;

acs Y= “4

I sa]9!? 50097 À ;

Le 23 U r. pes \ i A

Ce | l À ego)

. prunes Y d ne : i en AUT C “

? 5 Ta So oy sb eS ; Foes faa | “it N.

Ru TEA ee er pd

ie n A, x AS Re “ f 4 { N OR rg

iG : '

He, fe) JeT8To wermpei=/

ney, f M gPte BTBBD ||

AUPXOQZEPL GZ, 1 RL Eu } # /pusurg=/ PUBUTS O1

gpxe FIFZS pe ~~)" CoG NL Oe BA ef /*8TTBWA/ +eTluù 6

WUFOLOPBZBFI-94N01y €Z Nest Fs a NT ia date Re /petys/ pety 8

gupquemory ZZ 0 oyzshumd De ps /epoxtuge/ BPOTTD /

Jan ABrqoqzon / By TBXemuezelpA TE \ ba coma, CDD Jeuven BETUMOW=/ BZOTUBOW g

Jan KaRgo4.10N/ Br N ed KR BEE ‚pn /9XeN Bo }0m0U=/ a,emersZeN G

x ee /ULLAOT=/ UTIACT +

588929,| 6T uSecarqeq gy BOLPAOH FH LT an /wuj=/ ouelsoxog €

pe2626 OT QABTY ST BIZeD FI souTe] ET /CLBOBTUTL=/ IBAGOUEL Z

/8eqe8uert)=/ Beqesuprey TeeusBAOTIOg ZT /erpeyeye/ BTpeyen-peT3ouoı

Hungarian Plain (near Lake Fertö) and at the Danube Bend (Esztergom).

Today, it can be found very locally, mostly in the clearings of the forests on

basic soils, especially in the Hortobagy National Park.

3. Ferula sadleriana Ledeb. : This is an endemic and very local species of

the Carpathian Basin, growing only in a few rocky places at low altitude :

Pilis Mts., Gerecse Mts. (Pisznice), Nagymaros (Ördöghegy), Bükk Mts.

(Bélko), Tornai Karst, Transsylvania: Tordai and Bojcai (?) — hasadék

(gorge). Probably a preglacial relict (Soo, 1966). This plant is mentioned by

various authors as a potential foodplant, but this has never been confirmed.

Indeed, F. sadleriana seems not to be a foodplant of G. borelii lunata FRR.,

because no moth has ever been captured where the plant is known to occur.

4. Peucedanum rochelianum HEUFF. : This is also an endemic plant of the

Carpathian Basin, and must be considered a potential foodplant of the borelii

populations in the Banat (S.E. part of the Carp. Basin). A single specimen

of borelii is known from Borlova (near Karansebes, Banat) (in the Natural

History Museum, Vienna). P. rochelianum is considered to have been the

only possible foodplant for the larva of this specimen (F. KONIG, pers.

comm. ).

G. borelii lunata has therefore only two foodplants for certain in the region

of the Carpathian Basin: Peucedanum longifolium (Mt. Domogled, S.

Carpathians) and P. officinale (populations of the Carpathian Basin).

Fig. 2. Gortyna borelii lunata FRR. 2°, Hungary, Hortobagy Nat. Park, Ujszentmargita.

II. The G. borelii lunata FRR. populations in the region of the Carpathian

Basin and their present status.

1. The population of Mt. Domogled (S. Carpathians, 1190 m).

This was the first known locality for borelii in the Carpathians and Carpa-

thian Basin and is the only mountain population. First mentioned by

KINDERMANN (1835-36) from nearby Mehadia; later by ABAFI-AIGNER

(1907) and by Konic (1941). It was also collected by KONIG in 1962. It

probably still occurs very locally on the Domogled. According to Z. VARGA

(1964), this population is a relict species of a drier period of the Quaternary.

2. Populations of the Banat (S. E. Carpathian Basin, in Romania).

A large population was known near Temesvar (= Timisoara), the first

specimens being taken in 1938 (KONIG, 1941, 1975, 1978). A number of

other isolated localities are also known : Borosjeno (= Ineu, Arad County)

(LipTHAY, 1931 ; DioszEGHy, 1932); Lovrin (= Lovrin) (KONIG, 1941) ;

Arad, Nagyremete (= Remetea Mare), Mosnicza (= Mosnita Veche), Giroda

(= Ghiroda) (KONIG, 1975) ; Majlat (= Mailat), Simand (= Simand), Csala

erdo (=Padurea Ciala) (KONIG, 1978) and Borlova near Karansebes

(= Caransebes), (KONIG, in litt.).

Unfortunately, most of these localities have already been destroyed. The most

recent records are : Nagyremete (1971), Simand (1972) and in one locality

only near Temesvar (1985, leg. KONIG).

3. Populations of Békés-Csongrad County (S.E. Hungary).

Only sporadic occurrences are known : Tarhos, Gerla (RONKAY, VOINITS &

GYULAI, 1983), Algyö in 1979 and one specimen taken in the centre of the

city of Szeged in 1981 (KovAcs, 1982-83). It is unlikely that any population

has survived near Szeged.

4. Populations near Debrecen (E. Hungary).

Only a few specimens known: Mikepércs, Mezosas (leg. SARKADI, coll.

VARGA) and 3 at Debrecen in 1955 (VARGA, 1957; RONKAY, VOINITS &

GYULAI, 1983).

The species probably no longer occurs at Debrecen, as the foodplant has

been destroyed on the banks of the Toco. The record at Mezösas demonstra-

tes the link to the populations of Bekés County and the Banat.

5. Populations of the Hortobagy (E. Hungary).

There are two local, but large populations occurring in the clearings of the

forests near Ujszentmargita and Ohat (near Egyek). The two forests are the

remains of the true “puszta with forest” (forest-steppe zone) and are

protected areas belonging to the Hortobagy National Park.

The moth was discovered in the Ohat forest in 1948, by KovAcs (1955), but

the Ujszentmargita forest population was first noted in 1971 by the author

(GyuLal, 1974). G. borelii is a frequent species in these forests and these

populations are probably the largest and certainly the most seriously pro-

tected populations in the Carpathian Basin (RONKAY, VOINITS & GYULAI,

1983).

6. Populations of the Kis-Hortobagy (S. E. Borsod County in N. Hungary).

Two specimens were taken in 1984-85 in a light-trap near Klementina

(GYULAI, in print). In the last two years, two large populations of P.

officinale were discovered by the author, not too far from Klementina (on the

bank of the River Tisza and in the Szili forest, near Aroktö-Tiszadorogma).

The moth probably occurs in these two localities. Szili forest became a

protected area in 1986.

7. Populations of the Jaszsag (C. Hungary).

KovAcs (1955) mentioned the possibility of the occurrence of borelii near

Jaszalsoszentgyorgy. Later, it was found by BUSCHMANN (1982, 1985) in the

city of Jaszbereny and at Borsohalma, not too far from the place mentioned

by Kovacs. Since then this population has probably been destroyed.

In the past, populations south of the Matra-Bukk Mts. formed a link between

the populations of the Hortobagy and Kis-Hortobagy, and those of the

Jaszsag. This fact is evidenced by the occurrence of borelii near Kompolt

(Heves County) at light.

8. Populations near Budapest.

Only two old specimens are known : one male, 7th. October 1937, near Vac

(NAGY, 1942) and one female, at the end of October 1923, Budapest-

Vermezo (BANO, 1943). P. officinale was also known to occur on the Danube

Bend. These populations have certainly been destroyed.

The survival of G. borelii lunata FRR. in the Carpathian region is ensured only

in the Hortobagy National park and perhaps also in the Kis-Hortobagy and

on Mt. Domogled. Unless action is taken, it is likely that all other popula-

tions will be destroyed in the near future.

References and bibliography

ABAFI-AIGNER, 1907. — Magyarorszag lepkéi. Budapest, p. 65.

BANO, L., 1943. — Hydroecia leucographa BKH. Budan Fol. Ent. Hung. 8 : 102.

BUSCHMANN, F., 1982. — Adatok Jaszbereny es környeke nagylepkeinek ismerete-

hez. Data to the knowledge of the Macrolepidoptera Fauna of Jaszbereny and

its surroundings. Fol. Ent. Hung. 43 (1) : 255-268.

BUSCHMANN, F., 1985. — Jaszbereny és környekenek lepkevilaga Jaszsägi füz. 5-72.

GYULAI, P., 1974. — Az Ujszentmargita-i IBP mintaterület nagylepkeinek ökolö-

giai-faunisztikai vizsgalata. Debrecen, pp. 1-34.

JAVORKA, S. & Csapopy, V., 1975. — Iconographia Florae Partis Austro-Orientalis

Europae Centralis. Budapest, p. 380.

KocH, M., 1984. — Wir bestimmen Schmetterlinge. Leipzig, Radebeul, p. 439.

Kovacs, L., 1955. — The Macroplepidoptera Characteristic to our Sandy Districts.

Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Nat. Hung. 6 : 335-336.

Kovacs, L., 1955. — The Occurrence in Hungary of Hydroecia leucographa BKH.

with new Data on its Life History. Acta Zool. Ac. Sci Hung. 1 (3-4):

324-329.

Kovacs, S. T., 1982-83. — Jellegzetes Del-Alföld-i Okoszisztemak nagylepke

együttesei (Csongrad megye). Typische Schmetterlingsensemble (Lepidop-

tera) der Ökosysteme im Alföld Ungarns (Komitat Csongrad). Mora F. Muz.

Evk. 1: 453-466.

KONIG, F., 1941. — A Hydroecia leucographa BKH. ujabb leiöhelyei a Bansagban.

Neue Fundorte von H. leucographa BKH. im Banat.

KONIG, F., 1959. — Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Lebensweise von H. leucographa BKH.

Fol. Ent. Hung. 6 (32) : 481-493.

KONIG, F., 1960. — Erfolgreiche Zuchten von H. leucographa BKH. Ent. Zeitschr.

70 (6-7): 1-7.

KONIG, F., 1961. — Erfolgreiche Eizuchten von Hydroecia leucographa BKH. Ent.

Zeitschr. T0 (6-7) : 69-73.

KONIG, F., 1961. — Studiu asupra lepidopterelor carasteristice pentru rulastinile si

terenurile inundabile de pe Sesul Banatului. St cerc. biol. si St. Acad. R.P.R.

8 (3-4) : 267-285.

KONIG, F., 1965. — Cercetari entomologice in rezervatia naturala Muntele Domo-

gled. Acad. R.S.R., Ocrot. Nat. 9 (1).

KONIG, F., 1975. — Catalogul colectiei de lepidoptere a Muzeului Banatului.

Timisoara : p. 163.

KONIG, F., 1978. — Lepidoptere pe cale de disparitie in Judetul Arad. Einige

bedrohte Schmetterlingsarten im Kreis Arad. Ocrot. nat. med. inconj. 22 (2):

127-132.

NAGY, L., 1942. — A Hydroecia leucographa BKH. uj lelöhelye Vacon. Ein neuer

Fundort von Hydroecia leucographa BKH. in Ungarn. Fol. Ent. Hung. 7:

96-97.

OROZCO i SANCHIs, A. and R., 1985. — Gortyna borelii (PIERR. 1837), nou per a

la Fauna Iberica, i confirmacio de la presencia a Catalunya d’ Episema glaucina

(Esp., 1789) (Lep. Noct.). Treb. Soc. Cat. Lep. 7 : 49-50.

Popescu-GorJ, A., 1964. — Catalogue de la collection de Lepidopteres «Prof. A.

OSTROGOVICH». Bucarest, p. 189.

RoNKAY, L., Vosnits, A., GYULAI, I., GYULAI, P., 1983. — Macrolepidoptera from

the Hortobagy National Park in : The Fauna of the Hortobagy Nat. Park. Publ.

Hung. Ac. Sci. : 227-240.

Soo, R., 1966. — A magyar flora és vegetacio rendszertani-novenyfoldrajzi kézi

kônyve II. Synopsis Systematico — Geobotanica Florae Vegetationisque

Hungariae II. Budapest, pp. 481-482.

STAUDINGER, O. & REBEL, H., 1901. — Catalog der Lepidopteren des Palaearcti-

schen Faunengebietes. Berlin, p. 186.

VARGA, Z., 1957. — Debrecen és kôrnyéke nagylepke faunaja. Die Gross-Schmetter-

lingfauna von Debrecen und Umgebung. Fol. Ent. Hung. 10 (8) : 235-258.

WARNECKE, G., 1959. — Uber die Verbreitung von Hydraecia leucographa BKH.,

sowie Beschreibung einer Neuen Form. Ent. Nach. Osterr. u. Schw. Ent. 11

(1).

WARREN, W., 1906. — In Seitz, A. : Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde. Stuttgart,

p. 226.

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses

B. GOATER : British Pyralid Moths — A Guide to their Identification.

16x 22cm, 175 pp., 9 colour plates, 12 figs, Harley Books, Martins,

Great Horkesley, Colchester, Essex C06 4AH, England, 1986, £ 18.95

(ISBN 0-946-58908-9).

Beirne’s famous work “British Pyralid and Plume Moths” was published more than

30 years ago, and has been out of print for some time. Since its publication, more

than 30 species of Pyralidae have been added to the British list. A modern revision

was badly needed, and the present publication supplies this want. The book provides

very good colour plates, comprising photographs of the 208 British species, from

which entomologists will easily be able to identify most of their material. In the case

of difficult species, the text points out the important wing pattern characters and

other distinguishing features. In many cases, text figures illustrate wing venation or

genitalia.

The good quality of the colour plates has allowed the text to be kept short, without

losing too much information. For each species, a short description of the adult is

given, together with some data on the early stages, the habitat, and distribution in

Great Britain. The author uses an up-to-date nomenclature. The book contains a

check-list of the British Pyralidae species, a glossary, and indexes of scientific insect

and foodplant names. It is hoped that a similar book on the British Plume Moths

will follow soon.

W. O. De Prins

Nota lepid. 10 (1): 61-64 ; 31.11.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Possible hybrids between Lysandra bellargus ROTT.

and L. hispana H.-S. (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae)

V. CAMERON-CURRY, G. LEIGHEB, E. RIBONI and P. CAMERON-CURRY

Via Calandra n° 2, I-10123 Torino.

Via V. Pansa n° 4, I-28100 Novara.

Summary

The authors describe two possible hybrids of Lysandra bellargus Rott. x Lysandra

hispana H.-S.

In 1845, ZELLER described a new species of lycaenid butterfly, Po/vommatus

polonus, of which he had received three specimens collected near Poznan

(Posen) in Poland (at that time East Prussia). SEITZ (1906) included polonus

among the aberrations of Lysandra bellargus “found only in certain districts

in East Prussia, Russia, Syria and Spain”. Form polonus was subsequently

reported from various parts of the Alps (VERITY, 1943 ; DE LESSE, 1961),

Pyrénées (DE LESSE, 1961) and central Italy (VERITY, 1943). A specimen

from central Germany is shown in FORSTER and WOHLFAHRT (1955). The

following named taxa are considered to correspond to the form polonus :

Polyommatus corydon SCHIFF. ab. calydonius (LOWE) (WHEELER, 1903),

Lycaena coridon PODA ab. hafneri (PREISSECKER, 1908), both attributed by

VERITY to the species bellargus, and Agriades coridon PoDA, form samsoni

(VERITY, 1920), described as an “ancestral” form of coridon, and perhaps one

of the two insects described by VERITY (1920) as Agriades thetis RoTT. ab.

petri.

DE LEssE (1960, 1961) concluded from his chromosome analyses that these

forms, like others ascribed to the genus Lysandra as new species, “ancestral

forms”, aberrations or varieties, are in fact hybrids of L. bellargus x L. coridon

(as had been suggested in the past). DE LESSE also ascertained that the form

reported relatively frequently and regularly from central Italy and the Abruzzi

region (ZANGHERI, 1971 ; TEOBALDELLI, 1976), which VERITY (1939, 1943)

had erroneously classified as a race (italglauca) of the Middle Eastern

species L. syriaca TUTT, is actually also a hybrid of L. bellargus x L. coridon.

DE LESSE (1960, 1961) found identical variations of the chromosome pattern

in a specimen of polonus and five italglauca, with chromosome number

ranging from 51 to 72, therefore intermediate between bellargus (n = 45) and

coridon (n = 87-92 ; n = 87-88 in the Italian populations (HIGGINS, 1975),

but closer to bellargus, and in any case very different from syriaca (n = 24).

This variability of the genetic material, together with the spontaneous local

morphological variations that are so common in L. coridon, especially in

Spain, independently of the chromosome number, explains the variability of

the phenotype and the virtually continuous range of intermediate taxa.

Generally speaking, the colour of the upper wing surface is intermediate

between bellargus and coridon, and is often described as similar to that of

Agrodiaetus damon SCHIFF., With a more or less well-marked greenish tinge.

There is a dark marginal border of variable width and a number of premargi-

nal dots of variable size, more or less merged with the dark border. The

underside may be more similar to bellargus (polonus, calydonius) or to

coridon (hafneri, samsoni). The identification of possible female hybrids is

very uncertain, as the colour of the upperside is not distinctive in this sex.

Tutt (1910) reported what he claimed to be a female of po/onus and VERITY

(1943) a female of italglauca.

Most known cases were captured from mid-June to mid-July, between the

flight period of the first brood of bellargus and that of the single brood of

coridon.

A last problem to consider is that of the possible occurrence of natural

hybrids between L. bellargus and L. hispana H.-S. and how they could be

differentiated from hybrids bellargus x coridon. On account of the close

resemblance between Hispana and coridon, no distinguishing character can

be expected in the external features of these hybrids, although the appearance

of the underside may be suggestive. Dissection of the genitalia is also of no

help, on account of the similarities between the two species, nor can

chromosome studies be expected to offer any valuable clue because the

chromosome number is very similar in coridon (n= 87-92) and hispana

(n = 84). For want of finer diagnostic procedures, the only possibility for

deducing the other parent of apparent bellargus hybrids is to check for the

absence of either coridon or hispana in the locality where the specimen was

taken. With this criterion in mind, it can be concluded that one of the two

specimens of petri (the one collected at low altitude) described by VERITY

(1920, 1943) and the one described by DE LESSE (1949, 1961) are probably

hybrids of bellargus x hispana.

In 1980 we described two apparent hybrids of L. bellargus: bellargus x

coridon, now in the G. LEIGHEB collection, Novara, Italy, and bellargus x

hispana, now in the V. CAMERON-CURRY collection, Turin, Italy (CAME-

RON-CURRY, V., LEIGHEB, G. and CAMERON-CURRY, P., 1980).

The apparently greater rarity of bellargus x hispana as compared with

bellargus x coridon hybrids seems hard to explain : bellargus and hispana are

both bivoltine and the two generations fly together. The chance of intra-

specific pairings would therefore reasonably be expected to be greater in the

case of bellargus and hispana than in the case of bellargus and coridon.

Hybrids between the latter two species are believed to result from pairings

between the second generation of bellargus and the only generation of

coridon.

That natural hybrids of bellargus x hispana may not be quite so exceptional

as formerly believed is suggested by the capture of two further possible

hybrids (STELLANELLO, Savona, 9.VI.1979, leg. V. CAMERON-CURRY ).

Ist. specimen

Forewing 18 mm. Upperside colour dullish “damon blue”. Marginal black

line thin (0.2 mm). Fringes white, faintly chequered (thin striae of black hairs

at the ends of veins 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 on forewing and of veins 3, 4, 5 and

6 on hindwing). Upper hindwing antemarginal dark spots well separated

from black border, large in spaces 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, small in spaces 1b and

lc. Underside forewing general ground colour greyish. Underside hindwing

general ground colour greyish brown. All usual underside markings, faintly

white-ringed.

2nd. specimen

Forewing 16 mm. Upperside colour dullish “damon blue”. Marginal black

line thin (0.2 mm). Fringes white, faintly chequered (very thin striae of black

hairs at the ends of veins 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 on forewing and of veins 2, 3 and

5 on hindwing). Upper forewing indistinct antemarginal dark spots in spaces

2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Upper hindwing antemarginal dark spots well separated

from black border, large in spaces 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, small in spaces 1b and

lc. Underside forewing general ground colour greyish. Underside hindwing

general ground colour greyish brown. All usual underside markings, white

ringed.

It is interesting to note that the colour of the hybrid described in 1980, which

at the time of capture showed a rather metallic sheen, has now dulled and

is indistinguishable from that of the two hybrids described here.

References

BENINI, G., 1978. — Un caso di ibridismo : Lysandra bellargus ROTT. x Lysandra

coridon Popa. Rivista entomologica, 3 : 9-11.

CAMERON CURRY, V., LEIGHEB, G., CAMERON CURRY, P., 1980. — Due ibridi di

Lysandra bellargus ROTT., Bollettino Societa Entomologica Italiana, 112, 1-2:

41-42.

FORSTER, W. and WOHLFAHRT, T. A., 1955. — Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas, 2 :

107. Franckh, Stuttgart.

Hicains, L. G., 1975. — The Classification of European Butterflies, 162-163.

Collins, London.

Hicains, L. G. and RILEY, N. D., 1970. — A Field Guide to the Butterflies of Britain

and Europe, 92. Collins, London.

LESSE (DE), H., 1949. — Recherches en dehors des chemins battus. Contribution

a l’étude des Rhopalocères du Département de la Drôme. Lambillionea,

24-30.

LESSE (DE), H., 1960. — Spéciation et variation chromosomique chez les Lepidopte-

res Rhopalocères. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. Biol. anim., 2 : 1-223.

LESSE (DE), H., 1961. — Les hybrides naturels entre Lysandra coridon PoDA et L.

bellargus ROTT. (Lycaenidae), Alexanor, 2: 22-30.

LESSE (DE), H., 1969. — Les nombres chromosomiques dans le groupe de Lysandra

coridon PoDA (Lep. Lycaenidae). Ann. Soc. ent. France, 5 : 469-522.

LESSE (DE), H., 1970. — Les nombres de chromosomes à l’appui d’une systématique

du groupe de L. coridon (Lycaenidae). Alexanor, 6 : 203-224.

MANLEY, W. B. L. and ALLCARD, H. G., 1970. — A Field Guide to the Butterflies

and Burnets of Spain, 101-102. Classey, Hampton.

PREISSECKER, F., 1908. — Bespricht unter Vorweisung eine neue Lycaenidenform :

Lycaena coridon PODA ab. 6 hafneri, nov. ab. Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien, 58 :

68-69.

SEITZ, A., 1909. — Die Grossschmetterlinge der Erde. Palaearctic Fauna, 1: 315.

Lehmann, Stuttgart.

TEOBALDELLI, A., 1976. — I macrolepidotteri del maceratese e dei Monti Sibillini

(Appennino Umbro-Marchigiano). Note Appunti speriment. Entomolog.

agraria (Assisi), 16: 134.

Tutt, J. W., 1910. — In Verity, 1943.

VERITY, R., 1920. — Seasonal Polymorphism and Races of Some European

Grypocera and Rhopalocera. Additional Notes. Ent. Rec., 43 : 140-152.

VERITY, R., 1939. — Essai sur la distinction des espéces du groupe Lysandra coridon

Popa. Lambillionea, 210-222.

VERITY, R., 1943. — Le farfalle diurne d'Italia, 2 : 290-292 ; 298-300. Marzocco,

Firenze.

WHEELER, G., 1903. — The Butterflies of Switzerland and the Alps of Central

Europe, 31. London, Elliott Stock.

ZANGHERI, S., 1971. — Considerazioni generali sui macrolepidotteri dell’Appennino

centrale. Lav. Soc. it. Biogeogr., 2 : 301-312.

ZELLER, P., 1845. — Polyommatus polonus, eine neue Tagfalterart. Stett. ent. Zeit.

3: 351-354.

Nota lepid. 10 (1): 65-70 ; 31.11.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Hilltopping as a mate location strategy

in a Mediterranean population

of Lasiommata megera (L.) (Lepidoptera, Satyridae)

Roger L. H. DENNIS

The Manchester Grammar School, Manchester M13 OXT.

Abstract

Data collected on the distribution of male L. megera at different elevations in the

Old Fort, Corfu town, reveal that they establish territories on hilltops as part of their

mate location repertoire. Both the act of hilltopping and perching are regarded as

mechanisms to increase the probability of contacts between males and unmated

females. Selection of hilltops appears to be unrelated to any bias in the distribution

of male or female resources, which are evenly spread over the area studied.

Male L. megera are flexible in mate location behaviour. In the process of

obtaining mates they both perch and patrol, displaying a range of activity

from territorial defence to the more passive acceptance of competitors during

longer periods of flight over wider areas (see DENNIS 1982). There are clear

indications that behaviour varies at both the population and individual levels,

relating to environmental (habitat differences ; weather), demographic (po-

pulation density ; sex ratio), physiological (age of individuals) and genetic

(inherited bias) factors. A distinctive aspect of their mate location behaviour,

as for other butterflies which also establish territories, is their use of topogra-

phic vantage points. Typically, edges of habitats are selected, the territories

being sited on patches of bare ground, walls, fences, stones, piles of gravel

and other landmarks. This process has been likened to hilltopping by the

author (DENNIS 1982, DENNIS & BRAMLEY 1985) because all these landscape

elements provide “visual peaks” which have the effect of concentrating

resources, in particular males for females and females for males. It has been

argued that the process is particularly necessary for a butterfly like L. megera

whose wing pattern and colouration, subject to conflicting selection pressu-

res, is dull (DENNIS 1982). The sombre colour of the butterfly (cryptic against

its background habitat) is almost certainly an adaptation to predation by

birds as attested by wing damage data (pers. obs.). To offset this, courtship

requires strategies that increase the apparency of mates for each other.

Hilltops provide one of several medium scale landmarks that butterflies can

use as mate location cues. Some species are known to use linear structures

such as gullies ( Polygonia zephyrus and Amblyscirtes oslari ; SCOTT 1968) and

edges, particularly physical structures such as buildings and walls but also

boundaries between vegetation types (/nachis io and Aglais urticae : BAKER

1972. Vanessa atalanta, Nymphalis antiopa and Polygonia comma ; BITZER

& SHAW 1979, 1983). Hilltopping, described in a detailed paper by SHIELDS

(1967), is in some ways more unusual, inasmuch as several species of

butterfly have been known to use the same feature for mate location at the

same time. Hilltopping species include a heterogeneous taxonomic and

behavioural assemblage, habitual patrollers as well as perchers. Males

congregate on hilltops and the females visit these situations to be mated. The

strategy is almost certainly used to facilitate mating and fertilisation. The sites

investigated to date by Scott and SHIELDS have not been particularly

characterised by other resources such as moisture, nectar, larval hostplants,

shelter and warmth. Scotr (1968) argues that hilltropping is a mating

mechanism that aids survival in species with low density populations,

although some exceptions appeared in his work which he was unable to

explain. Male density is distinctly higher on hill tops in hilltopping species

and an abnormally high percentage of conspecific females are virgin.

Moreover, SHIELDS (1967) has demonstrated “homing in” behaviour to

summits of both males and females in a series of experiments on Papilio

zelicaon.

The present observations arise from a brief visit to the Old Fort, Corfu town,

Kerkira. It became obvious during the visit that male L. megera were more

common at the summit than at lower elevation in the fort. The Old Fort,

which lies to the east of the town, rises in a series of levels (embattlements)

to two towers, one (Castell Nouo) higher than the other (Castell Vechio),

to a total elevation over 55 m. The population of L. megera is to a large

extent isolated to the fort (approximately 200 x 400 m in area), surrounded

as it is by sea and the town. Data on the density of L. megera were obtained,

during a second visit on July 19, 1986, by taking counts over five minute

periods at five different levels and 7 locations, from level 1 (19 metres above

sea level) to level 5 (the summit). Each level was separated by at least

10 metres in elevation. Sites 1 to 5 extended up the side of Castell Nouo ;

site 7 is the summit of Castell Vechio and site 6 the level ground separating

the two towers. The areas and habitats (levelled stone enclosures covered in

scrubby patches of desiccated herbs and grasses, mainly Deschampsia spp.)

of each site were very similar, usually affording two complete transects ;

however the tower of Castell Nouo had the smallest area. Care was taken to

count each specimen seen only once.

More males were seen at the top of the towers than at other locations

(Table 1). A minimum of 10 males were noted on the towers compared to

two at lower sites during the five other observation periods. A minimum of

seven males is recorded for Castell Nouo for the five minute observation

period as it was difficult to determine whether insects rising up the cliffs were

the same or different individuals. Two other males were observed in transit

making their way up the side of Castell Vechio. Even including these latter

two individuals in the assessment as occupying lower ground, there is a

significant bias by L. megera males for summit locations (Fisher Exact test,

p = 0.025). It was interesting that the higher but smaller Castell Nouo had

many more males than the lower but larger Castell Vechio. Five prominent

territories were established on the sloping embattlement walls of Castell

Nouo and other males were constantly rising up the precipitous cliffs in

attempts to establish territories of their own. The only other two territorial

males were found in the saddle (site 6) between the two summits on a

surrounding wall. Both were heavily worn, rather weak and lacked aggres-

sion, being easily approached by an observer and each other. The only other

relatively common butterfly at the fort was Pieris rapae. This was noted

patrolling at lower sites but was absent at the two summits.

Table |. Records of L. megera during five minute observation periods for 7 sites and 5 levels

of elevation on the Old Fort, Corfu town, July 19, 1986 (see text for sampling details).

0 Castell Vechio

0 Castell Nouo

(1 on 16/7/86)

All but two of the males observed had either established territorial perches

or were competing for them. The two individuals observed on the slopes of

Castell Vechio were effectively engaged in patrolling although apparently en

route for the summit. On Castell Nouo, territorial males were evenly spaced

(minimum distance 3 metres ; maximum 7 metres) along a 32 metres section

of the south facing sloping embaitlements and the adjoining roof of a

building. None were found on the north facing side. Two of the ten territorial

males had established territories in shade, the remaining eight in sunshine.

All were angled to the sun (facing directly away from it), those in shade with

their wings open, those in bright sunshine with their wings closed, minimi-

sing the impact of direct sunlight. Male-male encounters at territorial sites

involved tight spiral interactions much as those observed for the butterfly

elsewhere (DENNIS 1982) and for Pararge aegeria (Davies 1978 ; WICKMAN

& WIKLUND 1983, SHREEVE 1984). No minor landscape features determined

the precise location of perches for males but one male at site 6 selected the

observer's white pad placed casually two metres away from its perch on the

wall, its territory being distorted as a result (cf., DENNIS & WILLIAMS, in

press).

At least two important questions emerge from the present observations. Why

do L. megera maies hilltop at the fort and why do they establish territories ?

As it is, these observations on hilltopping and territoriality complement each

other and our knowledge of L. megera. Several ideas have been put forward

to explain hilltopping : (i) hilltops are emergence sites for females and males

congregate there ; (ii) adult resources (foraging sites) occur more commonly

on hilltops and males await females there ; (iii) hilltops are one of several

topographic vantage points which, providing visual peaks, can be used as

cues for courtship in species occurring at relatively low density. Potential

emergence sites for L. megera occur over much of the fort area (cf., DENNIS

1983) and adult resources were no more abundant at the summits than

elsewhere. Indeed, because of the smal! area involved both nectar and

hostpiants were most limited in the tower of Castell Nouo. In any case, the

concentration of mate location at foraging sites could be deleterious to both

sexes, aS males would waste valuable energy soliciting unreceptive females,

and females would be harrassed whilst egg iaying (MORTON 1985, p. 223).

However the butterfly was in low density at the fort (iess than 20 insects seen

in | hr within an area of 80,000 m?) and over Corfu island generally and only

one femaie was seen (at site 1) in two visits. These points support the third

hypothesis.

Perching (wait and sit tactic), as opposed to patrolling, may also occur for

several reasons (cf., DENNIS, in press): (i) males have insufficient energy

supplies to remain patrolling ; more specifically, energy used in patrolling

begins to exceed that used in defence (BAKER 1972}; (ii) ambient condi-

tions are inadequate for sustained flight which lowers body temperatures

(SHREEVE 1984) ; (iii) the ratio of available females to males is substantially

reduced and patrolling becomes less effective than perching at vantage points,

regardless of energy resources. Although these explanations are not mutually

exclusive, it is possible to separate them. Observations at the fort were carried

out in the early morning when energy levels in the butterflies should be high.

Moreover, other species were involved in incessant patrolling (P. rapae ; I.

podalirius}. In Britain, L. megera tends to patrol more in the warmer

conditions after midday. But in Corfu shade temperatures exceeded 30°C,

evidently close to optimal conditions, as thermoregulation by butterflies in

the sun was geared to reducing (wings closed and body area covered) not

raising (wings open) body heat. On the other hand, femaies were undoub-

tediv in short suppiy and in such circumstances scrambling for a resource

(females) over a wide area becomes expensive (in terms of energy expendi-

ture) and ineffective.

It is argued then that the establishment of territorial perches and hilltopping

are mechanisms intended to increase mating success by increasing the density

of individuals and the probability of contacts and by minimizing energy

losses. The act of territoriality does not conflict with the maintenance of high

male density at hilltops, since males continually rise up to the summit to

chailenge incumbents (latent density greatiy exceeds visible density) and

females are therefore never iost for partners there. Aithough it wouid be

expected that both strategies would be most effective for butterfly populations

occurring ai low density, there is no reason why overail density ieveis should

necessarily contrast for hilltopping and non-hilltopping species. Butterflies

differ in a number of other important respects, for instance physically (size.

apparency, defence mechanisms and speed of flight ; life span), behaviouraliy

{patroi-verch spectrum) and ecologicaiiy (abundance, aggregation and

coincidence of larval and adult resources : significance of nectar and moisture

to adults; predictability of topographic vantage points within habitats ;

nature of predators), and are probably capabie of making a range of

adiustments to iow density. Nevertheless, in the case of the sparse population

of crypticaily patterned 1. megera on Corfu Old Fort, both strategies would

seem to have a high premium.

References

BAKER, R. R., 1972. — Territorial behaviour of the nymphaiid butterflies, Aglais

urticae (L.) and /nachis io (L.). J. Anim. Ecol. 41 : 453-469.

Brrzer, R. J. & SHAW, K. C., 1979. — Territorial behaviour of the Red Admiral. J.

Res. Lep., 18 : 36-49,

BITZER, R. J. & SHAW, K. C., 1983. — Territorial behaviour of Nymphalis antiopa

and Polygonia comma (Nymphalidae). /. Lep. Soc., 37 : 1-13.

Davies, N. B., 1978. — Territoriai defence in the Speckled Wood butterfly ( Pararge

aegeria) : the resident aiways wins. Animal Behaviour 26 : 138-147.

DENNIS, R. L. H., 1982. — Mate location strategies in the Wall brown butterfly,

Lasiommata megera (L.) (Lepidoptera : Satyridae) : wait or seek ? Entomolo-

gist’s Rec. J. Var., 94: 209-214 ; 95: 7-10.

DENNIS, R. L. H., 1983. — Egg-laying cues in the Wall brown butterfly, Lasiommata

megera (L.) (Lepidoptera : Satyridae). Entomologists's Gaz., 34 : 89-95.

DENNIS, R. L. H. & BRAMLEY, M. J., 1985. — The influence of man and climate on

dispersion patterns within a population of adult Z. megera (L.) (Satyridae) at

Brereton Heath, Cheshire. Nota Lepid., 8 : 309-324.

DENNIS, R. L. H. & WILLIAMS, W. R., 1987. — Mate location behaviour in the

butterfly, Ochlodes venata (Br & Grey) (Hesperiidae). Flexible strategies and

spatial components. J. Lepid. Soc., 41 (1).

Morton, A. C. G., 1985. — The Population Biology of an Insect with a Restricted

Distribution : Cupido minimus Fuessly (lep., Lycaenidae). Ph.D. Thesis,

Southampton.

Scott, J. A., 1968. — Hilltopping as a mating mechanism to aid the survival of a

low density species. J. Res. Lep., 7: 191-204.

SHIELDS, O., 1967. — Hilltopping. J. Res. Lep., 6 : 69-178.

SHREEVE, T. G., 1984. — Habitat selection, mate location and microclimate

constraints on the activity of the Speckled wood butterfly, Pararge aegeria.

Oikos 42 : 371-377.

WICKMAN, P. O. & WIKLUND, C., 1983. — Territorial defence and its seasonal

decline in the Speckled wood butterfly ( Pararge aegeria). Animal Behaviour

31: 1206-1216.

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses

E. PALM: Nordeuropas Pyralider. 18 x 25 cm, 287 pp., 8 colour plates,

264 figs and ca. 400 distribution maps, Apollo Books, Lundbyvej 36,

DK-5700 Svendborg, Deninark, 1986, DKr. 400,- (ISBN 87-88738-04-3).

This book is the third volume in the series “Danmarks Dyreliv” (Vol. 1 : Diptera,

Syrphidae and Vol. 2 : Lepidoptera, Geometridae) of which many volumes are in

preparation. The author gives the characteristics of the family Pyralidae and then

treats all of the North European Pyralidae species in the same way : description of

the adult, distribution in northern Europe, habitat, phenology, flight period, food

plant and larval behaviour. There are two distribution maps for almost all species :

one of North Europe and one of Denmark. The identification of sibling species is

facilitated with drawings of genitalia or wing venation. The colour plates depict all

of the treated species. The Phycitinae are somewhat enlarged and the other subfa-

milies slightly reduced. This does not hamper the identification of specimens, except

maybe for the Scopariinae.

Unfortunately, the main body of the book is written in Danish and this could prevent

a wide distribution of this interesting study. To solve this problem partly, a very short

summary in English is given for each species. The book is of interest for all

entomologists studying Pyralidae. Subscribers to the whole series profit from a

discount of 15% on all volume prices.

W. O. De Prins

Nota lepid. 10 (1): 71-78 ; 31.11.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov.

(Lepidoptera, Pterophoridae)

Gg. DERRA

Concordiastrasse 2, D-8600 Bamberg.

Summary

Emmelina jezonica (MATSUMURA, 1931) was recorded as new to Germany and

Europe by DERRA (1980). All known European specimens and some from Japan

have now been seen by the author. A comparison of the two populations has shown

that there are constant differences in the male genitalia, although none could be

found in the female or in external appearance. The differences are considered to be

of subspecific importance only. The European subspecies is described under the

name Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov. It has so far been recorded from

Germany, Austria, France, Italy, Hungary and Switzerland, and it appears to be

restricted to wet habitats.

Emmelina jezonica (MATSUMURA, 1931), wurde 1980 als neue Pterophori-

dae für Deutschland bekannt gemacht (DERRA 1980). Die weitere Forschung

und der Vergleich mit Exemplaren von jezonica aus Japan zeigte, daß die

europäischen Tiere, die für diese Art gehalten wurden, eine distinkte Unterart

darstellen. Die europäischen Tiere werden als Emmelina jezonica pseudo-

jezonica ssp. nov. beschrieben.

Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov.

Holotypus :

Germania BRD, Tongruben bei Bensheim, Hessen, 3.10.1983, leg. M.

KRISTAL, in coll. DERRA, Gen. Prap. Nr. 2045 DERRA.

Paratypen :

Austria: 1 6d, Burgenland, Zitzmannsdorfer — Wiesen, 18.7.1964, leg.

GLASER, in coll. ARENBERGER, Gen. Prap. Nr. 4604 JACKH.

Gallia: 1 6, Oraison, Haute Provence, 17.6.1966, leg. PFISTER, in coll.

PRÔSE, Gen. Präp. Nr. 80/320 PRÔSE.

Germania BRD : 1 ©, Gernsheim, Hessen, 26.9.1972, leg. DERRA et in coll.,

Gen. Präp. Nr. 1349 DERRA. 1 6, Brühl bei Heidelberg, 5.9.1975, leg.

BLASIUs et in coll., Gen. Präp. Nr. 937 DERRA. 1 ©, Ketsch bei Heidelberg,

1.4.1976, leg. BLAstus et in coil., Gen. Präp. Nr. 1208 DERRA. 1 6, 2 28,

Hockenheim, 1.10.1976, leg. DERRA et in coil., Gen. Präp. Nr. 827 6, 846,

958 29 Derra. i d, Hockenheim, 7.10.1978, ieg. BLASIUS, in coll. DERRA,

Gen. Präp. Nr. 1280 DERRA. 1 d, Brühl bei Heidelberg, 21.3.1979, leg.

Bräsıus, in coil. DERRA, Gen. Präp. Nr. 1205 DERRA, 3 dd, 3 29, Daten

wie bei Holotvous, leg. KRISTAL et in coll., Gen. Präp. Nr. 2074, 2075, 2077

G6, 2072, 2073, 2079 22 DERRA. 3 dd, 2 99, Daten wie bei Holotypus,

leg. KRISTAL, in coil. DERRA, Gen. Präp. Nr. 2044, 2046, 2047 GG, 2042,

2043 99 DERRA. I d Achkarren, Kaiserstuhl, 15.6.1957, leg. E. DE BRos et

in coll., Gen. Präp. Nr. E-179 WHITEBREAD.

italia: 4 dé, Lazio Fregene, 7.8.1931, Gen. Präp. Nr. 2393, 2518, 2522,

2523 DERRA. 3 99, Lazio Fregene, 3.7.1981, Gen. Prap. Nr. 2392, 2521,

2524 DERRA. 1 9, Focene, 26.8.1982, ! 4,2 28, Focene, 30.6.1981, 1 J,

Focene, 23.8.1982, Gen. Prap. Nr. 2394, 2396 dd, 2395, 2519, 2520 99

DERRA, leg. PROLA et in coil.

Hungaria: | ©, Boglarielle berek szeie, 14.3.1979, ieg. Dr. GOZMANY, Gen.

Präp. Nr. 2603 DERRA. | d, Gvon Kertesz, Gen. Präp. Nr. 2613 DERRA.

: © Kiskusag Fülöphaza, Kutatohaz, 13.7.1977, leg. Dr. GOZMANY, Gen.

Präp. Nr. 2625 DERRA. ! 9, Kiskusag Orgavany, Deak-tanya, 5.8.1980, leg.

Ronkay, Gen. Präp. Nr. 2626 DERRA. | d, Kiskusag, Bugac mocsar,

22.8.1979, leg. Dr. GOZMANY, Gen. Präp. Nr. 2637 DERRA. | 9, Batorliget,

Vedeit iep., 29.9.1949, ieg. KAszAB, Gen. Präp. Nr. 2541 DERRA. 1 ©,

Batorligei, leg. EHIK und BUNDAY, Gen. Präp. Nr. 2644 DERRA. 1 6, 1 ©,

Dömsöd Araipuszta, 14.6.1980, leg. Dr. GOZMANY, Gen. Präv. Nr. 2639 G,

2635 2 DERRA. Alle Tiere in coil. Natur-Historisches Museum in Budapest.

Helvetia: 1 & La Souste, Yaiais, Camping Bella Tolla, 25.5.1979, ieg. N.

VON ROTEN, Gen. Prän. Nr. E-190 WHITEBREAD.

DIAGNOSE

Expansion 19-25 mm. Vorderflügel hellbraun, ockerfarbig, unregelmäßig mit

dunklen Schuppen durchsetzt. Die vordere Hälfte des Vorderflügel mit

zrauen Schuppen übergossen. Fransen etwas dunkler als die Flügelfärbung.

Vor der Spalte ein dunkier länglicher Fleck. Ein kleiner dunkler Punkt etwa

1/4 vor der Wurzei in der Mitte der vorderen Flugelhaifte. Ein etwas

srößerer dunkler Fleck am Hinterrand etwa i/5 vor der Wurzel. Hinterflugel

dunkel graubraun leicht glänzend, Fransen von gleicher Färbung. Vorderflü-

gelunterseite braun, dunkler als die Oberseite. Hinterfiügelunterseite von

gleicher Farbe wie die Oberseite.

Männlicher Genitalapparat (Abb. 3-5):

Genitalapparat unsymmetrisch. Linke Valve etwas breiter ais die rechte.

Rechte Vaive distal zweilappig. Ein schwach sklerotisierter Zapfen überragt

das zweilappige Valvenende. Dieser Zapfen ist nur halb so lang wie bei der

Nominat—Unterart. Am Ende des Sacculus liegt eine Chitinleiste langs des

Valvenrandes, von etwa 1/3 der Valvenlange. Bei der Nominat—Unterart ist

diese Chitinleiste erheblich kurzer. Linke Valve mit einen bauchigen, S-

formigen Clasper, der frei beweglich ist und dadurch bei der Präparation in

den verschiedensten Lagen zu liegen kommen kann. Ein breiter, stark

behaarter Fortsatz liegt oberhalb des S-formigen Clasper auf der Valve.

Dieser Fortsatz ist proximal etwa 2/3 so breit wie die Valve, verjiingt sich

distal sehr stark zu einen abgerundeten Zapfen, der das Vaivenende überragt.

Die Costa des aufliegenden Fortsatzes geht an der Basis des Zapfens etwa

Abb. 1. Erste Reihe, Emmelina jezonica jezonica (MATSUMURA).

links, Japan, Teine, Hokkaido, 23.9.1959, leg. T. KUMATA, in coll. DERRA.

mitte, Japan, Sapporo, Hokkaido, 7.9.1974, leg. T. KUMATA, in coll. DERRA.

rechts, Japan, Sapporo, Hokkaido, 31.10.1963, leg. T. KUMATA, in coll. DERRA.

Zweite Reihe, Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov.

links, Germania BRD, Hessen, 3.10.1983 (Holotypus).

mitte, Germania BRD, Hessen, 3.10.1983 (Paratypus).

rechts, Germania BRD, Hockenheim, 1.10.1976 (Paratypus).

Dritte Reihe, Emmelina monodactyla (LINNAEUS).

links, Spanien, Lorca 700 m, 8.7.1980, leg. DERRA et in coll.

mitte, Aegypten, Fayum oasis, 3.3.1977, leg. ZOUHAR, in coll. DERRA.

rechts, Germania BRD, Umg. Bamberg, Bug, 11.7.1978, leg. DERRA et in coll.

rechtwinklig nach innen, geht dann winklig in den Zapfen über. Dieser

Fortsatz ist bei der Nominat-Unterart proximal nur 1/2 so breit wie bei

pseudojezonica und die Costa geht distal durch eine Wôlbung in den Zapfen

über. Anellusarme gleich lang und doppelt so breit wie bei der Nominat-

Unterart. Aedeagus gerade, distal leicht verjüngt, bei der Nominat-Unterart

gebogen. Uncus leicht gebogen, bei der Nominat-Unterart sehr stark sichel-

formig gebogen.

Abb. 2. Emmelina jezonica jezonica (MATSs.) d, Gen. Präp. nr. 2049 DERRA.

Abb. 3-5. Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov., 3 Genitalapparat.

3. Holotypus ; 4. Paratypus, Gen. Prap. Nr. 2046 ; 5. Paratypus, Gen. Präp. nr. 2394.

Weiblicher Genitalapparat (Abb. 7, 8) :

Das Ostium ist stark zerfranst und sehr dünnhäutig. Bei ventraler Präparation

wird es durch die Lamella antevaginalis meist verdeckt. Die Lamella ante-

vaginalis, eine Ausstülpung des achten Sternites, erscheint ventral als kugeli-

ges Gebilde, bei Lateralansicht zeigt sie sich als abstehender abgerundeter

Zapfen. An der weiblichen Genitalarmatur konnte im Vergleich zur Nomi-

nat-Unterart kein Unterschied festgestellt werden.

Abb. 6. Emmelina jezonica jezonica (MATSUMURA) ©, Genitalapparat, Gen. Prap. Nr. 2051.

Ventralansicht.

Abb. 7. Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov. Paratypus 2, Gen. Präp. Nr. 2043

DERRA, Ventralansicht.

DISKUSSION

Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov. ist im Vergleich zu E. jezonica

jezonica. im mannlichen Genital erheblich unterschieden. Am weiblichen

Genital konnten keine Unterschiede festgestellt werden. Trotz der Unter-

schiede am mannlichen Genital wird pseudojezonica als Unterart behandelt.

Ob pseudojezonica eine Unterart von jezonica ist, oder vielleicht doch

Artrang besitzt, kann erst geklart werden, wenn über die Verbreitung und

morphologische Variabilitat beider Taxa mehr bekannt ist. Es ist Material aus

allen Verbreitungsgebieten erforderlich, um zu klaren, wieweit die Unter-

schiede konstant sind und wo Übergänge vorhanden sind.

Abb. 8. Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov. Paratypus ?, Gen. Präp. Nr. 2079

DERRA, Lateralansicht.

Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov. ist bekannt aus folgenden

Ländern Europas : Deutschland, Osterreich, Frankreich, Schweiz, Italien

und Ungarn. Alle zur Zeit bekannten europaischen Tiere der hier behandel-

ten Art haben mir vorgelegen und wurden von mir untersucht. Genitaliter ist

bei den europaischen Tieren keinerlei Variabilitat festzustellen. Inwieweit die

Nominat-Unterart aus Japan in ihren Merkmalen konstant ist, konnte an dem

wenigen mir zur Verfugung stehenden Material nicht geklart werden. Bei

PROLA und RACHELI 1984, wird jezonica auch aus Polen angegeben, diese

Angabe muß revidiert werden. Buszko (Torum, Polen) teilte mir mit, daß

diese Art aus Polen nicht bekannt ist. Die weiteren Funde außerhalb Europas

sind: Georgien USSR, Batumi an der Ostküste das Schwarzen Meeres,

(Briefliche Mitteilung von Buszko, Torum, Polen) ; NW Pakistan, Prov.

Swat. Mandschurei, Yablonya, Hsiaoling, Djalantun. Die außereuropäischen

Tiere konnte ich nicht untersuchen, somit auch keine Aussage darüber

machen.

Abb. 9. Emmelina monodactyla (LINNAEUS), Genitalapparat 4, Germania BRD, Hessen,

Bensheim, 5.10.1983, leg. KRISTAL et in coll., Gen. Prap. Nr. 2076 DERRA.

Die Bionomie ist unbekannt.

Meine früher geäußerte Meinung (DERRA 1980), daß jezonica MATS. (ssp.

pseudojezonica) keines bestimmten Lebensraumes bedarf, muß revidiert

werden. Es ist nach heutigen Kenntnissen mit großer Wahrscheinlichkeit

anzunehmen, daß ssp. pseudojezonica nur Feuchtgebiete besiedelt.

Neben der hier beschriebenen Unterart wird auch die Nominat-Unterart

(Abb. 1, 2,6) und Emmelina monodactyla (LINNAEUS, 1758) (Abb. 1, 9, 10,

11) als Imago, sowie genitaliter in beiden Geschlechtern abgebildet.

Meinen besonderen Dank mochte ich an dieser Stelle den Herren Dr.

KUMATA (Sapporo, Japan) und Dr. YANO (Yamaguchi, Japan) für die

Beschaffung von Material der Emmelina jezonica MATS aussprechen. Meinen

Dank auch den Herren, die mir europäisches Material zur Verfügung stell-

ten : Dr. GozMANY (Budapest, Ungarn), M. KRISTAL (Bürstadt, BRD), S. E.

WHITEBREAD (Magden, Schweiz), C. PROLA (Rom, Italien), sowie Dr.

Buszko (Torum, Polen) für briefliche Mitteilung.

Abb. 10. Emmelina monodactyla (LINNAEUS) ©, Genitalapparat, Gen. Prap. Nr. 2048 DERRA.

Ventralansicht.

Abb. 11. Emmelina monodactyla (LINNAEUS) ©, Genitalapparat, Gen. Präp. Nr. 2078 DERRA.

Lateralansicht.

Literatur

Buszko, J., 1977. — Manchurian Pterophoridae : Polski Pismo Entomologiczne 44 :

333-337.

DERRA, G., 1980. — Eine für Deutschland neue Pterophoridae : Atalanta 11 (3):

205-211.

HANNEMANN, H. J., 1977. — Die Tierwelt Deutschlands 63. Teil. Pterophoridae,

Yponomeutidae, Tineidae. Fischer Verlag, Jena.

PROLA, C. u. RACHELI, T., 1984. — An annotated list of Italian Pterophoridae :

Atalanta 15 (3/4) : 305-337.

WAGNER, H., 1913. — Lepidopterorum Catalogus, Meyrick E., Pterophoridae,

Orneodidae : 17 : 3-44.

YANO, K., 1963. — Pterophoridae of Japan : Pacific Insects 5 : 188-193, fig. 86a-c,

87-89.

Nota lepid. 10 (1): 79-86 ; 31.11.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Scrobipalpa (Euscrobipalpa) dagmaris sp. n.

und andere interessante Entdeckungen

bei den europäischen Gnorimoschemini

(Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae)

Dalibor POVOLNY

Agronomische Fakultat der Landwirtschaftlichen Hochschule,

Zemeédelska 1, 613 00 Brno, Tschechoslowakei

In einigen Veröffentlichungen der letzten Jahre habe ich wiederholt auf

wichtige Erkenntnisse im Rahmen der gelechioiden Tribus Gnorimosche-

mini aufmerksam gemacht, die sich aus einer kontinuierlichen Erforschung

dieser taxonomisch schwierigen Gruppe ergaben (siehe z. B. POVOLNY,

1982, 1983, 1984a, b). Dies zusammen mit den Namenlisten von Lepi-

dopterenarten, die in verschiedenen Landern Europas verôffentlicht wurden,

stimulierte weitere Materialsendungen. Zusammen mit eigenen Erkenntnis-

sen resultieren diese in weiteren Neuentdeckungen, bzw. in faunistisch und

biogeographisch wichtigen Schlussfolgerungen. Man muss voraussetzen, dass

noch langere Zeit sowohl formelle als auch inhaltliche Veranderungen

notwendig sein werden, da verschiedene Taxa der Gnorimoschemini nicht

nur im Rahmen der ehemaligen Sammelgattungen, wie etwa ,, Lita auct.“ oder

„Gelechia auct.“, sondern auch in anderen ähnlich aufgefassten Gattungen (z.

B. Bryotropha, Aristotelia, Xystophora usw.) auftauchen werden. Der schöpfe-

rische Forschungsprozess sollte durch diesen Tatbestand nicht gehindert

werden.

Wegen der Aktualität solcher Entdeckungen mache ich auf sie aufmerksam,

noch bevor die Monographie der Tribus Gnorimoschemini im Rahmen der

„Microlepidoptera palaearctica“, welche jetzt intensiv vorbereitet wird, zur

Verfügung steht. Bei dieser Gelegenheit möchte ich all jenen, die dabei

beteiligt waren, meinen verbindlichen Dank aussprechen, so vor allem:

Frederico HARTIG, Rom ; Dr. Hugo VAN DER WOLF, Nuenen ; Dr. C. GIELIs,

Nuenen ; Dr. Antonio VrvEs Moreno, Madrid ; Dr. Frantisek GREGOR,

Brno ; Dr. Josef KLIMESCH, Linz ; Prof. Dr. R. U. ROESLER, Karlsruhe.

Unlängst wurde in der östlichen Slowakei eine bisher unbekannte Scrobi-

palpa-Art entdeckt (POVOLNY, 1984b), die ich als Scrobipalpa reiprichi

PovoLnY beschrieb. Inzwischen wurde diese Art auch in Norwegen gesam-

melt (KARSHOLT et al. 1986). Somit wiederholte sich praktisch die Ge-

schichte von Scrobipalpa clintoni POVOLNY, 1968, die nach ihrer Entdeckung

und Beschreibung (aus Schottland) in mehreren skandinavischen Ländern

und zuletzt auch in Nordrussland nachgewiesen, und auf diese Weise ihr von

manchen wiederholt angezweifelter taxonomischer Wert bestatigt werden

konnte. Die beiden Arten dürften verwandt sein. So bewahrheitete sich die

Vermutung, dass taxonomische Neuentdeckungen im Rahmen dieser Tribus

in Europa nicht nur auf das Mediterraneum beschrankt sein dürften. Diese

Feststellung wurde jetzt erneut bestatigt, nachdem im Nachlass von F.

HARTIG eine weitere, offenbar unbekannte Scrobipalpa-Art entdeckt werden

konnte, die am Ufer des norditalienischen Sees Lago di Garda in der

Umgebung von Gargano gesammelt wurde. Auch in diesem Falle dürfte es

sich um eine mit Scrobipalpa clintoni POVOLNY und S. reiprichi POVOLNY

verwandte Art handeln, die eher den Kalkbiotopen der Alpen als den

Eremialbiotopen des europäischen Südens zugehörig sein dürfte.

Der von manchen geforderten kladistischen Begründung der genauen Ver-

wandtschaft von bisher unbeschriebenen Scrobipalpa-Arten stellen sich kaum

überwindbare Hindernisse in den Weg, weil sich diese Gattung offenbar in

der Phase einer adaptiven Radiation in der Palaearktis befindet und die

Entscheidungen über synapomorphe und plesiomorphe Merkmale rein

subjektiv sein müssten, abgesehen von anderen objektiven Umständen, die an

dieser Stelle nicht ausgeführt werden können. Sollte man solchen Forde-

rungen entsprechen, so hiesse es, bei dem Grossteil dieser Arten Differen--

tialdiagnosen zu allen restlichen Arten der Gattung auszuarbeiten, was an

sich absurd wäre, abgesehen von dem Umstand, dass an der objektiven

Existenz von fast 300 Arten dieser Gattung nicht im geringsten gezweifelt

werden kann.

Scrobipalpa dagmaris sp. n.

Diagnose

Eine mittelgrosse, relativ schmalflügelige Art bräunlicher Grundfärbung mit

einer deutlichen schwärzlichen Vorderflügelzeichnung. Der einzige Falter ist

sehr gut erhalten. Vorderflügellänge 6 mm.

Holotypus : d, Italia, L. d. Garda, Gargano, 4.8.1974, Heiss. Das Exemplar

befindet sich in meiner Sammlung, die im Besitz der Landessammlungen für

Naturkunde, Karlsruhe, ist.

Kopf, Thorax und Tegula bedeckt von ockerfarbenen Schuppen mit verdun-

kelter Spitze und mit leichtem bräunlichem Stich. Stirn glänzend weisslich

aufgehellt. Labialpalpus deutlich säbelartig gebogen. Zweites Palpusglied mit

abstehenden Schuppen, ockerweisslich mit Andeutung eines breiten basalen

und eines subterminalen Ringes auf der Aussenseite. Drittes Glied mit zwei

deutlichen, breiten, schwärzlichen Ringen. Palpusinnenseite aufgehellt.

Grundfarbung des Vorderflügels ockerbräunlich mit schwarzen, braunlich

umrandeten Stigmen. Costalrand, Apex und Tornus mit z. T. dichten

schwarzlichen Schuppen. Dorsalrand nur im Basaldrittel schmal schwarzlich

verdunkelt. Von den drei bereits erwahnten stigmenartigen schwarzlichen

Punkten ist der erste, der etwa im ersten Drittel der Flugelmitte liegt,

ziemlich gross, aber unregelmassig und konturarm. Der zweite und der dritte

Punkt liegen weiter axial, sind kleiner, leicht oval vorgezogen und z. T.

braunlich umrandet. Akzessorische schwarze Punkte befinden sich am

Costalrand nahe der Flügelbasis, und etwa im ersten Drittel der Costallange.

Die Grenzen zwischen braunlichen und schwarzlichen Schuppenfeldern sind

unscharf, die aussere Querbinde ist nicht entwickelt, bzw. sie schmilzt mit

dem bräunlichen Flügelfeld zusammen. Fransen grau (Abb. 1). Hinterflügel

schmutzig weisslich mit grauen Randern. Fransen hellgrau. Beine hellgrau,

ziemlich deutlich und breit schwarzlich geringelt.

Abb. 1. Scrobipalpa (Euscrobipalpa) dagmaris sp. n. Vorderflügelzeichnung des männlichen

Holotypus.

Genitalien

Verhältnismässig (zu der Imagogrösse) subtil gebaut mit relativ kurzen, nur

massig verdickten Valven, stumpf abgestutztem, schmalem Uncus und

deutlich vorgezogenem Saccus. Medialausschnitt tief und breit ; Aedeagus

kurz und sehr plump wirkend. Uncus verhaltnismassig schmal, oben massig

konkav ausgeschnitten. Der paarige Fortsatz beiderseits dieses Ausschnittes

ist ziemlich schlank, mässig nach innen gebogen, unscharf. Parabasaler

Vaivenfortsatz deutlich breiter, aber kaum wesentlich langer, mit gerundeter

Aussenkante und einer kurz nach innen auslaufenden Spitze. Valva schmal,

am Ende massig keulenformig verdickt, fein behaart, kaum Uber die obere

Uncuskante ragend. Saccus relativ gross, lang gezogen und mässig zuge-

spitzt. Aedeagus etwa 2/3 der Genitallänge entsprechend, ziemlich dick und

plump wirkend, sein Caecum nur mässig kürzer als Aedeaguskôrper. Spitze

stumpf mit einer deutlichen subterminalen, leicht gebogenen Leiste (Abb. 2).

Bemerkungen

Die Art wirkt sowohl habituell als auch genitaliter besonders im Rahmen der

europäischen Gnorimoschemini recht auffallend. Das Fehlen des Weibchens

erschwert das an sich im Rahmen dieser Gattung schwierige Problem der

Artverwandschafts zuordnung (siehe auch oben). Allerdings dürfte die Art

in bezug auf den tiefen Medialausschnitt der Sacculusfalte und die Form und

Grösse der paarigen Fortsatze mit der Scrobipalpa clintoni-S. reiprichi-

Gruppe verwandt sein. Nahere Umstande des Fundes dieses fast unversehr-

ten Mannchens sind unbekannt.

Scrobipalpa vasconiella (ROSSLER, 1877) comb. n.

ROssLeR, 1877, Ent. Ztg. Stett., 38 : 377 (Lita).

Syn. : Scrobipalpa drahomirae POVOLNY, 1966 (Acta ent. bohemoslov., 63 :

400), syn. n.

Das Typenmaterial blieb jahrelang unauffindbar ; meine Anfragen bei Dr. R.

AGENIO, Madrid, und Dr. K. SATTLER, London, waren erfolglos (siehe

POVOLNY 1977, S. 196). Jetzt verdanke ich Herrn Dr. Antonio VIVES

Moreno, Madrid, die Zusendung der beiden Syntypen ; ein Mannchen und

ein Weibchen. Die Genitalien wurden bereits von Dr. SATTLER präpariert,

siehe dazu die Abb. 3, 4. Abb. 5 zeigt die in natürlicher Lage gezeichneten

mannlichen Genitalien. Die scheinbaren Unterschiede zwischen der Abb. 5

und denjenigen des mannlichen Syntypus sind auf unterschiedliche Einbet-

tungsmethoden zurückzuführen.

Die Verbreitung von Scrobipalpa vasconiella (ROSSLER) erstreckt sich, wie

ich in zahlreichen Veroffentlichungen nachweisen konnte, von den Kanari-

schen Inseln und Madeira tiber das ganze europaische und nordafrikanische

Mediterraneum (Sudspanien, Sudfrankreich, Sardinien, Suditalien, Südgrie-

chenland, Mauretanien, Algerien, Cyrenaike, Türkei, Sudrussland) bis Iran

und Afghanistan. Die Art dürfte dabei zumindest teilweise halophil sein.

Scrobipalpa superstes POVOLNY, 1977

PovoLnyY, 1977, Acta ent. bohemoslov., 74 : 189-192.

Diese interessante Art wurde nach mehreren Faltern aus Südspanien (Trebu-

jena am Quadalquivir, Mazagon bei Huelva, Las Palmeras bei Garrucha,

Chiclana) beschrieben, die vorwiegend in den achtziger Jahren dort gesam-

‘(JOP ANTOAOY) IZZIYSIOpI{ Jurg *,9d4101997 ‘jesedng

‘WOIYSIOINIII] ‘P T7I AIILLVS “MH ‘241099 'PIOIRS "A TT

‘ORQIIG ‘HTISSOY 2//21U09$D4 DIT“ J9N979Q "u “QUOD (//8]

AAISSQY) pjjaruosspa (pdjpdigo1sn7) pdjpdıgoas ‘€ "QQV

‘SNdAJO[JOH sop uareyuen aydı]

-UUBIN "u “ds supwanp (pdjpdıgoassnz) vdjpdiqos9s ‘7 ‘qay

“(re aqv ouais)

u9y91SJU9 U9BUNPIIGSSIN] Usp YoInp ‘UdYysseE[syoeq ne yond

auuo ‘2807 Joydılınyeu Ul wesjegepeuey Ul UdT[eWUSH) USUOI]

-UURW JOP 9ZZDSI9P94 QUI “WASVID 'W N 'M “£961'9'81

‘nog log eruedsiy “gegg “Wy ‘dei "u ‘quod (1/81

“XTISSOM) pjjoruıosspa (pdjpdıgoassnF7) pdppdıgoas 'S "QQV

‘(JOP ANTOAOd) 9ZZDISI9P94 oulq '„adAlopafereg 'Terednz

“WOIPWOIMIRMN ‘BP £ZO ‘AXILLVS “MH ‘odAjoopVleg “pyogsas

‘OPQIIS ‘HXISSOY 2//21U09$D4 DIIT™ Wouezeq “u “QUOD (//81

“AIISSOY) pjJaruosspa (pdj»digowsnz) vdjpdigowS ‘+ “Qqy

melt wurden, obwohl mir mangelhaft bezeichnete Falter vom Ende des

vorigen Jahrhunderts bekannt waren (POVOLNY, 1977). Dr. H. v. D. WOLF

schickte mir ein weiteres Männchen dieser Art, das von Dr. GIELIS in Porto

Santa Maria bei Cadiz (13.5.1979) gesammelt wurde. Verglichen mit den

Spätsommerfaltern der Originalserie wirkt dieses Männchen etwas stattlicher,

hat aber sonst dieselbe blass graue Vorderflügelgrundfärbung mit ockerfarbe-

ner Tönung und mit undeutlichen schwarzen Punkten. Das Fangdatum

bezeugt, dass diese Art zumindest bivoltin sein muss (die meisten Scrobi-

palpa-Arten sind polyvoltin). Scrobipalpa superstes scheint nur in den

sandigen und salinen Biotopen Südwestspaniens zwischen Huelva und Cadiz

der atlantischen Küste vorzukommen.

Scrobipalpa ustulatella (STAUDINGER, 1870)

STAUDINGER, 1870, Berl. Ent. Ztschr., 14 : 307.

PovoLnY, 1982, Nota lepid., 5 : 130-131.

Ich habe erst unlängst auf den Umstand aufmerksam gemacht, dass diese Art

seit ihrer Beschreibung (und Entdeckung beim ehemaligen Sarepta in

Südrussland) nie mehr gesammelt wurde, so dass nur zwei Syntypen bekannt

blieben. Desto grösser war die angenehme Überraschung, als Dr. GIELIs zwei

gut erhaltene und einwandfreie Männchen von Scrobipalpa ustulatella

(STAUDINGER), dieser so wichtigen Art, sammeln konnte (Murcia, 20.4.1978

und Granada, 22.4.1978). Auf diese Weise konnte die Existenz dieser

interessanten Art nach mehr als hundert Jahren bestätigt werden. Dieser

Befund dürfte bezeugen, dass es sich um eine mediterrane, auf aride Biotopen

gebundene Art handelt, die in diesem Raum mehr verbreitet sein dürfte, als

wir heute wissen.

Scrobipalpa instabilella stabilis POVOLNY, 1977

PovoLnY, 1977, Acta ent. bohemoslov., 74 : 192-194.

Diese ziemlich auffallende, gross und plump wirkende Form wurde aus der

Umgebung von Baza (Granada) beschrieben. Ein weiteres, beträchtlich

grosses und eintônig schwärzliches Männchen mit charakteristischen Genita-

lien stammt aus dem Rosas-Gebiet (Gerons, 16.5.1980, leg. GiELIs).

Ochrodia subdiminutella (STAINTON, 1867)

STAINTON, 1867, Tin. Syria and Asia Min., 45.

PovoLnY, 1981, Acta Univ. agric. (Brno), 29 : 382-384.

Dies ist erst der zweite einwandfreie Nachweis des Vorkommens dieser

panpalaeotropisch-subtropisch verbreiteten Art in Europa. Das erste bekann-

te Mannchen aus Europa wurde von F. HARTIG auf dem Hang des Monte

Vulture (Basilicata) in Zentral-Italien gesammelt (PovoLNy, 1981). Das erste

Stück aus Spanien ist ein Mannchen der dunklen Form dieser Art, das am

23.5.1971 bei La Murta (Murcia) von Dr. GIELIS erbeutet wurde. Dieser

Befund bestätigt, dass diese sonst in Afrika, Arabien, dem Nahen und

Mittleren Osten bis Pakistan und Indien und in Australien in den riesigen

ariden Raumen weit verbreitete und lokal sehr haufige Art, auch im europai-

schen Mediterraneum wahrscheinlich selten vorkommt. Somit ist diese Art

gemeinsam mit Scrobipalpa ustulatella (STAUDINGER) neu fur Spanien.

In dem von Dr. GIELIS in Südspanien gesammelten Material sind noch

Scrobipalpa salinella (ZELL.), S. obsoletella (F. v. R.) und Phthorimaea

operculella (ZELL.) meist haufig vertreten, deren Vorkommen und Verbrei-

tung in Spanien bereits von PovoLnY (1977) charakterisiert wurden.

Schrifttum

KARSHOLT, O. et al., 1986. — A remarkable disjunktion : Scrobipalpa reiprichi

PovoLnY, 1984 discovered in Norway, with remarks on the characteristic of

the species (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae). Nota lepid., 9 : 191-199.

PovoLny, D., 1977. — Zur Fauna der Tribus Gnorimoschemini (Lepidoptera,

Gelechiidae) der Iberischen Halbinsel. Acta ent. bohemoslov., 74 : 184-204.

PovoLnY, D., 1981. — Über neue und wenig bekannte Arten der Tribus Gnorimo-

schemini (Lep., Gelechiidae) aus dem Mediterraneum. Acta Univ. agric.

(Brno), 29 : 365-397.

PovoLnY, D., 1982. — Zur artspezifischen Identität mancher westpaläarktischer

Gnorimoschemini (Gelechiidae). Nota lepid., 5 : 121-132.

PovoLnY, D. & LUQUET, G., Chr., 1983. Commentaires sur quelques Conde:

schemini nouveaux ou peu connus de France. Alexanor, 13 : 63-74.

POVOLNY, D., 1984a. — Drei neue Arten der Tribus Gnorimoschemini (Lepidop-

tera, Gelechiidae) aus Asien. Nota lepid., 7 : 264-270.

PovoLny, D., 1984b. — Scrobipalpa (Euscrobipalpa) reiprichi sp. n. (Lepidoptera,

Gelechiidae) a surprising discovery from Eastern Slovakia. Acta ent. bohemos-

lov., 81 : 453-457.

Nota lepid. 10 (1): 87-92 ; 31.11.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

A New Palaearctic Archipini genus

(Lepidoptera, Tortricidae)

Jozef RAZOWSKI

Institute of Systematic and Experimental Zoolog

Polish Academy of Sciences, Slawkowska 17, 31 “016 Krakow, Poland.

The new genus described below belongs in the Archipini (Tortricinae) which

are characterised by the following probable autapomorphies : the completely

atrophied costa of the valva, the presence of the densely plicate internal

surface of the valva (the disc), the presence of a basal sclerite of the disc

which is usually well developed and fused with the base of the transtilla, and

a funnel like sclerite extending from the base of the transtilla to the basal

sclerite of the outer surface of the valva.

Tosirips gen. n.

Type-species : Tortrix perpulchrana KENNEL, 1901.

External appearance and venation as in Ptycholomoides OBRAZTSOV ; costal

fold of male forewing absent.

Male genitalia : Uncus broad, haired ventrally ; gnathos with strong arm and

simple terminal plate ; socius a long, membranous, sparsely hairy lobe ;

vinculum typical of the group ; valva distinctly tapering terminally, with long

longitudinal plicate fold extending from beneath transtilla where a weak

pulvinus develops to beyond sacculus, accompanied by dorsal plication ;

sacculus broad, expanded in middle ventrally, terminal end not free ; trans-

tilla folded longitudinally, slender medially, strongly expanded and cup-

shaped laterally ; juxta simple ; aedeagus with large coecum penis and caulis ;

cornuti deciduous.

Female genitalia : Sterigma represented by lateral plates tapering terminally

and concave medially, fused with slightly asymmetrical colliculum provided

with sclerites ; ductus seminalis rising from anterior part of colliculum,

dorsally ; signum absent.

Early stages undescribed. Bionomy : probably univoltine ; foodplant : Quer-

CUS SPP.

Distribution : Palaearctic Subregion, from Central Europe to Japan.

Comments : The supposed autapomorphies of this genus are the shape of the

transtilla and the long, weakly sclerotized socius. The transtilla resembles that

in Archips HBN., but it is not expanded in the middle anteriorly and it is

distinctly cup-shaped basally. The elongate valva is probably of convergent

importance. The new genus is close to Ptycholomoides OBr., but the primitive

gnathos (in Prycholomoides its termination is apomorphic) and the different

shape of the transtilla are characteristic. The female genitalia resemble those

of Choristoneura HBN. or Archips HBN. Four taxa are known to date, but their

status seems unclear. The genital differences are very slight and should be

confirmed on more material. The populations of the Far East differ from

those of the West Palaearctic in having a simple apex to the aedeagus and

a completely membranous ductus bursae. The two populations are treated

provisionally as two distinct species each subdivided into two subspecies. The

new genus is named in honour of my friend Dr. Tosıro YASUDA of Osaka.

Tosirips perpulchranus (KENNEL), comb. n.

Tortrix perpulchrana KENNEL, 1901, Dt. ent. Z. Iris, 13 (1900) : 223.

Type-locality : Biskin.

Wing expanse : male, 19-21 mm; female, 25-27 mm ; costa convex, distal

third in male rather straight ; apex very short, rounded ; termen weakly

oblique, rather straight. Head ochreous yellow, sometimes with slight admix-

ture of brown, with labial palpus more cream. Ground colour of forewing

yellow-ochreous, suffusions and strigulations brownish grey ; pattern dark

greyish brown consisting of postbasal, median and subterminal fascia, the

latter often incomplete or fused with posterior or dorsal suffusions ; concolo-

rous spot at costa before apex ; fringes paler than ground colour, brown at

tornus. Hindwing grey-brown ; fringes pale ochreous cream. The intensity of

the forewing suffusion is variable.

Male genitalia (figs. 1-3): Uncus elongate, broadest medially, rounded

apically ; ventral prominence of sacculus broad, rounded ; aedeagus indistinc-

tly convex at the tip, ventro-laterally ; 3 cornuti in vesica.

Female genitalia (fig. 4) : as described for the genus ; anterior portion of

coliiculum tapering slightly terminally, with lateral fold extending almost to

middle.

Bionomy : Moths in June, in woods.

Distribution: Amur territory, Primore in USSR, N.E. China and North

Korea ; KUZNETSOV (1967) mentions Simonovo as the most northern loca-

lity. His data from Japan are probably referable to the following subspecies.

Comments : The above description concerns the nominate subspecies.

Figs. 1-6. Male and female genitalia of Tosirips gen. n. : 1-3 — T. perpulchranus perpulchranus

(KENNEL), South Primore ; 4 — same species, Ussuri Territory ; 5, 6 — T. perpulchranus

ceramus ssp. n., holotype.

“6 ni y

mes

—,

Figs. 7-10. Male genitalia of Tosirips gen. n. : 7, 8 — T. magyarus sp. n., holotype ; 9, 10 —

T. magyarus syriacus ssp. n., holotype.

Tosirips perpulchranus ceramus ssp. n.

Wing expanse : 20 mm. Ground colour of forewing ochreous, pale ochreous

yellow terminally ; pattern broadly diffuse ; dorsum suffused with brown ;

fringes concolorous with terminal part of wing, brown-grey at tornus.

Hindwing brown ; fringes brownish.

Male genitalia (figs. 5, 6) : As in the nominate subspecies, but uncus much

broader, ovate and ventral edge of sacculus less convex medially. Female and

bionomy unknown.

Holotype, male : “25.VI.1957, Mt. Miei, Kyoto, Takeuchi”. Paratype : an

identically labelled male. Holotype in the collection of the University of

Osaka Prefecture, Osaka.

Tosirips magyarus sp. n.

Wing expanse : male, expansion 19 mm ; female, 21 mm. Head and thorax

as in Z. perpulchranus. Ground colour cream ochreous, with transverse

ferruginous lines or strigulae, some strigulae and basal suffusion brownish,

terminal part of wing suffused with brown. Pattern brown, ferruginous

medially. Fringes paler than ground colour or suffused with brownish ;

brownish at tornus. Hindwing brown; fringes cream or whitish-grey,

brown-grey in anal area, with brown basal line.

Male genitalia (figs. 7, 8): As in T. perpulchranus perpuichranus but ventral

prominence of sacculus more slender and aedeagus provided with a

ventro-terminal tooth.

Female genitalia : As in the afore mentioned species but colliculum broader

proximally and with very slender cestum developed in anterior part of ductus

bursae.

Bionomy : Moths collected in May and June. Larva feeds on Quercus robur.

Holotype, male : “Borosjeno, 935.VI.4, Dioszeghy”, G.S. 12683 in coll. of

Institute of Systematic and Experimental Zoology, PAS, Krakow. Paratypes :

3 males labelled “Bulgaria, Kresna, 31.V.1984, J. Jaros Igt.”.

Known also from Yugoslavia (Serbia).

Tosirips magyarus syriacus ssp. Nn.

Wing expanse: 16 mm. Head and thorax browner than in nominate sub-

species. Ground colour of forewing cream, densely suffused and strigulated

with brown, with some transverse lines before and beyond median fascia ;

pattern chestnut-brown, in distal part with reddish brown shade. Distal part

of wing strongly suffused ; fringes cream, dark brown at apex and tornus.

Hindwing dark brown ; fringes cream-brown, brownish in anal area.

Male genitalia (figs. 9, 10) : As in nominate subspecies but uncus much more

slender and terminal tooth of aedeagus larger, directed ventrally.

Holotype, male: “Syrien”, G.S. 11604 in the coll. of the Museum fur

Naturkunde, Humboldt Universitat, Berlin.

Literature

Kuznetsov, V. I., 1967. Listovertki (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae) Amursko-Zeiskogo

mezhduretscha i ikh ekologia. Trudy zool. Inst, Leningr., 41 : 1-72.

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses

J. P. KorsHUNovV : Rhopalocera of the West Siberian Plain, in The Spiders

and Insects of Siberia, pp. 32-118. Paperback, 15 x 21 cm, 34 black and

white illustrations. Novosibirsk, 1985. In russian, with latin names of species.

This work is the first to provide a complete key to the species of Rhopalocera

occurring in the plain of West Siberia from the Urals to the River Jenissei. It

comprises 238 species : Hesperiidae 21, Papilionidae 9, Pieridae 28, Lycaenidae 60,

Nymphalidae 64 and Satyridae 56.

The work begins with a review of the Rhopalocera of the USSR followed by a section

on their morphology. The first key is to the families only. Then for each family a

species key is presented which also incorporates a description of each species

including the larval foodplants, flight period, degree of abundance and distribution.

Two new species and four new subspecies are described : Neolycaena falkovitshi

ZHDANKO and KORSHUNOV, Oeneis patrushevae KORSHUNOV, Polyommatus eroides

taimyrensis KORSHUNOV, Argynnis sagana relicta KORSHUNOV, Apatura metis irtyshika

KORSHUNOV and Clossiana districta mochati KORSHUNOV. The male genitalia of some

difficult Melitaeini are figured. A bibliography and index to the latin generic and

specific names complete the work.

This publication is a useful reference work for the determination of the West Siberian

butterflies and those of the neighbouring regions. It will also provide important data

for the forthcoming red data book of the USSR.

B. Izenbek

DRE CO TT U

peer -

_ SEL SOCIETAS EUROPAEA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA e.V.

COUNCIL :

President : Emilio Balletto Vice-President : Barry Goater

General Secretary : Hansjürg Geiger Treasurer : Sigbert Wagener

Membership Secretary : Willy De Prins Editor : Emmanuel de Bros

Ordinary Council Members : Claude Dufay, Niels P. Kristensen, Kauri Mikkola,

Andras M. Vojnits, Steven E. Whitebread.

COMMITTEES:

Literature : Pamela Gilbert

Habitat and Species Protection : Michael G. Morris

MEMBERSHIP:

Applications for membership, changes of address and orders for Nota lepidoptero-

logica and other literature should be sent to :

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

tiemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf.)

Annual subscription fees :

Ordinary members DM 50,-

Corporate members DM 55,-

Admission fee DM 5,-

Overseas air mail charges DM 15,-

BACK VOLUMES OF NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA :

vol. 2-5, each members DM 24,-

non-members DM 48,-

vol. 6-9, each members DM 32,-

non-members DM 64,-

vol. 10 | members DM 40,-

non-members DM 80.-

PAYMENTS :

All payments should be addressed to :

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf.)

and can be made by:

Postal Giro Office Cologne — Postgiroamt Kôin — C.C.P. Cologne

Nr. 1956 50-597

or by:

“Mandat de poste international”.

Nur fur Mitglieder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland kann die Uberweisung auch

auf das Konto Nr. 130500 bei der Stadtsparkasse Bocholt (BLZ 428 500 35)

erfolgen.

United Kingdom members : Due to the unstable state of the pound at present, it is

not possible to quote the subscription rate in this currency. Members should pay the

current sterling equivalent. Cheques and bankers orders should be made payable to

“Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica U.K. A/c” and sent to John Heath, 104

Needingworth Road, St. Ives, Huntingdon, Cambs. PE17 4JY.

_ All other matters to:

SEL Office, General Secretary Dr. Hansjiirg Geiger

Zoologisches Institut Universitat Bern

Baltzerstraße 3, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland

Handelsgesellschaft

elley le eee Schweiger & Meiser GmbH & Co. KG

Bittlmairstrasse 4

8070 INGOLSTADT/DO

lelefon (9841) 75583

IHR SPEZIALIST FUR ENTOMOLOGIEBEDARE !

Wir liefern seit vielen Jahren zu günsügen Preisen eine große Auswahl von

Viensilien für den Fach- und Hobbyentomologen.

Für die Zucht:

Zuchtkästen, Puppenkästen, Infrarotstrahler, Zuchtbehalter etc.

Für den Tag- ung Machtfang:

Netze, Gläser, Stromaggregate, Transportkästen. Lampen und Leucht-

röhren etc

Fur das Präparieren:

Insekiennadeln, Spannbretter, Praparierbesteck, Kopflupen, Chemika-

ien ETC

Für die Sammlung:

insektenkasten in allen Großen mit der bewährten Moll- oder Schaum-

stofieinlage, Insektenschranke aller Art

Fin umfangreiches Angebot an neuer und antiguarischer Literatur ist vorhanden.

Schreiben Sie uns oder rufen Sie uns an, wir beraten Sie gern. Unser Katalog steht

Ihnen kostenlos zur Verfügung. Als SEL-Mitglied erhalten Sie bei uns auf sämtliche

Artikel kaußer Bucher) 3% Rabatt

icB 7

»isferm

_lepidopterologica

ol. 10 No.2 1987 ISSN 0342-7536

NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA

Journal published by the Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica, Quarterly mate

Manuscripts should be sent to the editor : Emmanuel de Bros, lic. jur., «La Fleurie» Shade

Rebgasse 28, CH-4102 Binningen/BL, Switzerland.

Instructions to authors

This journal is reserved for short communications devoted to Palaearctic lepidop-

terology. Manuscripts should not exceed 15 typed pages (including tables).

All manuscripts should be typed with double spacing and wide margins, and

submitted together with at least one copy. All pages should be numbered and show -

the author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each page. Do not hyphenate

words at the right-hand margin. Current issues of Nota lepidopterologica should be

checked for style and format.

Legends for figures and plates should be typed on a separate sheet and placed after

the list of references. Line drawings should be about twice their final size. Black

waterproof ink should be used. Photographs should be glossy positive prints. Solche

plates can only be published at the author’s expense.

Publication languages are english, french and german. The editors reserve the right,

to make minor textual corrections that do not alter the author’s meaning.

All manuscripts exceeding three typed pages must include an abstract of no more 2

than 100 words. It is strongly recommended to add a translation of the abstract in ei

at least one of the other publication languages.

The first mention of any organism should include the full scientific name with the |

author and year of description. New descriptions must conform with the current —

edition of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. We strongly urge

deposition of types in major museums, and all type depositions must be cited.

All papers will be read by the editors and submitted for review to two referees.

25 reprints of each article will be supplied free of charge to the first Buben

Additional copies may be ordered at extra cost.

Copies de ces instructions en francais sont disponibles auprès de l’editeur.

Kopien dieser Hinweise in deutscher Sprache sind beim Redaktor erhältlich.

Printed by Imprimerie Universa Sprl, 24 Ho der aen B-9200 Wetteren, Belgium |

electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or any other information storage and retrieval

system, without permission in writing from the Publisher. Authors are responsible for the contents of their — NN A

articles.

Nota lepidopterologica

Vol. 10 No. 2 Basel, 30.VI.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Editor : Emmanuel Bros de Puechredon, alias de Bros, lic. iur., Rebgasse 28,

CH-4102 Binningen BL, Schweiz.

Assistant Editors : Dr. Hansjurg Geiger (Bern), Steven Whitebread (Magden).

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

SEL : Sixième Congres Européen de Lepidopterologie San Remo 1988 .. 93

A. SCHINTLMEISTER, V. V. DUBATOLOV, A. V. SVIRIDOV, A. YU. TSHISTJAKOV

& J. VIIDALEPP : Verzeichnis und Verbreitung der Notodontidae der

MESS RetLeMiGODlera) were en chasses sous oss 94

K. MIKKOLA : Biography of Prof. Esko Suomalainen, Honorary member of

DE ree tN it wr CA alone SMart ide kde aia en 113

E. SUOMALAINEN : Autobibliography (Lepidopterological publications) ... 115

J. J. DE FREINA : Eine neu entdeckte Lymantriiden-Art aus Kaschmir : Arc-

tornis kohistana sp. n. (Lepidoptera, Lymantriidae) ................ 119

J. RazowskI : On the family-level systematics of the Pterophoridae ...... 127

K. SAITOH : A note on the haploid chromosome number of Brenthis ino

ROTTEMBURG 1775 from Finland (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae) ........ 131

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses .......... 133, 134 & 136

Sixth European Congress of Lepidopterology

San Remo, Italy — 6th to 10th April 1988.

Provisional offers of papers should be made to : Prof. Dr. Emilio Balletto, President

of the SEL and of the Organisation Committee

Universita di Torino

Dipartimento di Biologia Animale

Via Accademia Albertina, 17

I-10123 Torino, Italy.

Further details on the Congress will be published in NEWS.

Sixième Congres Européen de Lepidopterologie

San Remo, Italie — 6 au 10 avril 1988

Les annonces provisoires de communications sont à adresser au Prof. Dr. Emilio

Balletto, Président de la SEL et du Comité d'organisation (voir adresse ci-dessus).

NOUVELLES publiera des renseignements plus détaillés.

Sechster Europäischer Kongress für Lepidopterologie

San Remo, Italien, vom 6. bis 10. April 1988. Die vorläufige Anmeldung eines

Vortrages ist zu richten an Herrn Prof. Dr. Emilio Balletto, Präsident der SEL und

des Organisationskomitees (siehe obige Adresse). NACHRICHTEN wird ausfürlichere

Informationen verôffentlichen.

Nota lepid. 10 (2) : 94-111 ; 30.VI.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Verzeichnis und Verbreitung

der Notodontidae der UdSSR

(Lepidoptera)

A. SCHINTLMEISTER, V. V. DUBATOLOV, A. V. SVIRIDOV, A. YU. TSHISTIAKOV

& J. VIIDALEPP

A. Schintlmeister, Calberlastr. 3 130-17, DDR-8054 Dresden (federführend)

V. V. Dubatolov, Zoological Institute Academy of Sciences, ul. Frunze 11, SU-630091

Novosibirsk

Dr. A. V. Sviridov, Zoologisches Museum, MGU, ul. Gerzena 6, SU-103009 Moskau

Dr. a A. Tshistjakov, Far East Biological Centre DVNZ AN SSSR, SU-690022 Wladi-

wostoc

Dr. J. Viidalepp, Zooloogia ja Botaanika Instituut, vanemuise 21, SU-202400 Tartu, Estland

Zusammenfassung

Aus der UdSSR sind bisher insgesamt 128 Arten Notodontidae bekannt. Das

vorliegende Verzeichnis enthalt dabei acht für die Fauna der UdSSR erstmals

nachgewiesene Spezies. Weiterhin wird die Verbreitung der Arten in der Sowjet-

union tabellarisch erfaßt und eine Einteilung in Faunenelemente (sensu DE LATTIN)

vorgenommen. Im Artikel sind die folgenden taxonomischen Änderungen enthal-

ten:

Summary

A check-list ofthe 128 species of Notodontidae known from the USSR is presented.

Eight species are recorded for the first time. The distribution of the species within

the Soviet Union, including the faunal elements (sensu DE LATTIN) to which they

belong, is given in table form. The following taxonomic changes are made:

Synonyma (syn. nov.) :

Furcula bicuspis infumata (STAUDINGER, 1887) = F. bicuspis bicuspis (BORKHAUSEN,

1790) ;

Neostauropus KIRIAKOFF, 1967 = Stauropus GERMAR, 1812;

Pheosia karategina STSHETKIN, 1980 = Pheosia jullieni OBERTHÜR, 1911;

Pheosia fusiformis continentalis TSHISTIAKOV, 1985 = Pheosia rimosa rimosa PAC-

KARD, 1864 ;

Pterostoma tachengensis Cal, 1979 = Pterostoma palpina palpina (CLERCK, 1759) ;

Paragluphisia DIAKONOV, 1929 = Gluphisia BOISDUVAL, 1828.

Neuer taxonomischer Status (stat. nov.) :

Cerura intermedia (TEICH, 1896) (bona species) ;

Furcula furcula lanigera (BUTLER, 1877) (Abwertung zur Unterart) ;

Fusapteryx MATSUMURA, 1920, Microphalera BUTLER, 1885 und Prilodontella

KIRIAKOFF, 1967 (Abwertung als Subgenera zu Prilodon HUBNER, 1812);

Ptilodon capucina kuwayamae (MATSUMURA, 1919) (Abwertung zur Unterart) ;

Clostera obscurior (STAUDINGER, 1887) (bona species).

l. Einleitung

Die fortschreitende faunistische Erforschung, auch abgelegener Teile der

UdSSR erbrachte in den letzten Jahren eine Reihe von interessanten

Notodontidenfunden. Insbesondere ist hier die intensive Untersuchung der

fernöstlichen und sibirischen Fauna zu erwähnen. Mit vorliegender Übersicht

wird versucht, die Erkenntnisse der letzten Jahre zusammenzufassen und

damit zugleich auch einen Beitrag zur Inventarisierung der Fauna der UdSSR

zu leisten.

2. Dank

Unsere Arbeit wurde von zahlreichen Kollegen unterstützt. Besonders

bedanken möchten wir uns bei den Herren : A. G. ANISKOWITSCH (Brjansk),

Dr. R. Qu. Car (Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica, Beijing), O.

GorBuNov (Moskau), Prof. Dr. H.-J. HANNEMANN (Zoologisches Museum

der Humboldt-Universitat zu Berlin), A. HELIA (Tupesy, CSSR), S. Kınos-

HITA (Osaka), Y. KISHIDA (Tokyo), V. G. MACHAT (Moskau), Dr. A. N.

POLTAWSKI (Entomologische Abteilung des Staatlichen Botanischen Garten

Rostov/Don), Dr. D. STUNING (Zoologisches Museum Alexander Koenig,

Bonn), Dr. Sh. Suci (Tokyo), A. WATSON (British Museum Natural History),

Th. Witr (Munchen).

3. Verbreitungsangaben und Material

Das behandelte Gebiet umfaßt das heutige Staatsgebiet der UdSSR. Es wurde

versucht den bisherigen Kenntnisstand der Verbreitung der einzelnen Taxa

tabellarisch darzustellen. Bezüglich der Verbreitung der Arten im euro-

päischen Teil der UdSSR und im Kaukasus sei dabei auf die Arbeit von

SCHINTLMEISTER (1982) verwiesen. In bestimmten Fällen sind spezielle

Fundortangaben in den Bemerkungen zu einzelnen Arten erwähnt.

Das vorliegende Verzeichnis basiert auf nachprüfbaren Belegexemplaren ;

nicht verifizierbare Meldungen sind als solche ausdrücklich gekennzeichnet.

Die Verbreitungsangaben wurden von den Autoren gemeinsam erarbeitet,

wobei alle wichtigen Museumsammlungen in der UdSSR und ein erheblicher

Teil der bedeutenderen Privatsammlungen erfaßt sind. Darüberhinaus wur-

den von SCHINTLMEISTER über 20 der bedeutensten europäischen und japani-

schen Sammlungen, die Notodontidae der Palaearktis enthalten überprüft.

Die Anteile der einzelnen Autoren an Verbreitungsangaben gliedern sich

schwerpunktmäßig wie folgt :

DUBATOLOV : Westsibirien (incl. Altaij), Baikal, Jakutien ;

SCHINTLMEISTER : Europäischer Teil der UdSSR, Kaukasus, Transkaukasus,

Sajan Mts., Amur ;

SVIRIDOV : Amurgebiet, coll. Tsvetaev ;

TSHISTIAKOV : Primorye, Priamur, Sachalin, Kurilen, Kamtshatka.

VIIDALEPP : Europäischer Teil der UdSSR, Mittelasien, Tuva, Azerbaidshan,

Sachalin, Kurilen ;

Natürlich wurden von den einzelnen Mitarbeitern auch Angaben aus anderen

Gebieten als den oben erwähnten übermittelt.

Schätzungsweise sind ca. 60-80 000 Exemplare in die Auswertung einbe-

zogen.

4. Systematik und Nomenklatur

Möglichst alle nomenklatorisch gültigen Taxa, die im Untersuchungsgebiet

zweifelsfrei vorkommen, sollten erfaßt werden. Dabei sind auch Unterarten

(a, b, c) mitberücksichtigt. Um phylogenetischen Zusammenhängen besser

gerecht zu werden, haben wir teilweise erhebliche Umstellungen vom

Systemvorschlag nach KIRIAKOFF (1967) vorgenommen.

Zum besseren Verständnis sind einige Synonyma (in Klammern) dem

Verzeichnis beigefügt.

5. Systematisches Verzeichnis der Notodontidae der UdSSR

(Kommentare) | Abbildung]

Torigea MATSUMURA, 1924 7. himalayana Moore, 1888 (3) [2.1]

1. straminea (Moore, 1877) 8a. erminea erminea (ESPER,

1783) (4)

Mimopydna MATSUMURA, b. erminea candida (STAUDIN-

1924 GER, 1892)

[557

. pallida (BUTLER, 1877)

Furcula LAMARCK, 1816

Cerura SCHRANK, 1802

(= Harpyia auct.)

(= Dicranura auct.)

3a. vinula vinula (LINNAEUS, 9a. furcula füurcula (CLERCK,

1758) (1) 1759)

b. vinula estonica (HUENE, b. furcula forficula (FISCHER v.

1905) WALDHEIM, 1820)

4. felina BUTLER, 1877 c. furcula caucasica (SCHINTL-

5. intermedia (TEICH, 1896), MEISTER, 1981)

STAT. NOV. d. furcula pseudobicuspis DA-

6. przewalskyi ALPHERAKY, 1882 (2) [2.2] NIEL, 1938

e. furcula lanigera

1877) STAT. NOV.

10. bicuspis (BORKHAUSEN, 1790)

(= infumata STAUDINGER,

1887 SYN. NOV.)

11. aeruginosa (CHRISTOPH, 1873)

12. sibirica (DANIEL, 1965)

13. petri (ALPHERAKY, 1882)

14. bifida (BRAHM, 1787)

(= hermelina GOEZE, 1781 nec

GOEZE 1781)

15. interrupta (CHRISTOPH, 1867)

(BUTLER,

Stauropus GERMAR, 1812

(= Neostauropus KIRIAKOFF,

1967 SYN. NOV.)

l6a. fagi fagi (LINNAEUS, 1758)

b. fagi persimilis BUTLER, 1879

17. basalis MOORE, 1877

Cnethodonta

1887

18. grisescens STAUDINGER, 1887

STAUDINGER,

Uropyia STAUDINGER, 1892

19. meticulodina

1884)

(OBERTHUR,

Harpyia OCHSENHEIMER, 1810

(= Hoplitis HÜBNER, [1819]

1806 nec. KLuG, 1807)

(= Hybocampa LEDERER,

1853)

20. milhauseri (FABRICIUS, 1775)

21. umbrosa (STAUDINGER, 1892)

22. tokui (SuGI, 1977)

(= monochroma TSHISTJAKOV,

1977)

Dicranura

1817

(= Exaereta HUBNER, [1820]

1806)

23. ulmi (DENIS & SCHIFFERMUL-

LER, 1775)

24. tsvetaevi SCHINTLMEISTER &

SVIRIDOV, 1985

REICHENBACH,

Fentonia BUTLER, 1881

25. ocypete (BREMER, 1861)

(5)

(6)

[1.1]

(7): [1.2]

(8)

[1.3]

Hemifentonia KIRIAKOFF,

1967

26. mandschurica (OBERTHUR,

1911)

(= fasciculata FILIPJEV, 1927)

Wilemanus NAGANO, 1916

27. bidentatus (WILEMAN, 1911)

Notodonta

1810

(= Tritophia KIRIAKOFF, 1967)

OCHSENHEIMER,

(= Eligmodonta KIRIAKOFF,

1967)

28a. dromedarius dromedarius

(LINNAEUS, 1767)

b. dromedarius schintlmeisteri

Wit, 1980

c. dromedarius pontica WITT,

1980

29. stigmatica MATSUMURA, 1920

30. dembowskii (OBERTHUR.,

1879)

(= rothschildi WILEMAN &

SOUTH, 1916)

31. torva (HUBNER, 1803)

32. jankowskii OBERTHUR, 1879

33a. tritophus tritophus (DENIS &

SCHIFFERMULLER, 1775)

b. tritophus phoebe (SIEBERT,

1790)

c. tritophus tiefi BARTEL, 1903

34a. ziczac ziczac (LINNAEUS,

1758)

b. ziczac gigantea (SCHINTL-

MEISTER, 1981)

Peridea STEPHENS, 1828

35. anceps (GOEZE, 1781)

36. murina KIRIAKOFF, 1974

37. lativitta (WILEMAN, 1911)

(= pacifica MOLTRECHT, 1914)

38. gigantea BUTLER, 1877

(= monetaria OBERTHUR,

1879)

39. oberthueri (STAUDINGER,

1892)

40. moltrechti (OBERTHUR, 1911)

(= kotschubeji SHELIUZHKO)

[1.4]

[1.6]

(10) [1.7]

41. graeseri (STAUDINGER, 1892)

(= arnoldi OBERTHUR, 1911)

42. aliena (STAUDINGER, 1892)

Drymonia HÜBNER, [1819]

1816

(= Ochrostigma

[1819] 1816)

43. dodonaea (DENIS & SCHIF-

FERMÜLLER, 1775)

44. dodonides (STAUDINGER,

1887)

45. ruficornis (HUFNAGEL, 1766)

(= chaonia HÜBNER, 1800)

46. obliterata (ESPER, 1785)

(= melagona BORKHAUSEN,

1790)

47. japonica (WILEMAN, 1911)

48. querna (DENIS & SCHIFFER-

MULLER, 1775)

49. [velitaris (HUFNAGEL, 1766)] (11)

a. velitaris pontica (REBEL,

1908)

50. moyaerii (EBERT, 1971) COMB.

HUBNER

NOV. (12) 11.3]

Pheosiopsis BRYK, 1950

(= Suzukia MATSUMURA, 1920

nec. OKAMOTO, 1913)

(= Suzukiana SUGI, 1976)

51. [cinerea (BUTLER, 1879)]

a. cinerea ussuriensis (MOL-

TRECHT, 1914)

Pheosia HÜBNER, 1819

52. tremula (CLERCK, 1759)

53. teheranica DANIEL, 1965

54. grummi (CHRISTOPH, 1885)

(= brandti O. B. Haas 1937)

55. jullieni OBERTHUR, 1911

(= karategina STSHETKIN,

1980, SYN. NOV.)

56. gnoma (FABRICIUS, 1777)

(= dictaeoides ESPER, 1789)

57. fusiformis MATSUMURA, 1921

58. rimosa PACKARD, 1864

(= fusiformis continentalis

TSHISITJAKOV, 1985, SYN. NOV.)

(13)

(14)

(15)

Paradrymonia KIRIAKOFF,

1967

9. vittata STAUDINGER, 1892

[2.4]

[2.3]

[2.5]

[2.6]

60.

61.

62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

68.

69.

70.

71.

78.

79.

a. vittata nigroramosa (CHRIS-

TOPH, 1893) COMB. NOV. (16) [1.8]

Pterostoma GERMAR, 1812

palpina (CLERCK, 1759) (17)

(= tachengensis CAI, 1979 syn.

NOV.)

sinicum (Moore, 1877)

griseum (BREMER, 1861)

Shaka MATSUMURA, 1920

attrovittatus (BREMER, 1861)

Lophocosma

1887

STAUDINGER,

atriplaga STAUDINGER, 1887

Hupodonta BUTLER, 1877

corticalis BUTLER, 1877

lignea MATSUMURA, 1919 (18)

Nerice WALKER, 1855

bipartita BUTLER, 1885

leechi STAUDINGER, 1892

Semidonta STAUDINGER, 1892

biloba (OBERTHUR, 1880)

Epodonta MATSUMURA, 1922

lineata (OBERTHUR, 1880)

Rabtala DRAESEKE, 1926

(= Lampronadata KIRIAKOFF,

1967)

. cristata (BUTLER, 1877)

. splendida (OBERTHUR, 1880)

Urodonta STAUDINGER, 1887

. albimacula STAUDINGER, 1887

. arcuata ALPHERAKY, 1897

. branickii (OBERTHUR, 1880)

. viridimixta (BREMER, 1861)

Allodonta STAUDINGER, 1887

plebeja (OBERTHUR, 1880)

Hexafrenum

1925

leucodera (STAUDINGER, 1892)

MATSUMURA,

Epinotodonta

1920

MATSUMURA,

80. fumosa (MATSUMURA, 1919)

Takadonta MATSUMURA, 1920

81. takamukui MATSUMURA, 1920

Ptilodon HÜBNER, 1822 (19)

(= Lophopteryx STEPHENS,

1828)

(= Microphalera BUTLER,

1885)

(= Fusapteryx | MATSUMURA,

1920)

(= Ptilodontella KIRIAKOFF,

1967)

82a. capucina capucina (LINNAEUS,

1758) (20)

b. capucina kuwayamae (MAT-

SUMURA, 1919) STAT. NOV.

83. robusta (MATSUMURA, 1924)

84. jezoensis (MATSUMURA, 1919)

85. hoegel (GRAESER, 1888)

86. cucullina (DENIS & SCHIFFER-

MÜLLER, 1775)

(= cuculla EsPER, 1786)

87. saerdabensis (DANIEL, 1938) (21) [3.4]

88. ladislai (OBERTHUR, 1880)

COMB. NOV.

89. grisea (BUTLER, 1885) COMB.

NOV.

Lophontosia STAUDINGER,

1892

90. cuculus (STAUDINGER, 1892)

Odontosia HÜBNER, 1819

91. carmelita (ESPER, 1790)

92. patricia STICHEL, 1918 [3.3]

93. sieversii (MENETRIES, 1856)

(= sieversii f. arnoldiana KAR-

DAKOFF 1928)

Hagapteryx MATSUMURA,

1920

94. admirabilis (STAUDINGER,

1887) [3.2]

95. kishidai NAKAMURA, 1978 (22) [3:1]

Togopteryx MATSUMURA,

1920

96. velutina (OBERTHUR, 1880)

Jurivalentinia STSHETKIN,

1980

97. karaganaeca STSHETKIN, 1980

Ptilophora STEPHENS, 1928

98. plumigera (DENIS & SCHIF-

FERMULLER, 1775)

99. nohirae (MATSUMURA, 1920)

100. [jezoensis (MATSUMURA,

1920)]

a. jezoensis sutchana O. B.

Haas, 1927

Himeropteryx STAUDINGER,

1887

101. miraculosa STAUDINGER, 1887

Leucodonta

1892

102a. bicoloria bicoloria (DENIS &

SCHIFFERMULLER, 1775)

b. bicoloria albida (BOISDUVAL,

1834)

STAUDINGER,

Phalera HUBNER, 1819

103. bucephala (LINNAEUs, 1758)

104. bucephaloides (OCHSENHEI-

MER, 1810) (23)

105. flavescens (BREMER & GREY,

1853)

106. assimilis (BREMER & GREY,

1853)

Phalerodonta STAUDINGER,

1892

107. bombycina STAUDINGER, 1892

Spatalia HÜBNER, 1819

108. argentina (DENIS & SCHIFFER-

MÜLLER, 1775)

109. doeriesi GRAESER, 1888

110. dives OBERTHÜR, 1884

111. plusiotis OBERTHÜR, 1880

Pterotes BERG, 1901

(= Pteroma STAUDINGER, 1896

nec. HAMPSON, 1893)

(= Danielita KIRIAKOFF, 1970)

112. eugenia STAUDINGER, 1896)

1CM

Abb. 1.

Furcula sibirica DANIEL: d, SU-W. Sajan Mts., Maina-Babik, 6.vii.-14c.vii.1979 leg.

MACHAT.

Furcula petri ALPHERAKY : d, SU-Tuva, Ak-Dovunik, Barum, 3.-6.viii.1972 leg. RUBEN &

VIIDALEPP.

Dicranura tsvetaevi SCHINTLM. & SVIRIDOV : d, SU-Primorye, Keidrowaja Pad bei Wladi-

wostock, 1.vi.1964 leg. TSVETAEV. Paratypus.

Hemifentonia mandschurica OBERTHÜR : 2, SU-Primorye, 10km N Zanadvorovka,

1.viii.1984 leg. TSHISTIAKOV.

Drymonia moyaerii EBERT : 3, SU-Azerbaidshan, Lenkoran-Alekseevka, 10.iv.1982.

Notodonta dromedarius pontica Witt : 3, SU-Kaukasus, Suchumi, 7.viii.1983 leg. FELIX.

Peridea murina KIRIAKOFF : 6, SU-Azerbaidshan, Lenkoran-St. subtrop. Kulturi 30.iv.1970

leg. TSVETAEV.

Paradrymonia vittata nigroramosa CHRISTOPH: 6, Transcaspia, Arwas bei Aschabad,

6.-18.v.1900.

100

Eguria (MATSUMURA, 1924) 119. [albosigma (FITCH, 1855)]

a. albosigma curtuloides (ER-

113. ornata (OBERTHUR, 1884)

SCHOFF, 1870)

Gluphisia BOISDUVAL, 1828 120. pigra (HUFNAGEL, 1766)

(= Paragluphisia DJAKONOV, 121. obscurior (STAUDINGER, 1887)

1929 SYN. NOV.) STAT. NOV. (25) [4.2]

122. anachoreta (DENIS & SCHIF-

FERMULLER, 1775)

123. modesta (STAUDINGER, 1889) [3.6]

114. crenata (ESPER, 1785)

(= amurensis GRUNEBERG,

)

115. he (DIAKONOV, 1929) 124. anastomosis (LINNAEUS, 1758)

COMB. NOV. (24) Micromelalopha = NAGANO,

Rhegmatophila STANDFUSS, a

1888 125. troglodyta (GRAESER, 1890) [4.3/5]

116. aussemi WITT, 1981 [3.5] (= opertum TSHISTJAKOV,

1977)

Pygaera OCHSENHEIMER, 1810 126. sieversi (STAUDINGER, 1892) [4.4]

117. timon (HUBNER, 1803) 127. flavomaculata TSHISTJAKOV,

1977 [4.6]

Clostera SAMOUELLE, 1819

(= Pygaera auct.) Gonoclostera BUTLER, 1877

118. curtula (LINNAEUS, 1758) 128. timoniorum (BREMER, 1861)

6. Kommentare

1. €. vinula: Zu diesem taxonomisch schwierigen Komplex, der einen

Artenkreis bildet, gehören u.a. auch felina, himalayana, przewalskyi und

intermedia. C. intermedia kann wegen der von vinula stark abweichenden

Eimorphologie (das Ei von intermedia ähnelt dem von erminea) als eigene

Art aufgefaßt werden (ungeachtet der Genitalunterschiede).

2. C. przewalskyi: Die polytypische Art kommt vom Altaij bis Afghanistan

(ssp. amseli DE LATTIN, ROESLER & BECKER, 1977 comb. nov.) vor.

Besonders in Mittelasien finden sich mehrere habituell voneinander abwei-

chende Formen.

3. C. himalayana: Aus Tadschikistan (Tigrovaja Balka) und Turkmenien

(Amu Daja, Lambe) liegen mehrere Belege vor, die gut zum Typus (im

British Museum (Natural History) verglichen) passen. Die Art ist neu für die

UdSSR.

4. C. erminea: Aus dem Kaukasus wurde das Taxon teberdina KORNEJEV,

1939 beschrieben. Da die Art im Kaukasus anscheinend noch nie gefunden

wurde, könnte es sich um eine Verwechslung mit vinula handeln. Das

Vorkommen der ähnliche C. menciana Moore, 1877 in der UdSSR konnte

bislang nicht zweifelsfrei nachgewiesen werden. Es ist aber anzunehmen, daß

die Art noch im Fernen Osten gefunden wird. Die Meldung von menciana

(TSHISTIAKOV, 1979) erwies sich als erminea.

101

Abb. 2.

1. Cerura himalayana Moore: 6, SU-Tadshikistan, Tigrovaja Balka, 1.-3.iv.1977 leg.

RAITVIR.

2. Cerura przewalskyi ssp. : 3, SU-Pamir, Chorog, 26.vi.1967.

3. Pheosia grummi CHRISTOPH : 6, SU-Armenien, Daralaged, 30.v.1984.

4. Pheosia teheranica DANIEL : 6, SU-Azerbaidshan, Ordubad, Unus, 6.vi.1967.

5. Pheosia jullieni OBERTHÜR : 3, SU-Kirgisien, Arkit, 22.v.1968.

6. Pheosia jullieni f. karategina STHETKIN: 6, SU-Tadshikistan, Dushanbe, Ramit,

8.-13.1v.1977 leg. RAIVIR.

5. F. furcula lanigera: Zoogeographische Überlegungen (Holarktische

Verbreitung von furcula wobei der Ferne Osten und Sibirien von /anigera

besiedelt wird) aber auch habituelle Ähnlichkeiten veranlassen uns, /anigera

als Unterart von furcula aufzufassen.

6. F. bicuspis: Vergleichende Untersuchungen ergaben, daß im Fernen

Osten zu einem geringen Prozentsatz (ca. 20%) leicht gelblich getönte

Exemplare vorkommen, die als f. infumata (infrasubspezifische Kategorie)

bezeichnet werden können.

7. F. petri: Die individuell stark variierende Art bildet offensichtlich mehrere

Unterarten aus. Das derzeitige zur Verfügung stehende dürftige Material

erlaubt es aber noch nicht eine Gliederung der Unterarten vorzunehmen.

102

8. F. interrupta : DANIEL (1965) und auch andere Autoren melden verschie-

dentlich die der interrupta ähnliche F. syra GRUM-GRSHIMAILO, 1899 aus der

Wolgagegend (Sarepta). Es erwiesen sich jedoch alle untersuchten Belege aus

der UdSSR immer als zu interrupta zugehörig. F. syra kann deshalb nicht mit

in das Verzeichnis aufgenommen werden.

9. W. bidentatus : Die Art tritt in zwei Formen, einer hellen und einer

dunklen (ussuriensis PÜNGELER, 1912) auf. Genitalunterschiede zwischen

beiden Formen wurden nicht gefunden. In Japan kommt nur die helle, in der

UdSSR nur die dunkle Form vor. In Korea und in Teilen Chinas fliegen beide

Morphen aber sympatrisch, so daß es sich nicht um Unterarten handeln

kann.

10. P. murina: Die Art wird erstmals aus der UdSSR gemeldet. Belege

liegen aus Azerbaidshan (Lenkoran, Alexeevka bzw. Talysh, Dasdatuk) vor.

ll. Dr. velitaris: Aus der UdSSR kennen wir bislang nur Belege aus dem

Kaukasus, die zur ssp. pontica gehören. Vermutlich dürfte aber die ssp.

velitaris im europäischen Teil der UdSSR (Ukraine) noch aufzufinden sein.

12. Dr. moyaerii: Diese aus dem Iran beschriebene Art fliegt auch im

sowjetischen Teil Azerbaidshans (Lenkoran, Alexeevka). Dr. moyaerii ist

neu für die UdSSR.

13. Ph. teheranica : In coll. SCHINTLMEISTER befindet sich ein Exemplar aus

Azerbaidshan, Ordubad, s. Unus vor. Es handelt sich um den Erstnachweis

für die UdSSR.

14. Ph. jullieni: Ein Vergleich von authentischen Exemplaren (der Holoty-

pus war leider nicht zugänglich) von Ph. karategina vom Locus typicus mit

Ph. jullieni (einschließlich des genitalisierten Holotypus im BMNH) er-

brachte nur geringe Färbungsunterschiede. Für jullieni sind violettgraue

Vorderflügel typisch, bei karategina sind sie mehr schwärzlich-grau. Das

Taxon karategina ist demnach als Synonym zu jullieni aufzufassen.

15. Ph. rimosa : TSHISTIAKOV beschrieb 1985 Pheosia fusiformis continenta-

lis. Es handelt sich hierbei aber um die aus Nordamerika bekannte Ph.

rimosa, so daß continentalis als Synonym zu rimosa tritt, da sich die

Populationen Nordamerikas und der UdSSR anscheinend nicht unterschei-

den.

16. P. vittata nigroramosa : Eine Genitaluntersuchung ergab die Konspezifi-

tät von nigroramosa mit vittata.

17. Pt. palpina: TSHISTIAKOV (1985) meldet tachengensis aus Sachalin.

Nachdem sich tachengensis jedoch als Synonym von palpina erwiesen hat

(die Beschreibung erfolgte unter Bezug auf eine nicht korrekte Genitaldarstel-

103

Abb. 3.

|. Hagapteryx kishidai NAKAMURA: 6, SU-Primorye, Kedrowaja Pad bei Wladiwostock,

22.vii.1963 leg. TSVETAEV.

2. Hagapteryx admirabilis OBERTHUR: 6, Japan-Abo-Pass bei Kyotoy, 26.vii.1977 leg.

KINOSHITA.

3. Odontosia patricia STICHEL : 3, SU-Primorye, 20 km SE Ussurijsk, 25.v.1979 leg. TsHIST-

JAKOV.

4. Ptilodon saerdabensis DANIEL : 6, SU-Armenien. Sevanski Pereval, Dilizan, 1600-2100 m,

3.vii.1977 leg. FELIX.

5. Rhegmatophila aussemi Witt: 3, SU-Kirgisien, Arkit, 22.v.1968.

6. Clostera modesta STAUDINGER : ©, SU-Kirgisien, Arkit, 9.viii.1967.

lung in KIRIAKOFF (1967) (Car in litt 1984), bleibt die Identität der beiden

Tiere noch zu klären. Es kann sich hierbei auch um eine eigene Art oder

Unterart (Genitalunterschiede, Verbreitungslücke) handeln.

18. H. lignea: Die Art wird von KiRIAKOFF (1967) vom Amurgebiet

gemeldet. Von dort ist sie uns aber bislang nicht bekannt. Dagegen fand

DUBATOLOV neuerdings ein Männchen von /ignea in der Sammlung des

Zoologischen Institutes in Novosibirsk (Kunashir, 10.VII.1968). Das Tier

wurde von TSHISTIAKOV geprüft.

19. Ptilodon: Die Arten der Gattung Prilodon sind habituell einander

ziemlich ähnlich, weisen jedoch bedeutende Genitalunterschiede auf, die zur

104

Einteilung und Beschreibung in mehrere Gattungen Anlaf} gab. Wir halten

es für unzweckmäßig die zahlreichen Arten in monotypische Genera zu

stellen, zumal sich in den Genitalien auch Übergänge zeigen. Die Taxa

Ptilodontella, Fusapteryx. und Microphalera könnten aber bei Bedarf als

Subgenera angewandt werden.

20. Pt. capucina: Das Taxon kuwayamae unterscheidet sich habituell von

europäischen capucina-Populationen nicht. Im Genitalbereich fällt aber der

viel längere Uncus auf (die anderen Genitalmerkmale unterliegen einer

bedeutenden individuellen Variabilität).

21. Pr. saerdabensis: Die Art läßt sich nur durch Genitaluntersuchungen

von cucullina trennen. Die Genitalunterschiede (Valven, Aedoeagus) sind

jedoch wesentlich größer als zwischen capucina und kuwayamae. Trotzdem

kann der Artstatus von saerdabensis noch nicht als völlig gesichert betrachtet

werden.

P. saerdabensis liegt uns in Anzahl von folgenden Orten im Kaukasus vor

(sämtliche durch Genitaluntersuchungen bestätigt) : Maikop, Nalchik, Ala-

gir, Dombai, Teberda, Sevankij pr. Es handelt sich um die erste Meldung aus

der UdSSR.

22. H. kishidai: Die von den Tshushima-Inseln beschriebene, später in

Honshu und (unveröff.) China nachgewiesene schmalflügelige Art kommt

auch nicht selten in der UdSSR vor (Erstnachweis). Wir haben einen Beleg

von Kedrowaja Pad (bei Wladiwostock) 31.VIII.1963 leg. TSVETAEV genitali-

siert.

23. Ph. bucephaloides : VIIDALEPP untersuchte ein Männchen aus dem

Kaukasus im Zoologischen Museum Leningrad. Es handelt sich um den

ersten sicheren Beleg aus der UdSSR. Die Meldung von KORSHUNOV &

KUMAKOV (1979) erscheint zweifelhaft, solange kein Beleg bekannt ist (der

Fundort Saratov liegt weit außerhalb des bekannten Areals der südmediterran

— kleinasiatisch verbreiteten Art).

24. Gl. oxiana : Gl. oxiana und crenata ähneln einander habituell und auch

genitaliter. Ein eigenes Genus Paragluphisia für oxiana erscheint deshalb

überflüssig.

25. Cl. obscurior: Dieses, urprünglich als Varietät von pigra beschriebene

Taxon, konnte in einer Serie im Zoologischen Museum der Humboldt-

Universität zu Berlin inklusive des Typus untersucht werden. Am Status als

Art kann alleine schon durch den distinkten Habitus kein Zweifel bestehen.

Es wurden auch Genitalunterschiede (Uncusregion) gefunden.

105

fect Meeting,

Abb. 4.

1. Gluphisia oxiana DJAKONOV : 6, SU-SW Tadshikistan, Tigrowaja Balka, 16.viii.1958 leg.

TSVETAEV.

2. Clostera obscurior STAUDINGER : 6, Thian-Shan.

3. Micromelalopha troglodyta GRAESER: 6, Japan-Nagano Pref., Nishino, Kaida-mura,

2.vi.1975 leg. KISHIDA.

4. Micromelalopha sieversi STAUDINGER: 6, SU-Primorye, Ussurijsk, Kamenushka,

10.-17.vi. 1984.

5. Micromelalopha troglodvta GRAESER : 6, SU-Primorye, Kedrowaja Pad bei Wladiwostock,

2.vii.1974 leg. KONONENKO. Paratypus von Micromelalopha opertum TSHISTIAKOV.

6. Micromelalopha flavomaculata TSGHISTIAKOV : 6, Japan-Niigata. Akadani, e.l. 6.x.1968 leg.

SATO.

7. Verbreitung und Zoogeographie

Untersuchte Gebiete (siehe Karte)

1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 13 14 15 16lelement

. Straminea

. pallida

. vinula

felina

intermedia

przewalskyi

himalayana

erminea

106

Untersuchte Gebiete (siehe Karte)

3 4.5 6 7 1051171213 15 16 jelement

. furcula

bicuspis x CE ES RE ee SS

aeruginosa x

sibirica x x

petri xx ox

bifida x ix x x x

interrupta x

St. fagi a a a b b

basalis x x

3 (?)

Cn. grisescens x

U. meticulodina x

H. milhauseri xx

umbrosa x x

tokui x

. ulmi x x“ x x

tsvetaevi

. ocypete x. x

. mandschurica x

. bidentatus

. dromedarius a be aaa

stigmatica x x

dembowskii x x X K KX X XK XK x x

torva x MO Km A x xx x

jankowskii x x

tritophus a,b

Ziczac a

P. anceps xx

murina x

lativitta

gigantea

oberthueri

moltrechti

graeseri

aliena

Dr. dodonaea xx

dodonides x x

ruficornis x

obliterata x

japonica x

querna x

velitaris x

Ph. cinerea x x x

Ph. tremula xx x

teheranica x

grummi x

jullieni x

gnoma x x 2? x x

fusiformis x x

mimosa x x x x x

P. vittata a

Pt. palpina x x x x x x x (2)

sinicum x x

giseum xxx x

Zen ig

lo)

io”

x X X X

x KX X XK X

x X X X K XK

—

107

Faunistisch untersuchte Gebiete

der Notodontidae in der UdSSR

im Text)

ärung im

(Erkl

Die Signaturen, a, b, c etc., geben die Verbreitung der verschiedenen Unterarten für die

jeweilige Region an. Kommt nur die Nominatunterart in der UdSSR vor wurde „x“ verwendet.

Die Nummern der Spalten in der Tabelle bezeichnen die folgenden Gebiete (Vergleiche auch

Karte) :

1. Europäischer Teil der UdSSR 9. Baikal

2. Kaukasus (mit Armenien und Grusinien) 10. Oberer Amur

3. Azerbaidshan ll. Priamur

4. Kopet Dagh 12. Nordostsibirien (Jakutien, nordl. 60 n.B.)

5. Thian Shan (mit nordl. Auslaufern) 13. Primorye

6. Pamir 14. Sachalin

7. Westsibirien (mit Altaij und W. Sajan) 15. Südkurilen (Kunashir, Iturup)

8. Tuva 16. Kamtschatka (Südteil)

Die Verbreitung der Notodontiden des europäischen Teil der UdSSR wurde bereits von

SCHINTLMEISTER (1982) detailliert, tabellarisch dargestellt.

Die Zugehörigkeit zu Faunenelementen wurde nach DE LATTIN (1967) und VARGA (1977)

bestimmt. Dabei konnte bei dieser ersten, noch groben Übersicht nicht auf Details (besonders

Sekundärzentren) eingegangen werden. In einigen Fälien erscheint die Zuordnung auch nicht

ganz eindeutig. Alternative Zuordnungsmöglichkeiten sind in Klammern angegeben. Die

Zahnspinner der UdSSR gehören den folgenden Faunenelementen an :

1 mediterrane Faunenelemente 5 mongolisch-sibirische Faunenelemente

2 westasiatische Faunenelemente 6 mandschurische Faunenelemente

3 kaspische Faunenelemente 7 pazifische Faunenelemente

4 zentralasiatische Faunenelemente

Untersuchte Gebiete (siehe Karte) Faunen-

1 23456 7 8 9 101112 13 14 15 16jelement

Sh. attrovittatus x x x 7

L. atriplaga x x 6 (7)

H. corticalis x x 7

lignea x 7

N. davidi x x xxx 6

bipartita x 7

leechi x xx 6

S. biloba x 7

E. lineata x x 6

R. cristata x x x x 6

splendida x x x 7

U. albimacula x 6

arcuata x 6

branickii x 6

viridimixta x x 6

A. plebeja x x 6 (7)

H. leucodera x x x x 7

E. fumosa x x 7

T. takamukui x 7

Pt. capucina aia b b bbb b b b bl6

robusta x 7

jezoensis x x 7

hoegei x x x x 7 (2)

cucullina x 1

saerdabensis x x 3>(1)

ladislai x x x 6

grisea x x 7

109

Untersuchte Gebiete (siehe Karte)

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 13 14 15 16|lelement

L. cuculus 6

O. carmelita x x x x 5

patricia x x x 6

sieversii x x x x x 6

H. admirabilis x x x 6

kishidai x x 7

T. velutina x x x x 6

J. karaganaeca x 4

Pt. plumigera xx l

nohirae x 6

jezoensis x 6

H. miraculosa x x 6

L. bicoloria a,b bbbbbbabaa 6

Ph. bucephala x x x x x x x x xx 6

bucephaloides x 1

flavescens x 1

assimilis x 7

Ph. bombycina x 6

Sp. argentina x 1

doeriesi x x x 6

dives x x x 6

plusiotis x x 6

Pt. eugenia x 5

E. ornata x 7

Gl. crenata x x x x x xx 6

oxiana x 4

Rh. aussemi x 4

P. timon x x x x x x 6

Cl. curtula xx x x x x 5

albosigma x x x x xx 6

pigra xx x x xX XxX x 6

obscurior x 4

anachoreta x X xX x xX x x x x x 7

modesta x x 4

anastomosis x x x x x X X xX xX 7

M. troglodyta x x 6

sieversi x x x 6

flavomaculata x 6

G. timoniorum x x xxx 7

Tabelle 1. Verbreitung der Notodontidae in der UdSSR nach Regionen.

Literatur

Cal, R.-Qu. (1979). New Genus and new species of chinese Notodontidae (Lepi-

doptera). Acta ent. sin. 22 : 462-467 (in chinesisch).

EBERT, G. (1971). Drei neue Macrolepidoptera-Arten aus Iran. Beitr. naturk.

Forsch. StidwDtl. 30 : 65-71.

110

DANIEL, F. (1965). Das Genus Harpyia (= Cerura auct.) im palaearktischen Raum

unter Einschluß der naheverwandten nordamerikanischen Formen. Z. wien.

ent. Ges. 50 : 5-49.

DANIEL, F. (1965). Osterreichische Entomologische Iran-Afghanistan-Expeditio-

nen. Beiträge zur Lepidopterenfauna, Teil 4. Z. wien. ent. Ges. 50 : 122-145.

KIRIAKOFF, S. G. (1967). In Wytsman, Genera Insectorum 217b, Fam. Notodon-

tidae — Genera Palaearctica. Kraainem, 238 pp., 8 pls.

KIRIAKOFF, S. G. (1974). Neue und wenig bekannte asiatische Notodontidae

(Lepidoptera). Veröff. Zool. Staatssmlg. München 17 : 371-421.

KUMAKOV, A. P. & Yu. P. KORSHUNOV (1979). Die Schmetterlinge des Gebietes

Saratov. Verlag der Universität Saratov, 80 pp. (in russ.).

LATTIN, G. DE (1967). Grundriß der Zoogeographie. Fischer, Jena, 602 pp.

LATTIN, G. DE, M. BECKER & R. U. ROESLER (1974). Zwei neue Subspecies aus dem

Cerura vinula-Kreis (Lepidoptera : Notodontidae). Frankf. a. M. 84 : 85-93.

SCHINTLMEISTER, A. (1981). Drei neue Unterarten von Notodontidae aus dem

Kaukasus. (Lepidoptera, Notodontidae). Entomofauna 2 : 33-49.

SCHINTLMEISTER, A. (1982). Verzeichnis der Notodontidae Europas und einiger

angrenzender Gebiete. Nota lepid. 5 (4) : 194-206.

SCHINTLMEISTER, A. (1984). Zum Status einiger fernostlicher Taxa. Notodontiden-

Studien I. Zeitschr. Arbeitsgem. Oster. Ent. 35 (1983) : 106-112.

SCHINTLMEISTER, A. & A. V. SVIRIDOVI (1985). A New Species of Notodontid Moth

from the Far East, a Vicariant of Dicranura ulmi (Lepidoptera, Notondonti-

dae). Vestnik Zoologi 1985 : 58-61 (in russ.).

SCHINTLMEISTER, A. & YU. A. TSHISTJAKOV (1984). Zur Kenntnis von Micromelalo-

pha NAGANO, 1916 im Fernen Osten (Lepidoptera, Notodontidae). Ento-

mofauna 5 : 80-100.

STSHETKIN, Yu. L. (1979). Eine neue Pheosia aus Tadshikistan. Zool. shurnal 58

(12): 1891-1893 (in russ.).

STSHETKIN, YU L. (1980). Eine neue Art und eine neue Gattung eines Zahnspinners

(Lep. Notodontidae) aus Tadshikistan. Ent. Obozr. 59: 59: 161-165 (in

russ. ).

TSHISTJAKOV, Yu. A. (1979). Die Notodontiden Südprimoryes. /n : Nazem tshlenis-

tonogie Dalnego Vostoka, Vladiwostock : 32-56 (in russ.).

TSHISTIAKOV, YU. A. (1985). Vorläufige Ergebnisse von Untersuchungen zur

Zahnspinnerfauna des Fernen Ostens der UdSSR. /n: Taksonomija u ekolo-

gija dalnego Vostocka, Vladivostock : 53-66 (in russ.).

VARGA, Z. (1977). Das Prinzip der areal-analytischen Methode in der Zoogeogra-

phie und die Faunenelemente-Einteilung der europäischen Tagschmetterlinge

(Lepidoptera : Diurna). Acta Biol. Debrecina 14 : 223-285.

VIIDALEPP, J. (1979). Zur Schmetterlingsfauna der Tuvinischen ASSR II. Tartu

Riikliku Ülikooki Toimetised 483 : 17-39 (in russ.).

Witt, T. J. (1981). Rhegmatophila aussemi sp. n. (Lepidoptera Notodontidae).

Entomofauna 2 : 81-92.

111

Communication

Wir suchen

Für vergleichend systematische Untersuchungen Zuchtmaterial (Eier, le-

bende 22 und dé) aus der Gattung Erebia.

Appel

Pour des recherches comparatives systématiques, nous cherchons matériel

d'élevage (œufs, 22 et dd vivants) du genre Erebia.

Research

For comparative systematic investigations we need rearing materal (eggs,

living 22 and dé) of the genus Erebia.

Dr. Peter Roos, Alte Poststrasse 83, D-4322 Sprockhovel 1, BRD.

Wilfried Arnscheidt, Hullerstrasse 49, D-4630 Bochum 6, BRD.

Nota lepid. 10 (2): 113-114 ; 30.VI.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Biography of Prof. Esko Suomalainen,

Honorary member of SEL

Kauri MIKKOLA

Zoological Institute, P. Rautatiekatu 13, SF-00100 Helsinki, Finland.

= ih

Prof. Esko SUOMALAINEN has had a long career as a lepidopterist. Born in

1910 in Helsinki, he began his diary on Lepidoptera in 1926 at his summer

residence, Porvoo, 40 km E.N.E. of Helsinki. Now, over 60 years later, he

is ready to publish the lepidopterous fauna of Porvoo. From the archipelago

of the same area he published an article about an insect migration in the year

1935 and about the lepidopterous fauna in 1979. His first publication, which

he wrote at the age of 19, deals with the fauna of Lapland, and his most

recent paper on northern Lepidoptera, the important separation of Xestia

laetabilis and X. distensa, was published in 1983. He has revised the Finnish

“ Solenobia” species, and his most recent interest deals with the chromosomal

evolution of the South American Heliconiine and Ithomiine butterflies.

1413

Throughout his scientific career, Prof. SUOMALAINEN was a geneticist. He

dealt mainly with the parthenogenesis of beetles and other insects, and with

the polymorphism and chromosomes of Lepidoptera. He completed his

Ph.D degree (on Curculionids) in the year 1940 at the University of

Helsinki. Here he was lecturer in genetics (1941-1948), professor of genetics

1948-1976, and head of the department of genetics (1949-1976). He also

undertook research work at the Kaiser Wilhelm-Institut for Biology, Berlin-

Dahlem, in 1942-1943 and lectured at the University of Lund in 1952. Prof.

SUOMALAINEN has always been praised by his students as an excellent lecturer

and teacher. Despite his retirement, he continues to be active in research

work.

Prof. SUOMALAINEN was the first president of the Finnish Lepidopterological

Society from 1955 to 1979. During this period, the number of members of

the society grew from 32 to over 500, the society obtained an official subsidy

and it began to publish its own journal “Baptria” (named after the Geometrid

Baptria tibiale, the subspecies fennica of which is the emblem of the society).

Prof. Esko SUOMALAINEN is a cultured person. He was vice-president of the

Finnish National Commission for UNESCO 1957-1965, and president in

1965. Besides lepidopterological research, and his beautiful personal collec-

tion, his hobbies include paintings, ethnographic objects and chinese por-

celain. In addition, he is a well-known photographer and published with his

brother in 1938 a book about the beauty of Finnish nature. Prof. SUOMA-

LAINEN is one of the rare people who seem to be able to tell a cultural joke

or story in every possible situation. It is not surprising that Prof. SUOMA-

LAINEN is a member of several academies and honorary member of several

scientific societies, that he has been presented awards, and that his friends

and colleagues had a medal struck to celebrate his 75th birthday.

114

Nota lepid. 10 (2): 115-118 ; 30.VI.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Autobibliography

(Lepidopterological publications)

Prof. Dr. Esko SUOMALAINEN, Honorary member of SEL

Department of Genetics, University of Helsinki, Arkadiankatu 7, SF-00100 Helsinki, Finland

1.1929

2.1937.

32.1937:

4. 1938.

5. 1940.

6. 1941.

7.1942:

8. 1944.

9. 1944.

10. 1945.

11. 1945.

Lepidopterologische Beobachtungen während einer Reise nach

Muonio und Enontekiö im Sommer 1928. — Annal. Soc.

Zool.-Bot. Fenn. Vanamo Tom. 8, N° 7, pp. 78-104.

Oeonistis quadra L. (Lep., Arctiidae) in Tvärminne gefunden. —

Annal. Entomol. Fenn. 3, pp. 48-49.

Über das periodische Auftreten von Erebia ligea L. (Lep.,

Satyridae) in Finnland. — Annal. Entomol. Fenn. 3, pp. 78-83.

Die Erblichkeitsverhältnisse des männlichen Dimorphismus bei

Parasemia plantaginis. — Hereditas 24, pp. 386-390.

Über den täglichen Zeitpunkt des Ausschlüpfens der Imagines

bei zwei Schmetterlingsarten. — Annal. Entomol. Fenn. 6,

110-112.

Vererbungsstudien an der Schmetterlingsart Leucodonta bicolo-

ria. — Hereditas 27, pp. 313-318.

Esko SUOMALAINEN & Heikki SUOMALAINEN, Über das Vermögen

des Schmetterlingsweibchens, Männchen fremder Arten anzu-

locken. — Annal. Entomol. Fenn. 8, pp. 103-106.

Zur Biologie von Dendrolimus pini L. (Lep., Lasiocampidae). —

Annal. Entomol. Fenn. 10, pp. 181-183.

Eräitä pikkuperhoslöytöjä itä-Uudeltamaalta. (Einige Mikrolepi-

dopterenfunde aus dem östlichen Uusimaa). — Annal. Entomol.

Fenn. 10, p. 184.

Arenostola (Calamia) phragmitidiksen Hb. (Lep., Noctuidae)

esiintymisestä Porvoon pitäjässä (U). — (Über das Auftreten von

Arenostola (Calamia) phragmitidis Hb. (Lep., Noctuidae) im

Kirchsp. Porvoo (U)). — Annal. Entomol. Fenn. 11,

pp. 123-124.

J. KaisıLA, Esko SUOMALAINEN & O. TUURALA, Eräitä kiintoisia

pikkuperhosloytoja Helsingista (U) ja sen lahiymparistosta ke-

salla 1945. (Einige interessante Mikrolepidopterenfunde aus

Helsinki (U) und Umgebung). — Annal. Entomol. Fenn. 11,

pp. 206-207.

115

14.

19.

20.

23: SIGS.

1947.

1950:

1950.

1951,

, 1953:

. 1953.

1954.

1958.

. 1960.

. 1961.

1962.

1963.

. 1967.

. 1969.

Zur Ausbreitung der Schmetterlinge durch die Eisenbahn. —

Annal. Entomol. Fenn. 13, p. 182.

Parthenogenesis in animals. — Adv. Genet. 3, pp. 193-253.

Thorwald GRONBLOM & Esko SUOMALAINEN, Uber das Vorkom-

men der Nonne, Lymantria monacha L. (Lep., Lymantriidae),

in Finnland. — Annal. Entomol. Fenn. 16, pp. 178-181.

Perhosten pyydystamisesta elohopeaiampulla. [Collecting Lepi-

doptera with mercury vapour lamps. In Finnish.] — Luonnon

Tutkija 55, pp. 147-149.

The kinetochore and the bivalent structure in the Lepidoptera. —

Hereditas 39, pp. 88-96.

Neueres tber das Vorkommen der Nonne, Lymantria monacha

L. (Lep., Lymantriidae) in Finnland. — Annal. Entomol. Fenn.

19, pp. 52-56.

Cidaria obstipata F. (Lep., Geometridae) tavattu jälleen Suo-

messa kesällä 1953. (Cidaria obstipata F. (Lep., Geometridae)

further finds in Finland in summer 1953). — Annal. Entomol.

Fenn. 20, pp. 84-85.

Das Zentromer und die Bivalentenstruktur bei den Schmetterlin-

gen. — Proc. of 9th Intern. Congr. of Genetics (Bellagio 1953),

Part II, pp. 780-781.

Uber das Vorkommen und spätere Verschwinden von Epinephele

lycaon Rott. (Lep., Satyridae) in Finnland. — Annal. Entomol.

Fenn. 24, pp. 168-181.

Perhoset, kesän tunnukset. [Butterflies and moths, signs of the

summer. In Finnish.| — Oma maa 7, pp. 18-31.

Nycteola asiatica Krul. (Lep., Noctuidae) in Finland, the first

record for Northern Europe. — Annal. Entomol. Fenn. 27,

pp. 139-141. |

Thorwald GRÖNBLOM, Ilkka JALAS, Jouko KAIsILA, Harry KROGE-

RUS & Esko SUOMALAINEN, Catalogus Lepidopterorum Fenniae

et regionum adiacentium. I. Macrolepidoptera. — Helsinki,

28 pp.

On the chromosomes of the Geometrid moths Cidaria. — Proc.

of XI Intern. Congr. of Genetics (The Hague 1963), Vol. I,

pp. 137-138.

On the chromosomes of the Geometrid moth genus Cidaria. —

Chromosoma 16, pp. 166-184.

Esko SUOMALAINEN & Kauri MIKKOLA, Nycteola asiatica KRUL.

(Lep., Noctuidae) as a migrant in Northern Europe. — Annal.

Entomol. Fenn. 33, pp. 102-107.

Chromosome evolution in the Lepidoptera. — Chromosomes

Today 2, pp. 132-138.

28.

29:

30.

31:

32:

33:

34.

35.

36.

342

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

1969.

1970.

1971.

1972;

1973.

19:75;

1975:

1976.

97:

1978.

1979.

1980.

On the sex chromosome trivalent in some Lepidoptera females.

— Chromosoma 28, pp. 298-308.

Über die Solenobia-Arten Finnlands (Lep., Psychidae). — Annal.

Entomol. Fenn. 36, pp. 139-142.

Unequal sex chromosomes in a moth, Lozotaenia forsterana F.

(Lepidoptera : Tortricidae) — Hereditas 68, pp. 313-315.

Esko SUOMALAINEN, Laurence M. Cook & John R. G. TURNER,

Chromosome numbers of Heliconiine butterflies from Trinidad,

West Indies (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae). — Zoologica (New

York) 56, pp. 121-124.

Esko SUOMALAINEN, Laurence M. Cook & John R. G. TURNER,

Achiasmatic oogenesis in the Heliconiine butterflies. — Hereditas

74, pp. 302-304.

Juhani LOKki, Esko SUOMALAINEN, Anssi SAURA & Pekka LAN-

KINEN, Genetic polymorphism and evolution in parthenogenetic

animals. II. Diploid and polyploid Solenobia triquetrella (Lepi-

doptera : Psychidae). — Genetics 79, pp. 513-525.

Marja SorsA & Esko SUOMALAINEN, Electron microscopy of

chromatin elimination in Cidaria (Lepidoptera). — Hereditas 80,

pp. 35-40.

Cochylis hybridella Hb. tavattu Suomessa. | Cochylis hybridella

Hb. found in Finland. In Finnish.] — Baptria 1, p. 58.

Kolme Suomelle uutta pikkuperhoslajia (Lepidoptera). (Three

species of microlepidopterous moths new to Finland.) — Notul.

Entomol. 57, pp. 21-23.

Two new cases of parthenogenesis in moths. — Nota Lepid. 1,

pp. 65-68.

Juhani Lokki, Kalevi K. MALMSTRÖM & Esko SUOMALAINEN,

Migration of Vanessa cardui and Plutella xylostella (Lepidon-

tera) to Spitzbergen in the summer 1978. — Notul. Entomol. 58,

pp: 121-123.

The lepidopteran fauna of an isolated island in the outermost

archipelago of the Gulf of Finland. — Notul Entomol. 59,

pp. 79-88.

Perhosten kromosomaalinen evoluutio. (The chromosomal evo-

lution of Lepidoptera.) — Luonnon Tutkija 83, pp. 87-91.

Esko SUOMALAINEN, Jouko KAIsILA & Kauri MIKKOLA, Notewor-

thy records of Finnish Lepidoptera 1955-1974. I. Hesperioidea,

Papilionoidea, Bombycoidea and Geometroidea. — Notul. Ento-

mol. 60, pp. 49-61.

The Solenobiinae species of Finland (Lepidoptera : Psychidae)

with a description of a new species. — Entomol. Scand. 11,

pp. 458-466.

117

43.

44.

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

50.

51.

1981.

1983.

1984.

1985.

1986.

1987.

Esko SUOMALAINEN, Juhani LoKKI & Anssi SAURA, Genetic

polymorphism and evolution in parthenogenetic animals. X.

Solenobia species (Lepidoptera: Psychidae). — Hereditas 95,

pp. 31-35.

Perhosten aberraatioista. [Colour aberrations in butterflies and

moths. In Finnish.]. — Baptria 8, pp. 7-8.

Xestia (Anomogyna) laetabilis (ZETTERSTEDT) and X. distensa

(EVERSMANN) (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae) : two species confused.

— Notul. Entomol. 63, pp. 115-123.

Rauno VAISANEN, Esko SUOMALAINEN & Harri LOUMA, The

occurrence and protection of Lycaena dispar (Lepidoptera,

Lycaenidae) in Finland. — Notul. Entomol. 63, pp. 124-126.

Xestia (Anomogyna) laetabilis-nimella on kulkenut kaksi eri

yökköslajia, nimittäin X. laetabilis ja X. distensa. | Xestia (Anomo-

gyna) laetabilis, a dual species, X. laetabilis and X. distensa. In

Finnish.] — Baptria 9, pp. 5-10.

Esko SUOMALAINEN & Keith S. BROWN, Jr, Chromosome number

variation within Philaethria butterflies (Lepidoptera : Nymphali-

dae, Heliconiini). — Chromosoma 90, pp. 170-176.

Microstega hyalinalis (Hb.) (Lepidoptera, Pyraloidea), a moth

species probably extinct in Finland. — Notul. Entomol. 65,

pp. 123-126.

Lycia hanoviensis (HEYMONS, 1891), perhoslaji, joka voisi

mahdollisesti loytya Suomesta. [Lycia hanoviensis, a species

which could occur in Finland. In Finnish.} — Baptria 11, pp. 1-2.

Esko SUOMALAINEN, Anssi SAURA & Juhani LOKKI, Cytology and

evolution in parthenogenesis. — CRC-Press, Florida, U.S.A.

About 250 pp.

In addition to the publications mentioned above, about 150 publications in

genetics, cytology and zoology.

Nota lepid. 10 (2) : 119-126 ; 30.VI.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Eine neu entdeckte Lymantriiden-Art

aus Kaschmir : Arctornis kohistana sp. n.

(Lepidoptera, Lymantriidae)

Josef J. DE FREINA

Eduard-Schmid-StraBe 10 D-8000 München 90.

Abstract

A new Lymantriid-moth, Arctornis kohistana sp. n., has been found in a rich

Cashmere material collected in 1977 by the author. This species differs from

Arctornis I-nigrum (MULLER, 1764) in external appearance (discal vein-pattern) and

in both sexes’ genital morphology. Arctornis kohistana sp. n. occurs in the lower

ranges of the Western Himalaya.

Die sukzessive Bearbeitung des vom Verfasser im Jahre 1977 im Hindus-

Kohistan (Kaschmir) eingetragenen Insektenmaterials erbringt den Nachweis

einer fur die Wissenschaft neuen Art der Gattung Arctornis GERMAR, 1810.

Diese, Arctornis kohistana sp. n., ist in niedrigen bis mittleren Lagen der

kaschmirischen Region verbreitet. Mit in Indien und Pakistan beheimateten

indoaustralischen Arten wie Arctornis comma (HUTTON, 1865) oder A.

submarginata (WALKER, 1855) ist sie nicht mittelbar verwandt. Vielmehr

scheint sie A./-nigrum (MÜLLER, 1764) als deren nächste Verwandte im

westhimalajanischen Raum zu vertreten. Der Lebensraum von À./-nigrum

endet im vorderasiatischen Bereich im Iran, wohin die Art, von Europa

ausgehend, über das nördliche Kleinasien bis in das Elburs-Gebirge und das

kaspische Gebiet vordringt (Nachweis : 1 © Elburz, bei Chalus, Nashta Rud,

28 m, 6.8.1972, leg. CzipKA, in Museum WITT).

Arctornis kohistana sp. n.

Material :

Holotypus 6 (Abb. 1): Pakistan, SW-Himalaya, Indus-Kohistan, Kaghan-

Tal, Shinu, 1700-2200 m, 14.-23.6.1977, leg. DE FREINA.

Paratypen : 2 GG (Abb. 3) 1 © (Allotypus, Abb. 2), wie Holotypus. 1 &

(Abb. 4) : W-Pakistan, Swat, Kalam, 2000 m, 9.7.1969, leg. G. EBERT.

(Alle Tiere in Museum Witt, Munchen).

119

Diagnose :

Spannweite Holotypus 40 mm, Paratypen dd 39-42 mm, Allotypus 9

48 mm.

Arctornis kohistana sp. n. unterscheidet sich sowohl habituell als auch

genitalmorphologisch von A./-nigrum.

Habituell ist der arttypisch entwickelte diskoidale schwarze Winkelmakel im

Vorderflügel das auffallendste Merkmal der neuen Art. Im Gegensatz zu

l-nigrum zeigt dieser zwei deutlich ausgeprägte, im 90°-Winkel zueinan-

derstehende längere Schenkel. Beide Schenkel sind gleich kräftig ausgebildet

(vgl. Abb. 1-4). Dagegen tritt bei /-nigrum nur der waagrechte Schenkel

deutlich in Erscheinung, der senkrechte ist dagegen nur andeutungsweise

vorhanden (siehe Abb. 5-8). Auffallend ist auch die gröbere und seichtere

Beschuppung der neuen Art gegenüber dem dichteren und feineren Schup-

penkleid von /-nigrum. Äußerlich gleicht die neue Art in Grundfarbe und

Gesamterscheinung ansonsten À./-nigrum.

Die Genitalmorphologie zeigt allerdings gegenüber /-nigrum wesentliche

Unterschiede in beiden Geschlechtern, die wie folgt zu diagnostizieren sind :

Männchen : kohistana sp. Nn. I-nigrum

(Abb. 11, 14) (Abb. 9/10, 12/13)

a) Uncus Kurz, gedrungen, kugelför- Wesentlich länger, an der

mig. Spitze v-förmig eingedellt,

kräftiger.

b) Tegumendach Die Anteile des 9. bzw. 10. Das Tegumendach bildet

Abdominalsegments sind eine Einheit. Die Grund-

noch zu keiner Einheit form ist weniger wuchtig.

—

Abb. 1-8. — Arctornis kohistana sp. n. und Arctornis I-nigrum MÜLLER. |

1. Arctornis kohistana sp. n., Holotypus d. Pakistan, SW-Himalaya, Indus-Kohistan, Kag-

han-Tal, Shinu, 1700-2200 m, 14.-23.6.1977, leg. DE FREINA (Gen. Prap. Museum Witt

2854).

2. Arctornis kohistana sp. n., Para (Allo)typus ©. (Gen. Prap. Museum Witt 2963). Wie

Abb. 1.

3. Arctornis kohistana sp. n., Paratypus 3. (Gen. Präp. Museum Witt 2855). Wie Abb. | und

4. Arctornis kohistana sp. n., Paratypus 3. W-Pakistan, Swat, Kalam, 2000 m, 9.7.1969, leg.

G. EBERT.

5. Arctornis I-nigrum (MULL.) 3. UdSSR, Nordkaukasus, Maikop, Dorf Nikel, 1.7.1978, leg.

A. N. POLTAWSKI.

6. Arctornis l-nigrum (MULL.) d. Jugoslawien, Mazedonien, Skopje, 250 m, 29.7.-2.8.1974,

leg. B. AUSSEM.

7. Arctornis l-nigrum (MULL.) d. Italia centr. mer., Le Mainarde-Gruppe, Mte. la Meta-

Gebiet, 700 m, 23.6.1958, leg. H. und L. WIEGEL.

8. Arctornis l-nigrum (MULL.) 3. Südbayern, Deining bei Wolfratshausen, A.7.1957, leg.

KOCH/PAVLAS.

(Alle Tiere in Museum Witt, München).

120

c) Valven

d) Penis

Weibchen :

a) Grundbauplan

b) Signum

verschmolzen, das äußere

Tegumenteil ist breit ausla-

dend und von rundlicher

Form.

Gleichmäßig, eher ellipsen-

förmig, Processus schlank.

Am Übergang zum Vincu-

lum schlank auslaufend,

beidseitig gefaltet. Die linke

Valve ist etwas schlanker

und spitzer. Der Clasper

erreicht annährend die

Länge der Valve.

Schlanker, an der Ober-

kante kräftig sklerotisiert.

Durch den bis zur Spitze

durchgezogenen Wulst zeigt

der Fortsatz löfffelartige

Form.

kohistana sp. n.

(Abb. 15)

Wie /-nigrum

Das Verhältnis Länge zu

Breite beträgt ca. 5 :1. Das

Signum ist also deutlich

kürzer als bei /-nigrum, da-

für ist es zu einem Ende hin

stark verbreitert bzw. abrupt

zu einer Spitze verjüngt.

Bedornung fein, alle Spit-

zen weisen ausschließlich in

eine Richtung.

Deutlich breiter, die rechte

Valve mit leichter Eindel-

lung, Spitze gerundeter. Am

Übergang zum Vinculum ist

sie kolbenartig verdickt, le-

diglich an der Außenseite

gefaltet. Clasper merklich

kürzer als die Valve.

Massiver, gedrungener ge-

baut, jedoch weit weniger

sklerotisiert. Fortsatz wegen

der nur kurzen Wulst nasen-

artig. Dieser Nasenfortsatz

ist deutlich länger und mas-

siver als bei kohistana sp. n.

I-nigrum

(Abb. 16)

Das Verhältnis Länge zu

Breite beträgt 8 :1, also bei

gleichbleibender Stärke

deutlich länger und schlan-

ker als bei kohistana sp. n.

Bedornung etwas gröber.

Auffallend ist die Stellung

der Dornen, die alle zur

Signum-Mitte zeigen, so

daß die Richtung der Be-

dornung einer Hälfte gegen

die der anderen Signum-

hälfte verläuft.

Zur genitalmorphologischen Untersuchung wurden folgende Exemplare

herangezogen :

Arctornis I-nigrum (MULL) :

| G Styria m., Sausal-Gebirge, Kitzeck, 300-500 m, E.VI.1959, leg. F.

DANIEL (Gen. Präp. 2852).

| 6 dito, jedoch 10.6.1958 (Gen. Präp. 2853).

122

Abb. 9-11. — Männliche Genitalien von A./-nigrum (MULL.) und A. kohistana Sp. n.,

ventrocaudale Ansicht bei seitlich ausgebreiteten Valven und entferntem Penis.

9. Arctornis l-nigrum (MU)LL.): Austria, Styria m., Sausal-Gebirge, Kitzeck (Gen. Präp.

Museum Witt 2852).

10. dito (Gen. Prap. Museum Witt 2853).

11. Arctornis kohistana sp. n., Holotypus (Gen. Präp. Museum Witt 2854).

imm

Abb. 12-14. — Penis von A./-nigrum (MULL.) und A. kohistana sp. n.

12. Arctornis I-nigrım (MULL.), wie Abb. 9.

13. Arctornis l-nigrum (MULL.), wie Abb. 10.

14. Arctornis kohistana sp. n., wie Abb. 11.

124

Abb. 15-16. — Signum des ©-Genitalapparates (Vergrößerung wie Abb. 12-14).

15. À./-nigrum (MULL.).

16. A. kohistana sp. n.

1 © Italien, Vinschgau, Naturns, 600 m, 20.7.-1.8.1970, leg. B. AUSSEM

(Gen. Präp. 2961).

1 © Trento, Loppio-See, 220 m, 16.-22.6.1961, leg. DANIEL (Gen. Präp.

2962).

Arctornis I-nigrum ussuricum BYTINSKI-SALZ, 1939 :

1 3 Japan, Shibecha, Kushiro, 10.VIII.1956, coll. K. Imma (Gen. Präp.

2856).

Arctornis kohistana sp. n. :

1 6 Pakistan, SW-Himalaja, Indus-Kohistan, Kaghan-Tal, Shinu,

1700-2200 m, 14.-23.6.1977, leg. DE FREINA (Holotypus) (Gen. Prap.

2854).

1 5 dito (Paratypus) (Gen. Präp. 2855).

1 2 dito (Allotypus) (Gen. Präp. 2963).

(Alle Tiere in Museum Witt, München).

Allgemein kann über die Genitalstruktur der zwei verglichenen Arten gesagt

werden, daß sich zumindest bei den dd beider Arten nach bisherigen

Untersuchungen keine Plastizität zeigt.

Alle untersuchten /-nigrum-Individuen der Westpalaearktis lassen keine

Variabilität erkennen. Lediglich das Präparat Nr. 2856 eines Tieres aus Japan

zeigt geringfügige Unterschiede zu den Präparaten europäischer Individuen,

[25

was auf die Berechtigung des Taxon im Unterart-Rang, ussuricum

BYTINSKI-SALZ, 1939, hinweist, unter dem die in Ostasien und Japan behei-

mateten /-nigrum-Populationen zusammengefaßt sind.

Die Genitalmorphologie bei kohistana sp. n. ist ebenso konstant, so daß

wegen der deutlichen Unterschiede zu /-nigrum kaum Zweifel am Artrecht

von kohistana sp. n. aufkommen können.

Die engere Heimat von A. kohistana sp. n. ist der tropisch immergrüne

Bergwald Kaschmirs. Ihr Lebensraum, den man klimatisch noch zum warm

gemäßigten Bereich der subtropischen Zone rechnen muß, ist geprägt von

feuchtwarmen, schwach monsunbeeinflußten Sommern und winterlich küh-

ler Trockenzeit bei selten auftretendem strengerem Frost. Der Baumbestand

dieser Region setzt sich in der Regel aus hochwüchsigem Mischwald mit

dichtem Buschwald als Unterwuchs zusammen. Arctornis kohistana sp. n.

scheint im Gegensatz zu den meisten Arten dieser Region kein tropisches

Faunenelement. Vielmehr dürfte es sich um eine himalajanisch-chinesisch

verbreitete Art handeln, deren Vorkommen auch in Ostafghanistan nicht

auszuschliessen ist.

Literatur

BRYK, F. 1934. Pars 62: Lymantriidae. In STRAND, E. (ed.), Lepidopterorum

Catalogus. — W. Junk, Berlin.

FREINA, J. J. DE & T. J. Witt. 1987. Die Bombyces und Sphinges der Westpa-

laearktis, Bd. 1. — Edition Forschung und Wissenschaft, München.

Hampson, G. F. 1892. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. —

Taylor and Francis, London.

INOUE, H., SUGI, S. et al. 1982. Moths of Japan, Vol. 1 und 2. — Kodansha Co. Ltd.,

Tokyo.

126

Nota lepid. 10 (2): 127-130 ; 30.VI.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

On the family-level systematics

of the Pterophoridae

Jozef RAZOWSKI

Institute of Systematic and Experimental Zoology,

Polish Academy of Sciences, Slawkowska 17, 31-016 Krakow, Poland

Pending the revision of the Pterophoridae for the “Monographs of the Polish

Fauna” series, | have drawn the following conclusions regarding the syste-

matics of the Pterophoridae at the family level based on the assessment of

certain morphological characters.

Past works encompassing the systematics of the Pterophoridae were accu-

rately summarized by YANO (1963), who began with the work of TUTT

(1907) and finished with the revised edition of BEIRNE (1954). YANO

proposed the subdivision of the Pterophoridae into 3 subfamilies, i.e.

Agdistinae, Platyptiliinae and Pterophorinae, thereby essentially following

SPULER (1910). In addition to the external characters of the adult utilised by

earlier authors, YANO took some larval and pupal features into account.

WASSERTHAL (1970) erected a fourth subfamily, the Ochyroticinae, and

proposed that the Agdistinae and Platyptiliinae constitute the sister group to

the Pterophorinae and Ochyroticinae (fig. 1). This was based mainly on the

OCHYROTICINAE PTEROPHORINAE PLATYPTILIINAE AGDISTINAE

Fig. 1. Dendrogram of the subfamily-level taxa of the Pterophoridae (WASSERTHAL, 1970).

127

fact that pore Db! in the first instar larva was absent in the former group. In

1974, WASSERTHAL presented data on the folding of the wings and the

venation which confirmed the close affinity between the subfamilies within

the two sister groups. In the Ochyroticinae and Pterophorinae, the hind edge

of the fold of the hindwing does not reach vein CuP, while in the Agdistinae

and Platyptiliinae it runs along that vein. HANNEMANN (1979) summarized

this data. Then KUZNETSOV and STEKOLNIKOV (1979) noticed that in the

Platyptiliinae the protractor of the aedeagus (m5) is attached to the tegumen,

while in the Pterophorinae it is attached to the vinculum. They interpreted

this difference as being due to a secondary change of the position caused by

a reduction of the vinculum as observed in all Pyraloidea, in which they

placed the Pterophoridae.

In addition to these facts, I realised that muscle m5 in the Agdistinae is

attached as in the Platyptiliinae and that some minor genital characters may

correspond with that arrangement. Unfortunately, I have had no chance to

examine any representative of the Ochyroticinae. So, basically, the arrange-

ment proposed by WASSERTHAL, i.e. the splitting of 4 subfamilies into 2 sister

groups, is accepted. However, due to a different assessment of the characters,

I propose a rearrangement of the subfamilies within the sister groups (fig. 2).

First, the reduction of pore Dbl is insufficient to support the main division

of the family as supposed originally. Its absence is treated (cf. also HANNE-

MANN, 1977) as an autapomorphy, despite HANNEMANN himself mentioning

that the character is common to all Ditrysia. As all reductions, it is of limited

value. A convergent specialisation of the wings appeared in the two sister

PTEROPHORINAE OCHYROTICINAE AGDISTINAE PLATYPTILIINAE

Fig. 2. Proposed new arrangement of the subfamilies of the Pterophoridae.

128

groups, from normally developed, to divided into “plumes”. However, the

method of folding the wings differed, which lead to a different venation. In

the Ochyroticinae + Pterophorinae, the hind margin of the fold of the

hindwing does not reach vein CuP which terminates at the tip of the third

plume. This character can be regarded either as a plesiomorphy or autapo-

morphy equivalent to the presence of a single vein (An) in the third plume

of the Agdistinae + Platyptiliinae. The attachment of the protractor of the

aedeagus on the vinculum is certainly of plesiomorphic importance. Further

plesiomorphies are a non-specialised structure of the male subgenital sternite,

the presence of the pore DbI and the occurrence of a setal pattern which

corresponds to that of the hypothetical Ditrysian type reconstructed by

HASENFUSS (1963). The latter character, as already realised by WASSERTHAL

(1970), directiy depends on the life history of the larva and is thus of little

importance.

The sister group Agdistinae + Platyptiliinae exhibits the following autapo-

morphies : the hind edge of the hindwing fold extends along vein Cup ; in

the third plume of the hindwing only vein An is preserved, while vein CuP

is strongly reduced, reaching the base of the cleft between the two posterior

plumes ; the specialised, long, apically concave subgenital sternite of the

male ; the attachment of the protractor of the aedeagus inside the tegumen.

In addition, and due to a process of reduction, pore Dbl is absent from the

prothorax of the larva.

In the first group, the more derived subfamily is the Pterophorinae, as the

wings are subdivided into plumes, with a simplified venation. Other charac-

ters are difficult to compare, as the Ochyroticinae are insufficiently known.

In the second group, the Agdistinae are more generalised than the Platyptilii-

nae, as they have non-divided wings and complete venation; the male

subgenital sternite is rather simple. The probable autapomorphies of the

Platyptiliinae are the structure of the uncus and its junction with the tegumen,

the presence of the outer sclerites at the base of the subgenital sternite in the

male and the occurrence of the club-shaped process at the base of the valva

dorsally. The Platyptiliinae developed plumate wings similar to the Pteropho-

rinae, but they have different venation and another mode of folding the wings.

The hindwing veins M,, Cu, and Cu, are stalked and M, reaches the tip of

the plume.

The probable autapomorphies of the Platyptiliinae, apart from the above-

mentioned plumate wings, are the presence of a single vein (An) in the

hindwing and the presence of a strong ventral process of the aedeagus that

functionally replaces the caulis. The strong development of the dorsal lobe

or a pair of lobes of the tegumen may also be of apomorphic importance.

129

References

BEIRNE, B. P., 1954. British Pyralid and Plume Moths. New colour plates edition,

London.

HANNEMANN, H. J., 1977. Kleinschmetterlinge oder Microlepidoptera Ill. Feder-

motten (Pterophoridae), Gespinstmotten (Yponomeutidae), Echte Motten

(Tineidae). Die Tierweit Deutschlands. 63. Teil, Jena.

HASENFUSS, I., 1963. Eine vergleichend-morphologische Analyse der regulären

Borstenmuster der Lepidopterenlarven. Z. Morph. Tiere 52 : 197-364.

Kuznetsov, V. I., STEKOLNIKOV, A. A., 1979. Funkcionalnaia morfologia genitalii

samcov ognievkoobraznykh tcheshuekrylikh (Lepidoptera, Pyraloidea) pa-

learktitcheskoi fauny. Trudy Zool. Inst. Leningr. 83 : 46-96.

SPULER, A., 1910. Die Schmetterlinge Europas. Stuttgart, Band 2.

Tutt, J. W., 1907. A natural history of the British Lepidoptera, a textbook for

students and collectors. London, Berlin, Vol. 5.

WASSERTHAL, L., 1970. Generalisierende und metrische Analyse des primaren

Borstenmusters der Pterophoriden-Raupen (Lepidoptera), Eilarven als Ob-

jekte systematischer Untersuchung. Z. Morph. Tiere 68 : 177-254.

WASSERTHAL, L., 1974. Funktion und Entwicklung der Flügel der Federmotten

(Lepidoptera, Pterophoridae). Z. Morph. Tiere 77 : 127-155.

YANO, K., 1963. Taxonomic and biological studies of Pterophoridae of Japan

(Lepidoptera). Pacif. Insects, Honolulu 5 (1) : 65-209.

130

Nota lepid. 10 (2): 131-132 ; 30.VI.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

A note on the haploid chromosome number

of Brenthis ino ROTTEMBURG, 1775 from Finland

(Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae)

Kazuo SAITOH

Department of Biology, Hirosaki University, Hirosaki, 036 Japan

Summary

The haploid chromosome number, 13, was ascertained in male Brenthis ino from

Porvoo, Finland, whereas in Japanese specimens an n, 14-karyotype was characteris-

tic.

The lesser marbled fritillary, Brenthis ino, has a wide area of distribution from

Europe to Japan. Previously, germ-line chromosomes of Finnish specimens

were examined by FEDERLEY (1938) and the haploid chromosome numbers

of 12 and 13 were recorded for their males and those of 13 and 14 for their

females. In contrast, males of both B. ino mashuensis and B. i. tigroides

occurring in Japan were uniform in having fourteen haploid chromosomes

(MAEKI 1961 ; SAITOH et al., unpublished). From a standpoint of cytotaxo-

nomy, necessity inevitably arises to determine the exact haploid number of

the Finnish specimens. Recently, through the courtesy of Prof. Esko SUOMA-

LAINEN of the Department of Genetics in the University of Helsinki, I have

had the opportunity to re-examine spermatocyte chromosomes of B. ino from

southern Finland and some findings obtained are outlined below.

Testes of five adults, caught at Porvoo in the summer of 1984, were fixed by Prof.

SUOMALAINEN with Allen’s P.F.A.-3 mixture and those of five other adults with

Carnoy (6: 3: 1), respectively. Testis-sections (8 um) were prepared by the ordi-

nary paraffin method. Slides of the P.F.A.-3-fixed testes were stained with Heiden-

hain’s iron-haematoxylin and those of the Carnoy-fixed ones by the Feulgen method.

Metaphase plates suitable for the determination of the haploid chromosome

number were found in two of the former testes, as well as in two of the latter

ones. Counts were made in a total of 64 metaphase spermatocytes from these

four : 44 (MI ; 36, MII; 8) from the former two and 20 (MI; 16, MII; 4)

from the latter two.

Thirteen chromosomes of the dot-shape in haploid conditions were consis-

tently observed in each of them (figs. 1 and 2). In view of these results, it was

concluded that the haploid chromosome number in the Porvoo males was

15:

131

e El

. ¢ eae.

8 # = a,»

= de.

1 ——

Figs. 1 and 2. Bivalent chromosomes (n, 13) of male Brenthis ino from Porvoo, Finland.

Haematoxylin-stained. Each metaphase is from different primary spermatocyte. Bottom bar

represents about 5 um.

On the contrary, as stated above, an n, 14-karyotype was characteristic of the

two subspecies of Japan. This difference in the haploid chromosome number

might be an indication of a complicated cytogenetic nature of this species.

Therefore, a further chromosomal inquiry is necessary of its various geogra-

phic populations.

In closing this short note, I must express my thanks to Professor Esko

SUOMALAINEN for his kind aid in securing the testis-materials of Finnish

specimens.

References

FEDERLEY, H. 1938. Chromosomenzahlen finnlandischer Lepidopteren. I. Rhopa-

locera. Hereditas, 24 : 397-464.

MAEKI, K. 1961. A study of chromosomes in thirty-five species of the Japanese

Nymphalidae (Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera). Jpn. J. Genet., 36: 137-146. (In

Japanese with English résumé).

132

Nota lepid. 10 (2) : 133-136 ; 30.V1.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses

CoLLins, N. M. & Morris, M. G. 1985. Threatened Swallowtail butterflies

of the World. The IUCN Red Data Book. — IUCN, Gland (Switzerland) and

Cambridge (U.K.). — (vil) + 401 pp., 8 col. plates. — ISBN 288032-603-6.

Papilioniden sind — wir wissen es alle — die unter Sammlern und Amateuren

beliebtesten, ja spektakularsten Tagfalter, deren “Marktpreise” hochstens noch von

einigen Morpho- und Agrias-Arten (bei allerdings kleinerem Interessenten-Kreis)

erreicht werden. Somit ist es hochste Zeit flir eine kritische Bestandesaufnahme der

Weltfauna der Papilioniden und eine Analyse des Gefahrdungsgrades der am meisten

bedrohten Arten. Diesem hohen Anspruch wird, das sei bereits zuvor gesagt, das

vorliegende Buch in besonderem Maße gerecht.

Der Text ist in sechs Kapitel gegliedert (1. Einführung in das Buch, 2. Einführung

in die Biologie der Papilioniden und mögliche Schutzmaßnahmen, 3. Nomenklatur,

Verbreitung und Schutzstatus der Papilioniden der Welt, 4. Analyse bedrohter

Faunen, 5. Handel, 6. Übersicht über die bedrohten Arten). Leider ist hier nicht

der Platz auf alle Daten ausführlich einzugehen ; einige wichtige Fakten seien jedoch

kurz hervorgehoben : Von 573 Papilioniden-Arten werden lediglich 4 als unmittel-

bar gefährdet angesehen : Ornithoptera alexandrae, Papilio homerus, Papilio hospiton

und Papilio chikae (hinzurechnen sind noch 3 gefährdete Subspecies sonst weiter

verbreiteter Arten). Weitere 57 Arten sind in der einen oder anderen Weise als

bedroht, von 14 zusätzlichen Arten ist dies zu vermuten, obwohl direkte Daten

bisher nicht vorliegen. 97 Arten bedürfen schließlich darüberhinaus der weiteren

Überwachung um nähere Aussagen über ihren Gefährdungsstatus zu machen.

Die einzelnen Gefährdungsursachen werden sorgfältig dargestellt und auch in ihrer

unterschiedlichen Bedeutung gegeneinander abgewogen (die verschiedenen Formen

der Biotopveränderung und -zerstörung, der Umweltbelastung, die Einführung

fremder Arten in einem gegebenen Lebensraum und schließlich — last but not least

— die kommerzielle Ausbeutung). Nahezu überall sind Umweltzerstörung und

-belastung als Hauptursache der Gefährdung einzelner Arten zu nennen. Kommer-

zielle Ausbeutung spielt vor allem in Ostasien, in Afrika und in Südamerika eine

besondere Rolle. Das jährliche Handelsvolumen wird allein für Taiwan auf ca. 20-30

Million US-$ geschätzt, wobei allerdings nicht klar erkennbar ist, in welchem

Ausmaß die etwa 10.000 auf der Insel tätigen Fänger einen langfristigen Effekt auf

die Entwicklung einzelner Populationen haben. Der allergrößte Teil der Tiere wird

für Dekorationszwecke und Souvenir-Artikel verarbeitet. In diesem Zusammenhang

ist natürlich auch eine Übersichtstabelle der in den Jahren 1980-1985 vom inter-

nationalen Insektenhandel verlangten Preise für einzelne in Sammlerkreisen beson-

ders begehrte Arten von Interesse.

Als besonders verdienstvoll und über die engere Bedeutung des Buches im Arten-

schutz hinausgehend, erscheint mir die detaillierte Darstellung und Zusammenfas-

133

sung unserer Kenntnisse der 78 bedrohten Papilioniden-Arten. Hier werden neben

einer Beschreibung der einzelnen Arten jeweils Verbreitung, Lebensraum und

Ökologie, die Ursachen der Bedrohung und empfohlene Schutzmaßnahmen behan-

delt. Zu jeder Art findet sich ein ausführliches Literaturverzeichnis, wie überhaupt

die einzelnen Kapitel sorgfällig dokumentiert sind und in vieler Hinsicht eine

interessante Quelle oft schwer zugänglicher Literatur darstellen.

Neben den Ornithopteren ist bisher nur noch Parnassius apollo weltweit durch

internationale Abkommen gegen illegalen Handel geschützt. Wie gerade diese im

Alpenraum und auch in Asien weit verbreitete und meist häufige Art zu dieser Ehre

kommt ist unverständlich, betrachtet man den sehr viel höheren Gefährdungsgrad

einzelner Feuchtbiotop-Arten unter den Tagfaltern Eurasiens oder einige stenöke

und sehr viel lokaler verbreitete Lycaeniden. Andere Parnassius-Arten Asiens wären

hier sicher sinnvoller genannt. Mit Recht führen COLLINS und Morris in diesem

Zusammenhang auch Parnassius autocrator (Afghanistan, Pamir) als eine durch

menschlichen Zugriff direkt gefährdete Art auf.

Dieses Buch gehört, auch wenn man in der speziellen Bewertung des Gefähr-

dungsgrades einzelner Arten gelegentlich unterschiedlicher Meinung sein mag, in

den entomologischen Bücherschrank jedes an Tagfaltern interessierten Entomologen

und Naturliebhabers. Es ist eine ausgezeichnete Informationsquelle und verdient

weiteste Verbreitung, schon deswegen, weil es nicht den verbreiteten Fehler der

Naturschutz-Lobby macht, die Schuld am Artenrückgang ohne nähere Wertung dem

sammelnden Entomologen anzulasten (auch wenn dessen Tätigkeit im Einzelfall bei

lokalen, durch andere Faktoren bereits geschwächten Populationen langfristig nicht

ohne Folgen bleiben wird).

C. M. Naumann

Hans-Josef WEIDEMANN : Tagfalter : Entwicklung — Lebensweise. Meisun-

gen. Neumann-Neudamm (JNN Naturführer) Band 1. 1986, 288 Seiten,

280 Farbfotos, 26 Abbildungen, 2 Tabellen. Gebunden, mit festem Um-

schlag, 11,5 x 18,5 cm, DM 38,- (ISBN 3-7888-0500-5).

„Schmetterlinge sind Leben, und Leben braucht Lebensraum, um leben — weiter-

leben — überleben zu können“ ! so umschreibt der Verfasser den Tenor seines

Naturführers „Tagfalter“.

Einführend (S. 10-33) werden unter den Stichworten „Lebenszyklus“, „Paarung“,

„Einzelgänger und gesellige Arten“, „Eiablage“ charakteristische Züge des Falterle-

bens umrissen.

Ein Abschnitt „Ökologie“ (S. 34-68) entfaltet an einzelnen Beispielen und unter-

stützt durch klare, ansprechende graphische Darstellungen die ganze Palette von

Ansprüchen, die Tagfalter an ihr Habitat stellen. Im anschließenden Kapitel „Tagfal-

ter und Vegetation“ (S. 70-106) bietet der Geobotaniker WEIDEMANN einen auf das

Leben der Tagfalter zugeschnittenen Abriß der Pflanzensoziologie, ergänzt durch je

eine Übersichtstabelle „Pflanzenfamilien und Tagfalter“ und „Lebensraumtypen der

Tagfalter (als Raupe)“.

134

Unter „Artenschutz der Schmetterlinge“ (S. 106-111) faßt der Verfasser die zahlrei-

chen im vorausgegangenen eingestreuten Hinweise in dem Satz zusammen ,Der

Schlüssel zu wirksamem Lepidopterenschutz liegt in der Kenntnis der Biologie und

Ökologie der Arten und Berücksichtigung dieser bei Schutzmaßnahmen“. WEIDE-

MANNS ,Tagfalter“ sind ein wesentlicher Beitrag zu dieser Kenntnis, insbesondere

durch die Hervorhebung des wichtigen Unterschiedes zwischen den vagabundieren-

den oder migrierenden flugstarken r-Strategen und den standortstreuen, wenig

mobilen K-Strategen unter den Tagfaltern. Zwei instruktive graphische Darstel-

lungen veranschaulichen die Folgen, die sich aus der Änderung jahrhundertelang

vollzogener Bewirtschaftungsweisen für das Weiterleben der Tagschmetterlinge

ergeben und fordern konsequente Maßnahmen der Behörden, die sich nicht in der

Aufstellung von Artenschutzlisten und Fangverboten erschöpfen, sondern in der

Erhaltung und differenzierten Pflege gefährdeter Lebensräume gipfeln.

Der folgende systematische Teil des I. Bandes beschreibt und illustriert die Tagfal-

terarten Mitteleuropas (ohne Alpen) der Familien Papilionidae, Pieridae und

Lycaenidae (ohne Theclinae). Einleitende Texte berichten über die Stellung der

jeweiligen Gruppe „in der Schmetterlingsfauna der ganzen Erde“ und erläutern „die

Gemeinsamkeiten und Besonderheiten dieser Gruppe”. Bei den Lycaenidae verläßt

WEIDEMANN das übliche systematische Schema und gliedert nach ökologischen

Gesichtspunkten (die gültige systematische Übersicht soll im 2. Bande folgen). Die

Artmonographien bringen trotz ihrer Kürze eine Fülle an Information zum Ver-

halten, Habitat, den Nahrungspflanzen, präimaginalen Stadien und artspezifischen

Anforderungen an den Lebensraum.

Ein allgemeines Register, ein Namenregister der Schmetterlinge sowie ein Register

der Raupenfraßpflanzen und Pflanzengesellschaften beschließt den 1. Band; das

Literaturverzeichnis ist für den 2. Band vorgesehen.

Der Text ist insgesamt leicht verständlich geschrieben, Fachausdrücke werden

erklärt.

Für den Rezensenten war es ein Genuß, die gestochen scharfen und ästhetisch

wirkungsvollen Farbfotos zu betrachten, die ausschließlich lebende Objekte — von

fast jeder Art Ei, Raupe, Puppe und Imago — sowie den ökologischen Teil, durch

ihre Auswahl hervorragend illustrierende Biotopaufnahme darstellen. Die Druckaus-

führung der farbigen Seiten erfüllt höchste Ansprüche und verdient uneingeschränk-

tes Lob ; sie macht das Buch zu einem bestens geeigneten Bestimmungshelfer.

Man kann nur wünschen, daß alle, die mit Fragen des Artenschutzes befaßt sind,

— die Politiker in den Ausschüssen, die Verantwortlichen in den Landschafts- und

Forstbehörden aller Ebenen, vom Bund bis zum Kreis, sowie auch in den Land-

wirtschaftskammern und Ämtern für Agrarordnung — sich mit diesem Buch ausein-

andersetzen, danach entscheiden und handeln. Auch der erfahrene Lepidopterologe

kann aus diesem Buch noch lernen und Anregung zur Erforschung der Ansprüche

der Arten an ihren Lebensraum gewinnen. Biologielehrer sollten dieses Buch nicht

unbeachtet lassen. Es bietet ihnen eine Fülle von Beispielen und Vorgaben —

besonders durch die graphischen Darstellungen — für einen lebendigen und sach-

gerechten Ökologieunterricht.

135

Autor und Verlag gebührt Dank für diesen gelungenen Naturführer und den

angemessenen Preis. P. S. Wagener

FRIEDRICH, E. : Breeding Butterflies and Moths. A practical Handbook for

British and European Species. Translated from German by Steven WHITE-

BREAD. English Edition with additional material edited by A. MAITLAND

EMMET. 176 pages. Harley Books. Great Horkesley, Colchester 1986.

Paperback £ 9.95, Hardback £ 20.00.

Well known and currently used by the German speaking lepidopterists in Europe,

Friedrich’s handbook, first published more than 10 years ago in Germany, is now

available in a revised and enlarged English edition. It will certainly be greeted and

appreciated by all the English speaking lepidopterists, and that for two reasons :

1. Because until now, no comprehensive work has been available in England giving

adequate information to raise successfully Lepidoptera, British as well as European,

from the egg to perfect imago through more than one generation. 2. Because, based

on the practical experience of many expert breeders, over many years, it should

permit a higher success-rate for all involved in lepidopterological husbandry :

professional scientists, keen amateurs, conservationists and biology students.

This English edition has been translated from the second, revised edition of the

original German work by Steven WHITEBREAD. The editor is the distinguished

microlepidopterist, Lt.-Col. A. MAITLAND EMMET, who has contributed an entirely

new chapter (21 pages) on his own speciality, the rearing of Microlepidoptera.

Other new material includes rearing description of a majority of the British

Geometrids by Jim REID, from his own considerable experience, and Brian O. C.

GARDINER has written a section on artificial or semi-synthetic diets specially for the

English user.

After an introduction “How to Use this Book”, the work is divided into two parts.

Part I (34 pages) contains a general introduction to the Fundamentals of breeding

Butterflies and Moths ; Equipment and techniques ; Oviposition ; Larval Rearing ;

Pupation ; and Emergence, followed by other short sections including Killing

Techniques for the collector, the Breeder’s Diary, Conservation and Botanical

Literature.

Part II, the major part (114 pages), gives rearing descriptions of butterflies and

moths covered by the work, representatives of nearly every family of Lepidoptera

(around 1000 species) including “Micros”. Most descriptions are divided into:

mating, pairing (M) ; oviposition (O) ; rearing of larvae (L) ; overwintering (W) ;

and foodplants (F). The book concludes with a comprehensive list of references to

literature cited through the text ; a select bibliography of standard and popular works

on British and European Lepidoptera ; a compilation of useful information and a

complete index to both insects and plants.

As a real handbook, this work is really practical as mentioned in its title, and should

be, when not in the hand, at least on the shelf of everyone with an interest in moths

and butterflies as well as of those actively rearing lepidoptera.

E. de Bros

136

L SOCIETAS EUROPAEA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA e.V.

ent : Emilio Balletto Vice-President : Barry Goater

al Secretary : Hansjürg Geiger Treasurer : Sigbert Wagener

ership Secretary : Willy De Prins Editor : Emmanuel de Bros

ary Council Members : Claude Dufay, Niels P. Kristensen, Kauri Mikkola,

COMMITTEES:

jitat and Species Protection : Michael G. Morris

Ÿ: ita

| MEMBERSHIP:

Societas Europaea HER een

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf.)

inary members DM 50.-

Corporate members : DM 55,-

Beeson fee DM 5,-

PY oO verseas air mail charges DM 15,-

BACK VOLUMES OF NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA :

vol. 2-5, each members DM 24,-

Be non-members DM 48.-

vol. 6-9, each members DM 32,-

Be, non-members DM 64,-

members DM 40,-

non-members DM 80,- =

| payments should be addressed to :

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf.)

Postal Giro Office Cologne — Postgiroamt Köln — C.C.P. Cologne

Nr. 1956 50-597

“Mandat de Dr international”.

ossible to quote the subscription rate in this currency. Members should pay the

rt sterling equivalent. Cheques and bankers orders should be made payable to

s ‘Europaea Lepidopterologica U.K. A/c” and sent to John Heath, 104

qu He St. Ives, Éd Cambs. PE17 4JY.

cd SEL Office, General Secretary Dr. Hansjürg Geiger

0.0 Zoologisches Institut Universität Bern

ha i. ; en 3, CH-3012 Bern, a ans

Handelsgesellschaft

Le) i OO " m Schweiger & Meiser GmbH & Co. KG

Bittlmairstrasse 4

8070 INGOLSTADT/DO

Telefon (0841) 75583

IHR SPEZIALIST FUR ENTOMOLOGIEBEDARF!

Wir liefern seit vielen Jahren zu günstigen Preisen eine große Auswahl von

Utensilien für den Fach- und Hobbyentomologen.

Für die Zucht:

Zuchtkästen, Puppenkästen, Infrarotstrahler, Zuchtbehälter etc.

Für den Tag- und Nachtfang:

Netze, Gläser, Stromaggregate, Transportkästen, Lampen und Leucht-

rohren etc

Für das Präparieren:

Insektennadeln, Spannbretter, Präparierbesteck, Kopflupen, Chemika-

lien etc.

Für die Sammlung:

Insektenkästen in allen Größen mit der bewährten Moll- oder Schaum-

stoffeinlage, Insektenschränke aller Art

Ein umfangreiches Angebot an neuer und antiquarischer Literatur ist vorhanden.

Schreiben Sie uns oder rufen Sie uns an, wir beraten Sie gern. Unser Katalog steht

Ihnen kostenlos zur Verfügung. Als SEL-Mitglied erhalten Sie bei uns auf sämtliche

Artikel (außer Bücher) 5% Rabatt.

ich —

pieferm

pute 0 go ant he

Ail manuscripts should be typed with Fe spacing A tn

us together with at least one copy. All! pages should be num

Legends for figures and sites should be en ona separate He an

the list of references. Line a Sms be about twice their an

than 100 words. It is strongly recommended to add a translation of |

at least one of the other RE ee

Additional copies may be ordered at extra cost.

Copies de ces instructions en francais sont de auprès ae

All rights Be No part ofthis Journal may be ee. or en ! fo

electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or any other information

system, without permission in writing from the Publisher. Authors are I fo

articles. er

Nota lepidopterologica

Vol. 10 No. 3 Basel, 31.X.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Editor : Emmanuel Bros de Puechredon, alias de Bros, lic. iur., Rebgasse 28,

CH-4102 Binningen BL, Schweiz.

Assistant Editors : Dr. Hansjurg Geiger (Bern), Steven Whitebread (Magden).

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

E. M. LAASONEN : Obituary Jorma Kyrki (1950-1986) ................

K. MIKKOLA, J. D. LAFONTAINE & P. GROTENFELT : A revision of the holarctic

Chersotis andereggii complex (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae) .............

R. GAEDIKE : Beitrag zur Kenntnis der paläarktischen Douglasiidae (Lepidop-

tera) : Tinagma klimeschi sp. n., aus Rhodos .....................

M. LÔDL : Noctua warrensis Sp. n., a new sibling species of Noctua comes

HUBNER, 1813 from Cyprus (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) .............

K. V. N. Mags : Revisionary notes on the genus Achyra GUENEE with a new

synonym and the description of Achyra takowensis sp. n. (Lepidoptera :

Pyralidae, Pyraustinae) (Studies on Pyralidae I) ...................

U. RAMMERT : The defensive biology of the larvae of Amata (= Syntomis)

phegea L. and Amata (= Syntomis) kuhlweinii LEF. (Lepidoptera, Ctenu-

SEGA) ete dd a elite ts nw ane ee Sa

140

183

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses ............ 193, 194

John Heath (1922-1987)

It is with deep regret that we have to report the death of John

Heath on Sth July 1987. John Heath was Vice-President of the

SEL from its foundation in 1976 until 1986. He will be sadly

missed. A full obituary will appear in the next issue of NOTA.

195

137

Nota lepid. 10 (3): 138-139 ; 31.X.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Obituary

Jorma Kyrki (1950-1986) (*)

Erkki M. LAASONEN

Jorma Henrik Kyrkı, PhL, Vice President of the Finnish Lepidopterological

Society and a member of the SEL since 1980, died suddenly on 9 November

1986 at his home in Rovaniemi, at the age of 35. The news of his untimely

death was received with great sadness by us, Jorma’s friends.

Jorma Kyrki was born in Turku on 2 December 1950. There he spent his

childhood and schooldays. He obtained the degree of Master of Philoso-

phical Sciences from the University of Turku. Jorma’s career continued at

(*) Reprinted, with slight changes, from Notulae Entomologicae 67 (1): 1-2, 1987.

138

Oulu University, from which he had already a Licentiate of Philosophy. He

was putting the last touches to his thesis. All of Jorma’s places of employ-

ment were connected with museums and entomology : the Natural History

Collections of Tampere Museum, the Zoological Institute of Oulu University

and finally the Department of Natural History, Provincial Museum of

Lapland, where he held the position of department Assistant-in-Chief.

Jorma Kyrki’s lepidopterological career had just begun. His main interest was

the systematics of the superfamily Yponomeutoidea, with a worldwide

perspective. His critical publication “The Yponomeutoidea : a reassessment

of the superfamily and its suprageneric groups (Lepidoptera)” was published

in Entomologica Scandinavica 15: 71-84, 1984. This was supported by

numerous additional observations and represented the basis of a thesis. Only

the persistent difficulty of obtaining type material from remote countries and

museums delayed the thesis. Another publication which reflects the tho-

roughness of Jorma’s work was his “Distribution of the microlepidoptera in

Finland. Fauna of the biogeographical provinces I.” in Notulae Entomologi-

cae 58 : 37-67, 1978. The first paper of this kind ever to be published in

Finland, it was warmly received and resulted in a series of complementary

publications concerning new finds. Jorma Kyrki and his co-workers publi-

shed details of two lepidoptera new to science: Elachista eskoi KYRKI &

KARVONEN (Ent. Scand. 15 : 521-525, 1985) and Eudonia aequalis SVENS-

SON & KyrkI (to be published in Entomologica Scandinavica). Jorma was

co-author to at least fourteen papers reporting new lepidopteran species from

Finland and he recently contributed to many others. Most of his papers

contained unique, or at least very valuable, information on the biology of

Finnish microlepidoptera. The Finnish Lepidopterological Society, espe-

cially, has suffered a severe loss : Jorma had just begun as its vice president,

bringing fresh ideas for the development and enrichment of that Society.

Jorma also regularly attended the SEL Congresses and he will be sadly

missed by all the many friends he made at these.

In addition to all this, Jorma Kyrki was surprisingly a great music enthusiast.

He played the cello and was recently heard regretting that he so seldom

managed to pick up his instrument. Jorma was also an active member of the

choir “Seitakuoro” in Rovaniemi.

Jorma Kyrki was known by all as a positive, industrious friend and colleague.

Our feelings of loss can be voiced in this modest and inadequate manner, but

none of us can fill the gap left by this eminent scientist and objective leader

of the Finnish lepidopterological circle.

139

Nota lepid. 10 (3): 140-157 ; 31.X.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

A revision of the holarctic

Chersotis andereggii complex

(Lepidoptera, Noctuidae)

Kauri MIKKOLA, J. D. LAFONTAINE & Paul GROTENFELT

K. Mikkola, Department of Zoology, University of Helsinki, P. Rautatiekatu 13, SF-00100

Helsinki, Finland

J. D. Lafontaine, Biosystematics Research Center, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C6, Canada

P. Grotenfelt, Rantamajantie 8, SF-02700 Kauniainen, Finland

Summary

In the Palaearctic region, Chersotis andereggii auct. has been found to include three

species differing from each other mainly in male genital structures and in geographi-

cal range. C. andereggii (BOISDUVAL, 1834) occurs from Europe eastward to the

Central Asiatic and Siberian mountains ; the isolated Baltic population differs in

appearance from that of the Alps and is described as a new subspecies. C. acutangula

(STAUDINGER, 1892) stat. n. occurs in the Central Asiatic mountains. C. juncta

(GROTE, 1878) is widely distributed in North America (the only Nearctic Chersotis ),

and is now reported from the eastern Palaearctic, having earlier been misidentified

as C. andereggii. Aduits and male genital structures of all three species, as well as

the male genitalia of C. rectangula (DENIS & SCHIFFERMULLER, 1775), are described

and illustrated, and the phylogeny of the group is discussed. Lectotypes are

designated for C. andereggii, C. acutangula and C. exclamans (EVERSMANN, 1841),

a junior synonym of C. andereggii. C. sjuntensis KUZNETZOV, 1958 is possibly a

distinct species near C. rectangula, and C. hampsoni (A. BANG-HAAS, 1910) comb.

n. is transferred to the genus Chersotis.

1. Introduction

BoIsDUVAL (1834) first illustrated Agrotis andereggii, but six years later he

(1840) called it Chersotis rectangula var. andereggii. In the latter publication

he also mentioned localities and gave a description : Helvetia (Switzerland)

and Diniae (Digne, France), minor, obscurior. For more than 100 years the

taxon remained as a variety of C. rectangula (DENIS & SCHIFFERMULLER,

1775) (e.g. STAUDINGER & REBEL 1901). BoursIN (1952, 1954) showed that

andereggii is a distinct species that can readily be distinguished from C.

rectangula by the form of the male juxta, which is shield-shaped and flat in

C. andereggii, but diamond-shaped with a central bulge in C. rectangula

(fig. 2). Boursin (1957) noted that acutangula STAUDINGER, 1892 is a

subspecies of C. andereggii and not of C. rectangula.

140

l 2 3 4

Fig. |. From left to right : 1. Chersotis rectangula (D. & S.) Hungary, Josfafo 10.-15.9.1983

Z. Varga leg. ; 2. C. andereggii (Boisp.) U.S.S.R., SW Altai, Katanda 1200 m 26.-27.7.1983

Exp. MIKKOLA, HippA & JALAVA leg. ; 3. C. juncta (GROTE) U.S.A., Oregon, Morrow Co.

1100.m 9.8.1976 T. McCabe leg. ; 4. C. acutangula (STGR.) U.S.R.R., Uzbekistan, Samar-

kand 30.7.1892 O. Herz leg. All specimens from the Zoological Museum, University of

Helsinki.

Chersotis andereggii was reported as new to the Baltic area by PETERSEN

(1924) on the basis of one moth from the northern coast of Estonia, but at

least two specimens were caught as early as at the end of the 19th century

in Estonia (PETERSEN 1924, SuLcs & VIIDALEPP 1969). It was not until the

1980's that several more specimens were found in Estonia (VIIDALEPP oral

comm.). The first record from Finland comes from the year 1960 (LIN-

GONBLAD 1960). Later, five moths were taken on the southern coast of

Finland (fig. 4). Thus, until the 1980's, of the isolated northern population

of C. andereggii only a dozen specimens were known.

In the course of our ongoing studies of Holarctic Noctuidae, it became

apparent that C. andereggii auct. in the Palaearctic region includes three

sibling species. One of these, C. juncta (GROTE, 1878), was previously

thought to be restricted to the Nearctic. The third species, C. acutangula

(STAUDINGER, 1892) has until now been considered as a Central Asiatic

subspecies of C. rectangula and more recently of C. andereggii, though some

confusion regarding its geographic distribution occurs in the literature (cf.

BOURSIN 1948, Kovacs & VARGA 1973). The northern population of C.

andereggii has an enigmatic distribution, since it is not easily understood why

a high alpine species lives in the coastal areas of the Gulf of Finland (cf.

PELLMYR & MIKKOLA 1985).

In the present paper we redescribe all these taxa, describe the new subspecies

from the Baltic area and discuss the phylogeny and zoogeography of these

taxa.

2. General description of the Chersotis andereggii complex

Appearance. Relatively small noctuids with uniformly dark greyish brown

( C.andereggii and juncta) or grey-brown (C. acutangula) forewing. Reni-

141

form, orbicular and claviform spots large, outlined by a contrasting creamy

white line. Lower portions of reniform and orbicular fused together ; upper

portions of these spots usually separated by a black bar. Antemedian line with

black wedge at base of claviform spot ; antemedian and postmedian lines with

black spots at costa. Hindwing brown-grey, darker towards outer margin.

Prothoracic collar black. Antenna filiform in both sexes.

Male genitalia (fig. 2). Valva broad basally, tapering apically, weakly scleroti-

zed except sacculus. Harpe long extending well beyond costal margin of

Fig. 2. Male genitalia of a. Chersotis rectangula Austria, Wien Prep. PG 318/1 (Mus. Paris) ;

b. C. andereggii ssp. arcana ssp. n. Finland, Helsinki 18.-22.7.1968 Prep. PG 317/3 Paratype

(Coll. JALAS) ; c. C. juncta U.S.S.R., Kamtshatka Prep. PG 317a/1 (Riksmuseet, Stockholm) ;

d. C. acutangula U.S.S.R., Alai Prep. PG 317/c/1 Lectotype (Coll. Staudinger, Mus. Berlin).

For C. andereggii complex (figs. 2b, c & d) : to the left opened valvae and aedeagus, and to

the right harpe with double magnification shown from two directions and the everted vesica.

143

valva, strongly sclerotized and more or less spoon-like apically. Processus

inferior (sensu BoursIN 1954 : 254) strongly sclerotized, bent at an angle of

nearly 90°, with apical and posterior portions covered with spines. Juxta

shield-like, broadly V-shaped. Saccus strap-like, well sclerotized. Aedeagus

with large and strongly sclerotized apical spine, slightly asymmetrical on

right side. Everted vesica angled first ventrally posterior to apex of aedeagus,

then coiled on the right through a total of 360° to project posteriorly. A

sclerotized conical diverticulum near base of vesica pointing anteriorly. A

large pouch at basal angle of vesica in one species and a slight extension only

in others.

Female genitalia (fig. 3). Papillae anales with long setae laterally. Ostium

bursae with large triangular plate, slightly asymmetrical to left (corresponding

to spined tip of aedeagus). Ductus bursae with unsclerotized, folded pouch

dorsally (corresponding to basal angle or pouch of vesica). A second pouch

of ductus is sclerotized (corresponding to conical sclerotization of vesica).

Appendix bursae coiled (corresponding to coil of vesica), with ductus

seminalis at apex. Corpus bursae long and sac-like.

3. Key to male genitalia

—

. Juxta diamond-shaped with distinct central bulge ; apex of harpe thin

(DB, 28) rar C. rectangula (DENIS & SCHIFFERMÜLLER, 1775)

- Juxta flat, broadly V-shaped, shield-like ; harpe apically flattened and more

or less spoon-like ........................................ 2

. Everted male vesica with dorsal diverticulum at base ; harpe long, pro-

jecting dorsally beyond valve for about one half of its length (fig. 2d)

MEERE NEUERE EEE Bae C. acutangula (STAUDINGER, 1892) stat. n.

- Vesica without dorsal diverticulum ; harpe shorter, only apical third

extending beyond costal margin of valva ......................

. Apical half of harpe tapering towards tip ; processus inferior apically

broadly rounded, spines at the tip project at nearly right angle to axis of

extension (fig. 2b) ............... C. andereggii (BOISDUVAL, 1834)

- Apical part of harpe broad, spoon-like, asymmetric ; processus inferior

tapering towards tip, spines at tip project nearly in the same direction as

extension (fig. 2c) ..................... C. juncta (GROTE, 1878)

4. Species of the C. andereggii complex

Chersotis andereggii (BOISDUVAL)

Figs. 1, 2, 3 and 5

Agrotis andereggi BOISDUVAL, 1834 : plate 76, fig. 6. Type locality : Valais,

Switzerland.

144

NAN N

loyer

Fig. 3. Female genitalia of a. Chersotis andereggii ssp. arcana ssp. n. Finland, Helsinki

29.7.1963 Prep. PG 317/1 Paratype (Coll. MIKKOLA) ; b. C. juncta U.S.S.R., Kamchatka

Prep. PG 317a/2 (Riksmuseet, Stockholm) ; c. C. acutangula U.S.S.R., Alai Prep. PG 317c/3

Paralectotype (Coll. STAUDINGER, Mus. Berlin).

145

Agrotis rectangula Var. anderreggii (sic) ; BoIsDUVAL 1840 : 103, no. 765.

Agrotis anderreggii (sic) ; GUENEE 1852: no. 519.

Rhyacia rectangula Var. andereggii; STAUDINGER & REBEL 1901: 142,

no. 1229 a.

Agrotis rectangula var. andereggii ; Cortı 1929 : 1.

Chersotis andereggii ; BOURSIN 1948 : 131.

Agrotis exclamans EVERSMANN, 1841: 27, Figs. 5 and 6. Type locality :

South-western Ural mountains. Synonymized by GUENEE 1852.

Description. Forewing particularly unicolorous, dark greyish brown. Trans-

verse lines inconspicuous, except black patch on antemedian line near base

of claviform spot. Creamy lining of maculation thin and relatively inconspi-

cuous.

Male genitalia. Shape of male valva quite variable but relatively long and

tapered in most specimens. Harpe not especially broad at apex, apical half

slightly tapered, processus inferior apically broadly rounded, covered by

spines, most of them pointing in direction of extension, but larger apical ones

bent at nearly right angle to point medially. Juxta relatively long (“high” in

a slide), about as long as wide.

Female genitalia. As described for species complex.

Type material. In the Corn collection of Naturhistorisches Museum Basel,

a male syntype with the following labels was found : “e coll. GUENEE”, “Ex

Musaeo Ach. GUENEE” and a big folded label, evidently written by GUENEE,

beginning : “Anderreggii (sic) Bd. Bdv. ic. pl. 76 — Gn. Spec. 619. 1-2.

Valais (ANDEREGG.) — 3-4. Basses alpes ? (M. DoNZEL). Malgr’ ...” (see

below). This male is here designated as LECTOTYPE.

The type material of A. exclamans was studied in ZIN, Leningrad, and the

male labelled “Coll. EVERSMANN/SpPASK/Prep. PG 317” is here designated as

LECTOTYPE.

Distribution (fig. 4). Occurs in several disjunct areas, at least in Europe with

boreo-alpine distribution. It is known from the Pyrenees through the Alps to

Austria and Italy, mainly at elevations of 1500 to 2500 m, and from the

Baltic area (see below). To the east it occurs from the southern Ural

mountains and Turkey eastward to Transcaucasia, Turkestan (up to 4500 m)

and Central Asia (Kaputdzuh in Azerbaidzan ; Issykkul ; Tianschan ; Pon-

tus), southern Siberian mountains, mainly at elevations of 500 to 1500 m

(Altai ; Sayan ; the Baikal area) and several localities in Mongolia where it

was found at elevations of 1150 to 1650 m (STAUDINGER 1892, Kovacs &

VARGA 1973, see below under C. acutangula, FORSTER & WOHLFAHRT 1971,

CALLE 1982).

146

Fig. 4. Schematized distribution map of the species of the Chersotis andereggii complex.

Black, no. | to 1 = populations of C. andereggii, 2 = C. a. andereggii, 3 = C. andereggii arcana

ssp. n. and 4 to 4= C. juncta; striped = C. acutangula.

Habitat. In most part of its range the species occurs on alpine meadows and

steppe slopes ; in the Baltic area it seems to fly on relatively open and dry

habitats of coastal areas, possibly also in open sunny pine forests.

Remarks. In the folded label of the lectotype (see above), the writer discusses

the systematic position of “anderreggii” as follows (translated from French

by E. DE Bros) : “In spite of the opinion of most modern authors I persist

not only to believe it as distinct from rectangula but even to consider it as

not belonging to the same group. It is somehow a neighbour of recussa and

the author (i.e. BOISDUVAL) makes a transition to polygona, however the last

point must be discussed. But I cannot change my opinion about the validity

of the species”. The label must have been written by GUENEE, because the

147

contents, the handwriting and the taxonomic opinion do not fit BOISDUVAL.

The same hand is visible in the labels of the type of Noctua chardinyi

(BoıspuvAL). Both specimens probably changed hands from BoIsDUVAL to

GUENEE, from him to OBERTHUR and finally to Corri.

The label reveals that ANDEREGG collected the species in Valais. At the time

of writing of the label, four specimens existed, but it is possible that at the

time of description of the species, BoISDUVAL only had those from Valais. As

GUENEE adds a question mark after Basses Alpes (Digne sec. BOISDUVAL

1840), we believe that the present specimen is from Valais.

Chersotis juncta (GROTE)

Figs. 1, 2 and 3

Agrotis juncta GROTE, 1878 : 170. Type locality : Nova Scotia.

Agrotis patefacta SMITH, 1895 : 333. Type locality : Calgary, Alberta. Syno-

nymized by SMITH, 1907 : 147.

Chersotis rectangula ssp. andereggii; Corti, 1929 nec BoIsDUVAL, 1834

(Kamchatka).

Chersotis rectangula ssp. acutangula ; BOURSIN, 1948 nec STAUDINGER, 1892

(Kamchatka).

Chersotis andereggii ; SEDYKH, 1979 nec BoIsDUVAL, 1834 (Kamchatka).

Description. Forewing ground-color darker and still more unicolorous than

in C. andereggii, blackish brown ; creamy lining of maculation usually more

conspicuous, especially that of larger claviform spot.

Male genitalia. Valva apically shorter and more roundish than in other

species of complex. Apical third of processus inferior tapering towards apex,

spines at tip of it project nearly along axis of process. Harpe short as in C.

andereggii, but apically broad and with obliquely cut tip. Juxta shallower than

in preceding species, belt-like, saccus also shallower, strap-like.

Female genitalia. As in C. andereggii, but with fewer setae on papillae anales.

Type material. The holotype in British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London, was

studied by SMITH, 1907, and he synonymized his own Agrotis patefacta with

A. juncta. Topotypical specimens are present in the Canadian National

Collection, Ottawa. Lectotype of A. patefacta in USNM, Washington,

designated by Topp 1982, was studied by JDL and KM.

Distribution (fig. 4). Occurs across Canada from Newfoundland and Nova

Scotia westward to the Yukon and Alaska, and southward in the east to

southern Quebec and northern Michigan and in the western mountains to

northeastern Arizona and south-central California (Forbes 1954, Rock-

BURNE & LAFONTAINE 1976). In the Palaearctic region it occurs at least in

148

Kamchatka and in Magadanskaya oblast’ (Cortı 1929, SEDYKH 1979,

KONONENKO oral comm.).

Habitat. Dry open conifer forests, in the south also alpine meadows.

Remarks. The species is now reported for the first time from the Palaearctic.

Corti (1929) identified specimens from Kamchatka (in Naturhistoriska

Riksmuseet, Stockholm), as Agrotis rectangula var. andereggii, but BOURSIN

(1948) “corrected” this as ssp. acutangula. This is surprising since acutan-

gula is the most variegated taxon of the complex while C. juncta is the most

unicoloured. Identification of specimens from Mongolia as C. andereggii

acutangula by Kovacs & VARGA (1973) is also based on BOURSINS view,

since he had seen the material in an early phase of the work (VARGA, oral

comm.). They represent C. andereggii sensu stricto, however (VARGA in litt.).

We fully agree with SMITH (1907) on the synonymization of his Agrotis

patefacta With GROTE’S A. juncta, even if the former was represented as a

subspecies of the latter by FRANCLEMONT & Topp (1983). Though some

eastern specimens are darker than most western ones, the variation is widely

overlappirig and corresponds in general to the more mesic collecting locali-

ties in the east.

Chersotis acutangula (STAUDINGER, 1892) stat. n.

Figs. 1, 2 and 3.

Agrotis rectangula Var. acutangula STAUDINGER, 1892 : 355.

Chersotis andereggii ssp. acutangula ; BOURSIN, 1948 : 131.

Description. Largest, palest and most contrastingly marked taxon of com-

plex, forewing grey-brown with well-defined black transverse lines.

Male genitalia. Valva prominently tapering apically as in C. andereggii but

distal part longer and narrower. Harpe longer than that of other species in

complex, apically spoon-like, processus inferior apically slightly tapering, its

apical spines project mediodorsally being intermediate between the other two

taxa. Juxta broad and shallow as in C. juncta, but its posterior margin is

arch-like and posterior tips are sharper and more strongly sclerotized.

Everted vesica dorsally with a prominent basal dorso-posterior diverticulum

which is absent in other taxa (fig. 2d).

Female genitalia. As described for complex ; however, slides were not

available for detailed study of ductus bursae (expected to show deeper

posterior pouch than in other species).

Type material. The STAUDINGER collection (in Naturkundemuseum Berlin)

contains the following syntypes : Alai 1 G 1 ©, Margelan 2 dd (probably

mountains 30 km S of village), Samarkand 1 & and Usgent | d. The male

149

‘SOAR | SUIEAIN : JEU QUO Pur SAJELA} ¢ Ut) pur ‘sadjy sesseg ‘SIELIIO)

: SOJeUI p IYSLI 0 Yo] WOY Isıy ‘(SU SNA) Sd oy) woy 1188219PUD ‘D “D : SMOI JOMOT OMI,

pue (odAojoy) 0961 SIH ‘LL6I “AI 8810 ‘8961 PIUISPH : JUSU 0} yay Woy "U ‘dss puvoip 1185219p

‘soods 7 sdjy Jouluued ‘Neulie7Z ‘ uapunqnelyH

‘ sadyy Same ‘29559 PT

: [OIA], ‘ sadjv sasseg ‘oyose’y

‘(uoreu dA] J\deyD 39) €961 PIUISPH

uD s1os4ay) : MOI dOL ‘6 “BL

150

from Alai, Fig. 2d (¢ genitalia) in this article and PI. 6: Fig. 21 in O.

BANG-Haas (1922), is hereby designated as LECTOTYPE.

Disribution (fig. 4). Central Asia : Tianschan, Alai, Transalai, Kungei-Ala-

tau, Gissarskiy range, Peter I range, Tarbagatai, Pamir (Samarkand, Fergana,

Usgent, Margelan, Sarawschan). Elevations of 2000-3000 m.

Habitat. Dry, steppe-like mountain slopes sparsely covered with Juniperus

trees (VARGA in litt.).

5. Subspecies of C. andereggii

Chersotis andereggii ssp. arcana MIKKOLA ssp. n.

Fig. 2, 3 and 5.

Description. Wingspan (measuring accuracy 0.5 mm): Males, mean =

31.75 mm (n= 2, range 31.5-32.0); females, mean = 30.7 mm (n=5,

S.D. = 0.86, range = 29.5-31.5). Smaller (but see below) and darker than C.

andereggii ssp. andereggii (BOISDUVAL), and with more unicolorous forewing

(fig. 5). Forewing groundcolour dark greyish brown ; maculation and lines

correspond to those of C. a. andereggii, but are weaker : e.g. hind part of

antemedian line usually just darker hint (black in C. a. andereggii), post-

median line hardly ever filled with light colour and creamy line around

maculation in most cases quite inconspicuous. Hindwing characteristic :

outer third, or more, suffused with colour nearly as dark as forewing (in C.

a. andereggii hindwing is whitish with slightly darker colour near margin and

particularly at veins).

Male genitalia (fig. 2b). Identical with specimens from the Alps.

Female genitalia (fig. 3a). Identical with specimens from the Alps.

Type material. Holotype © : “Fennia, Ab : Hitis 25.7.1960 LINGONBLAD leg.”

(Mus. Zool. Helsinki). Paratypes : Finland : 1 d “Fennia, Helsinki, Vallisaari

18.-22.7.1968 Ilkka JALAS leg. ; prep. ¢ 317/3 P. Grotenfelt” (Coll. JALAS) ;

1 2 “Suomi, N Helsinki, Merikatu 29.7.1963 H. MIKKOLA leg. ; prep. ?

317/4 P. GROTENFELT” (Coll. MIKKOLA) ; 1 © “Fennia, N : Borga Ik., Illby

6706 : 432 3.-9.8.1977 M. LANDTMAN leg.” (Coll. LANDTMAN); 1 6 U:

Helsinki, Isosaari 666 : 39 16.-28.7.1982 E. & L. LAASONEN leg. (Coll.

LAASONEN) ; 1 6 U: Vantaa 668 : 39 14.-20.7.1983, J. WETTENHOVI & P.

KOSKINEN leg. Estonia: 1 2 “Narva 82 Merekvel, Coll. FILIPIEV” (ZIN,

Leningrad) ; 1 & “Coll. Fitiprev” (ZIN, Leningrad ; from outer appearance

of the moth and from collecting areas of FILIPIEV this was interpreted to be

the second specimen mentioned by PETERSEN 1924) ; 1 © Tiitsoo 30.7.1905

E (sic) PETERSEN leg., studied from the good photograph presented by SULCS

151

& VupaLrEpp (1969). All the Finnish moths have been collected at light, but

that from Tiitsoo, Estonia, with baits.

Etymology. Lat. fem. arcana = secret, mysterious ; from the puzzling rarity

and locality of the taxon.

Remarks: An analysis of the diagnostic characters. 2 dd, 5 ©9 from the

Baltic area were compared with 11 dd, 3 2 from the Alps. Characters

expected to be typical of the Baltic moths were taken as minus : 1. Wing span

at most 32.0 mm, 2. darkness of forewing grade 4 (scale : 1 = light brown,

2 = light medium brown, 3 = dark medium brown, 4 = dark brown), 3. orbi-

cular spot without sharp border line, maculation of same colour with wing

(not distinctly greyish), 4. postmedian line not sharply defined or filled with

light colour, 5. hind part of antemedian line not visible or just faint stripe,

6. subterminal line obscure or mere borderline between darker and lighter

colour and 7. outer part of hindwing distinctly dark, also between the veins

(alternative : dark only near margin, veins darker than groundcolour).

The wing span did not differ in males from the Baltic area (mean = 31.75

(31.5 + 32.0) and from the Alps (31.7 + 1.52, n= 11). However, there was

a significant difference in the females : 30.7 + 0.86, n=5 and 34.0 + 1.00,

n = 3, respectively (t = 5.03, df= 6, p< 0.005). Darkness of hindwing was

the most distinctive single character in both sexes: the hindwings of the

lightest moth from the Baltic area (from Tiitsoo) were similar to the darkest

from the Alps (fig. 5, bottom row, second from right). The mean value of

the Baltic moths was - 4.00 + 1.82, but that of the moths from the Alps

+ 4.42 + 1.60. When all the characters are taken into account, not a single

specimen can be mistaken to originate in a wrong area : the minimum value

for the Baltic area was - 2.00 (2 moths) but + 2.00 (3 moths) for the Alps.

The six moths available from the southern Ural mountains had similar

hindwing to that in the Alps, but the forewing was more unicolorous, yet

more variegated than in the Baltic area. This appearance may be common for

the whole of Siberia and would warrant, when more material is available,

description of an additional subspecies.

Discussion

Phylogenetic relationships of taxa. Our reconstructed phylogeny of the

species in the C. andereggii complex is shown in fig. 6. Two other closely

related complexes are included for out-group comparison : the C. rectangula

(DENIS & SCHIFFERMULLER, 1775) complex (also including C. sjuntensis

KUZNETZOV, 1958) and the C. ocellina (DENIS & SCHIFFERMULLER, 1775)

complex (also including C. transiens (STAUDINGER, 1896) and C. alpestris

152

(BoISDUVAL, 1832); C. oreina DUFAY, 1984, bona species, not available).

Other species studied were Chersotis hampsoni (A. BANG-Haas, 1910 : 34)

n. comb., C. cuprea (Denis & Schiffermüller, 1775) and C. multangula

(HÜBNER, 1803).

C. sjuntensis was described on the basis of one female from Turkmenistan,

Sjunt. We are afraid that KUZNETZOV (1958) compared these genitalia to

those of C. andereggii and not to those of C. rectangula, because both were

called “rectangula” by KOZHANCHIKOV (1937). In the type series of C.

acutangula (Naturkundemuseum Berlin) there is an unknown Chersotis male

from Zeitun, Central Asia, which is close to C. rectangula, but seems to differ

from this in the coiling of vesica. We assume that this is the undescribed male

of C. sjuntensis, but we refrain from describing it because of lack of exact

knowledge about the association of the male with the described female.

The C. rectangula and C. andereggii complexes are linked together by three

synapomorphies. 1. The pyramid-like right-hand basal sclerotization of

vesica seems to be a synapomorphy unique to these complexes. 2. All species

C, OCELLINA C, RECTANGULA

COMPLEX COMPLEX _ C, ACUTANGLLA C, JUNCTA

OUTER PART OF HARPE SHORT BUT WIDE,

ASYMMETRIC C, ANDEREGGII

PROCESSUS INFERIOR

APICALLY ROUND

OUTER PART OF HARPE

ELONGATED

DORSAL DIVERTICULUM AT

BASE OF VESICA

JUXTA NARROW, DI AMOND-

SHAPED WITH BULGE

PROCESS OF COSTA

SPINE-LIKE

FOREWING UNICOLOROUSLY DARK

WITH OBSCURE MARKINGS

PROCESSUS INFERIOR THICK, BARREL-LIKE, APICALLY TAPERING

LEFT-HAND CORNUTUS AT OUTER PART OF HARPE FLAT, SPOON-LIKE

BASE OF VESICA

UNCUS LONG

STRONGLY SPINED PROCESSUS INFERIOR

PYRAMID-LIKE RIGHT-HAND DIVERTICULUM ON VESICA

COSTA OF VALVA EXPANDED DORSALLY

UNCUS SHORT

JUXTA FLAT

TWO DORSALLY DIRECTED SCLEROTIZEN APPENDAGES ON INNER SIDE OF VALVA

SCLEROTIZED SPIKE VENTRALLY OR LATERALLY ON APEX OF AEDEAGUS

Fig. 6. A provisional cladogram for the C. andereggii complex and two closely related

groups. The open sympols denote some generic characters of Chersotis, the filled ones are

apomorphies of the present complexes.

153

have a broad, unsclerotized costal lobe in the dorsal margin of valva. In the

same position, the species of the C. ocellina complex have a quite different

sharp and sclerotized costal process. 3. The strong spiny armour of processus

inferior is typical of these species. Of other species sudied, only C. hampsoni

has spines on the processus, but they are weak.

The structure of the juxta and processus inferior as well as the coiling of the

vesica link the species of the C. andereggii complex together. The rela-

tionship of these species to each other is not easily understood, the solution

being mainly dependent on the interpretation of the polarity of the character

states of basal diverticulum of vesica (present/absent). The basal diverticulum

is present, though not in exactly similar form, in the C. rectangula complex

and in C. multangula, but as it is absent in most species, it must be an

apomorphic condition. The diverticulum of C. acutangula would then be an

autapomorphy without significance in the cladistic analysis. The polarity of

the character states of the processus inferior and harpe can hardly be

determined. We therefore tentatively group C. andereggii and C. juncta on

the basis on their similar general appearance. They would be sister species

and east/west counterparts. This similarity is contrasted by the larger size,

and paler colour and better defined maculation of the forewing in C.

acutangula. The harpe with the distal part clearly longer than the basal part

is probably also an autapomorphy of this species (about 2/3 of the basal part

in the two other species).

The C. andereggii complex might have originated in the Central Asian

mountains where C. acutangula now lives. The recent C. andereggii may have

spread only secondarily in that area. As C. juncta is the only Chersotis species

in North America and as it does not show any subspecific variation, we

suggest that it has a Beringian origin and has only relatively recently acquired

its wide distribution in North America.

Zoogeography of C. angereggii arcana. 7000-8000 years ago a dry climate

favourable for C. anderggii prevailed in Europe (see WARNECKE 1953,

HoLDHAUS 1954). Later the forests again spread over vast areas and the area

of distribution of the species was split into parts. The case of C. andereggii

arcana shows us that a period of about 7000 years and equally many

generations have been enough for a change of appearance but not enough for

a change in the genitalia. The relative difference in the size of females points

towards a considerable ecological specialization during this time span.

Alternatively, the isolation is older: C. a. andereggii would have overwinte-

red the Ice Ages in the southern Central European mountains and C.

andereggii arcana would have spread to the Baltic area from the east. Then

C. andereggii arcana would be more closely related to the populations of the

southern Ural mountains than to those of the Alps. The uniform forewing

154

colouration speaks for this ; size measurements of females relative to males

could give an answer to this.

To the east and south-east the nearest record is about 2000 km away

(Orenburg). The species certainly does not live in the areas between, because

it has not been mentioned in the respective faunas (Leningrad area :

DERZHAVETZ et al. 1986 ; Pskov region: POSPELOV er al, 1979 ; White-

Russia : MERZEYEVSKAYA 1971; Moscow-Kaluga area: SIROTIN unpubl. ;

Kirov : CHERNIN 1974 ; Komi: SEDYKH unpubl.). To the south the closest

occurrences of the species are about 1600 km away.

A few other xerophilic/montane lepidopterans have more or less isolated

occurrences along the coasts of the Baltic Sea (see NORDSTROM et al., 1969) :

e.g. Athetis lepigone (MOSCHL.), Rhyacia grisescens (FABR.), Standfussiana

lucernea (L.) and Eupithecia pernotata (GUENEE). The general distribution

of the last mentioned species is particularly similar to that of C. andereggii

with an isolated occurrence around the Gulf of Finland (E. pernotata ssp.

enictata PELLMYR & MIKKOLA, 1985). All these species might have reached

the Baltic area in the same dry postglacial period. The dry and sunny summer

of the archipelagoes and coastal areas of the Gulf of Finland seems to be the

key factor of their northern distribution.

Acknowledgements

The following persons placed specimens at our disposal : Dr. M. BRANCUCCI and

Mr. E. DE Bros (Naturhistorisches Museum Basel), Mr. G. EBERT and Mr. H.

FALKNER (Landessammlungen fur Naturkunde Karlsruhe), Mr. Bert GUSTAFSSON

(Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm), Prof. H.-J. HANNEMANN (Naturkunde-

museum Berlin), Mr. M. Honey (British Museum, Natural History, London), Mr.

I. JALAS (Helsinki), Mr. J. JALAVA (Zoological Museum, Helsinki), Dr. E. LAAso-

NEN (Helsinki), Dr. M. LANDTMAN (Helsinki), Dr. R. POOLE (USNM, Washington),

Mrs. I. L. SUKHAREVA (Zoological institute, Leningrad), Prof. Z. VARGA (Kossuth

Lajos University, Debrecen) and Dr. P. VIETTE (Museum National d'Histoire

Naturelle, Paris). Mr. Arne MOBERG (Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm)

provided important literature and Mr. J. VIIDALEPP (Institute of Zoology and

Botany, Academy of Sciences, Tartu) recent data from Estonia. Prof. VARGA made

valuable comments on the manuscript. We are grateful to all these persons.

References

BANG-HAAS, A., 1910. — Neue oder wenig bekannte palaearctische Macrolepidopte-

ren. Dt ent. Z. Iris, 24: 27-51.

BANG-Haas, O., 1922. — Die Typen der Gattung Agrotis der Collection STAUDINGER

und Collection BANG-HAAS in Dresden-Blasewitz. Dr. ent. Z. Iris, 36 : 31-39.

BoIsDUVAL, J. A., 1834. — Icones historiques des Lepidopteres nouveaux ou peu

connus. Paris, 192 pp.

135

—._ 1840. — Genera et index methodicus europaeorum lepidopterorum. Parisiis,

238 pp.

BoursIN, Ch., 1948. — Neue palearktische Agrotis-Arten aus dem Naturhistorischen

Museum in Wien nebst Synonymie-Notizen. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der “Agro-

tidae-Trifinae” XLIV. Z. wien. ent. Ges., 33 : 97-136.

—., 1952. — Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Agrotinae-Trifinae. XLIX. Synonymie-

Notizen nebst verschiedenen Bemerkungen. Ill. Z. Lepid., 2 : 49-68.

——, 1954. — Die “Agrotis”-Arten aus Dr. h. c. H. HONE’s China-Ausbeuten. I. Die

Gattung Diarsia Hb. (= Oxira Wlk.). Bonner Zool. Beitr., 5 : 213-309.

——, 1957. — Notes diverses, synonymiques et critiques. VI (Lep. Phal.). Bull.

Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 26 : 208-213.

CALLE, J. A., 1982. — Noctuidos espanoles. Minist. Agric., Pesca y Aliment., Fuera

de Serie no. 1. 430 pp.

CHERNIN, A., 1974. — Zivotnyi mir Kirowskoi oblasti. Kirow.

Corti, A., 1929. — Entomologische Ergebnisse der schwedischen Kamtschatka-

Expedition 1920-22. 25. Lepidoptera IV. Ophalaenae : 3. Notodontidae und

Noctuidae (exp. p.). Arkiv för Zool. 21B. No 1: 1-4.

DERZHAVETS, Yu., IVANOV, A. I., MIRONOV, V. G., MISHCHENKO, D. A., PRASOLOV,

V. N. & SINEV, C. Yu., 1986. — Spisok cheshuekrylykh (Macrolepidoptera)

Leningradskoy oblasty. Trudy vses. ent. Obshch., 67 : 186-270.

DJAKONOV, A. M., 1968. —Cheshuekrylye (Macrolepidoptera) Leningradskoy

oblasty. Trudi Leningradskogo obshestva estestvoispitateley, 74 : 1-114.

EVERSMANN, E., 1841. — Nachricht über einige noch unbeschriebene Schmetterlinge

des östlichen Russlands. Bull. obsh. ispytat. prir., otdel. biol. (Mosc.), 14:

18-33.

FORBES, W. T. M., 1954. — Lepidoptera of New York and neighbouring states.

Memoir 329, 433 pp. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Station.

FORSTER, W. & WOHLFAHRT, T. A., 1971. — Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas.

Band IV. Euien. Franck’sche Verlagshandlung. Stuttgart, 329 pp.

FRANCLEMONT, J. G. & Topp, E. L., 1983. — Noctuidae, pp. 120-159. In : HODGES,

R. W. et al. The moths of America north of Mexico. E. W. Classey Limited

and The Wedge Ent. Res. Found.

Grote, A. R., 1878. — Descriptions of Noctuidae, chiefly from California. Bull. U.

S. Geol. Surv., 4: 169-187.

HOLDHAUS, K., 1954. — Die Spuren der Eiszeit in der Tierwelt Europas. Abh.

Zooi.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 18 : 1-493.

KOZHANCHIKOV, I. V., 1937. — Sovki (podsem. Agrotinae). Fauna S.S.S.R.

Nasekomye cheshuekrylye. XIII, 3. Nov. ser. 15. Izd. AN SSSR, 674 pp.

Kovacs, L. & VARGA, Z., 1973. — Ergebnisse der zoologischen Forschungen von

Dr. Z. KASZAB in der Mongoiei. 316. Noctuidae : Noctuinae (Lepidoptera).

Folia Ent. Hung., 26 : 287-343.

KUZNETZOV, V. I, 1958. — (Neue und wenig bekannte Noctuiden-Arten (Lepi-

doptera, Noctuidae) aus westlichen Kopet-Dagh, Turkmenien). Ent Obozr.,

37 : 183-195.

LINGONBLAD, B., 1960. — Rhyacia rectangula F. f. andereggi, maalle uusi yökkönen.

Circular Finnish Lep. Soc. 8/1960.

156

MERSHEYEVSKAYA, O. I., 1971. — Sovki (Noctuidae) Belorussii. Minsk, 448 pp.

NORDSTROM, F., KAABER, S., OPHEIM, M. & SOTAVALTA, O., 1969. — De fennoskan-

diska och danska nattflynas utbredning. GWK Gleerup, Lund, 152 pp. +

403 maps.

PELLMYR, O. & MIKKOLA, K., 1985. — Eupithecia pernotata enictata ssp. n. from

southern Finland (Lepidoptera, Geometridae : Larentiinae). Notul. ent., 64 :

54-56.

PETERSEN, W., 1924. — Lepidopteren-Fauna von Estland (Eesti). Tallinn-Reval,

316 pp.

POSPELOV, S. M., SKVORTSOV, V. S. & KRAINOV, Yu. P., 1979. — Vidovoy sostav

sovok (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae) Pskovskoy oblasti soobshcheniye |-e : pod-

semeistva Noctuinae i Hadeninae. Zashchita resteniv ot vrediteley i boleznev,

Tom. 374: 36-40.

ROCKBURNE, E. W. & LAFONTAINE, J. D., 1976. — The cutworm moths of Ontario

and Quebec. Res. Branch, Canada Dept. of Agric., publ. no. 1593, 164 pp.

SEDYKH, K. F., 1979. — (Macrolepidoptera of Kamchatka and neighbouring

regions). Ent. Obozr., 58 : 288-296.

SMITH, J. B., 1895. — Descriptions of new species of Noctuidae. Ent. News, 6 :

442-340.

SMITH, J. B., 1907. — Notes on some American noctuids in the British Museum. J.

N. Y. Ent. Soc. 15 : 141-162.

SULCS, A. & VIIDALEPP, J., 1969. — Verbreitung der Grossschmetterlinge (Macro-

lepidoptera) im Baltikum. Dt Ent. Z., N. F. 16: 217-272.

STAUDINGER, O., 1892. — Lepidopteren des Kentei-Gebirges. Dr. ent. Z. Iris, 5:

300-394.

STAUDINGER, O. & REBEL, H., 1901. — Catalog der Lepidopteren des palaearcti-

schen Faunengebietes. I. Theil : Famil. Papilionidae-Hepialidae. R. Friedlan-

der & Sohn. Berlin. 411 pp.

Topp, E. L., 1982. — The noctuid type material of John B. Smith. Tech. Bull. U.

S. Dept. Agric. 1645. 228 pp.

WARNECKE, G., 1953. — Uber postglaziale Arealdisjunktionen europäischer Macro-

lepidopteren. Dtsch. Emtomologentag (Hamburg) 1953, 33-47.

157

Nota lepid. 10 (3): 158-162 ; 31.X.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Beitrag zur Kenntnis

der paläarktischen Douglasiidae (Lepidoptera) :

Tinagma klimeschi sp. n., aus Rhodos

Reinhard GAEDIKE

Institut für Pflanzenschutzforschung Kleinmachnow der Akademie der Landwirtschafts-

wissenschaften der DDR zu Berlin, Bereich Eberswalde, Abteilung Taxonomie der Insekten,

Schicklerstrasse 5, DDR-1300 Eberswalde-Finow

Zusammenfassung

Tinagma klimeschi wird als neue Art von der Insel Rhodos beschrieben. Durch

Untersuchung des Holotypus von Tinagma grisescens STAINTON, 1867 wurde

festgestellt, daß 7. tabghana AMSEL, 1935 ein Synonym zu dieser Art ist.

Summary

Tinagma klimeschi is described as a new species from Rhodos. The examination of

the holotype of Tinagma grisescens STAINTON, 1867 has shown that 7. tabghana

AMSEL, 1935 is a synonym of this species.

Durch die Freundlichkeit von Dr. J. KLIMESCH/Linz erhielt ich eine größere

Falterserie von der Insel Rhodos zur Determination zugeschickt. Die Falter

wurden an Echium diffusum gefangen. Die Untersuchung ergab, daß es sich

hierbei um eine neue Art aus der Gattung Tinagma handelt, die nachfolgend

beschrieben wird.

Tinagma klimeschi sp. n.

Holotypus Ö, Insel Rhodos, Faliraki, 14.1V.1986, an Echium diffusum, leg.

Dr. J. KLIMESCH, Gen. Präp. R. GAEDIKE Nr. 3119 : Paratypen vom gleichen

Fundort: 1 4, 2 2 gleiches Datum; 1 6, 4 2 15.IV.1986 ; 1 d, 3 2

13.1V.1986 ; 1 2 16.1V.1986 ; 1 2 19.1V.1986 ; 1 2 24.IV.1985 ; 1 3

14.1V.1983. Der Holotypus und Paratypen in der Sammlung Dr. J. Kuı-

MESCH/Linz, weitere Paratypen in der Sammlung der Abt. Taxonomie der

Insekten des Institutes fiir Pflanzenschutzforschung Kleinmachnow, Bereich

Eberswalde.

Falter (Fig. 1-2) : Spannweite 7-9 mm ; Kopf, Thorax und Antennen grau,

silbern glänzend, Palpen auf der Oberseite fast weiß. Beim d Vorderflügel

ebenfalls grau beschuppt, stark glänzend. In der Mitte eine weiße Querbinde,

158

Fig. 1-4. Tinagma klimeschi : 1. 3; 2. ©. T. balteolellum : 3. 3; 4. ©.

die fast vertikal auf dem Hinterrand steht, zur Flügelbasis scharf abgesetzt,

zur Flügelspitze mit verwischter Grenze, unterhalb des Vorderrandes breiter.

Apikale Fligelhalfte mit helleren Schuppen durchsetzt, vor allen Dingen um

die Spitze herum auf den Fransen.

Die © mit dunkler graugefärbtem Vorderflügel, die weiße Querbinde steht

schrag auf dem Hinterrand, in der gesamten Ausdehnung gleichbreit, auch

zum Apex scharf abgesetzt. Auf den Fransen um die Flügelspitze mit

zahlreichen zweifarbigen Schuppen (Basis und Spitze dunkelgrau, getrennt

durch einen fast weißen Streifen).

d Genital (Fig. 5-8) : Im Bau des Kopulationsapparates nicht deutlich von

T. balteolellum (FISCHER VON ROESLERSTAMM, 1841) zu unterscheiden. Der

Aedoeagus ist kräftiger gebaut, der Valvenanhang deutlich zwiebelförmig,

nicht so gleichmäßig schmaler werdend.

? Genital (Fig. 9-13) : Letztes Abdominalsternit mit einer deutlich abgesetz-

ten stark sklerotisierten Kante. Die Sklerotisierung um das Ostium herum mit

einer ringförmigen Basis und zwei in eine oder mehrere Spitzen ausgezoge-

nen Zipfeln, der Gesamtumriß etwas birnenförmig, die größte Breite vor der

Mitte, dahinter sich stärker verengend. Signum besteht aus 20-30 langen

Dornen. Die bedornte Sklerotisierung zwischen den Apophysen ist relativ

breit und parallelseitig.

159

Fig. 5-8. Tinagma klimeschi, 3 Genital. 5. Tegumen-Vinculum ; 6. Anellus, rechte Valve ;

7. Aedoeagus ; 8. Valve, präparationsbedingte andere Form.

Biologie : Die Falter wurden an Echium diffusum gefangen.

Untersuchtes Material: 5 6, 12 2.

Die neue Art steht 7. balteolellum am nächsten. Sie unterscheidet sich aber

von dieser durch das Vorhandensein der weißen Querbinde in beiden

Geschlechtern (bei balteolellum besitzen die Männchen nur einen weißen

Hinterrandfleck, Fig. 3-4). Die Gesamtfärbung der Flügel ist bei balteolellum,

im Gegensatz zu klimeschi, mehr braungrau. Im Bau des Genitalapparates

bestehen nur bei den Weibchen deutliche Unterschiede : bei balteolellum

(Fig. 14-16) fehlt die Sklerotisierung des Hinterrandes des letzten Sternits

und die Ostiumsklerotisierung ist in der Grundform mehr oval, die größe

Breite liegt in der Mitte. Die bedornte Sklerotisierung zwischen den Apophy-

sen ist schmaler und kleiner.

Ich widme diese neue Art ihrem Entdecker, Herrn Dr. J. KLIMESCH.

Bei der Revision der paläarktischen Douglasiidae wurde die von STAINTON

1867 als Tinagma grisescens beschriebene Art nicht mit in Betracht gezogen,

weil sie von STAUDINGER & REBEL (1901) als Vertreter der Heliozelinae

aufgefaßt wurde. Herr J. Kyrkı (+), Rovaniemi, machte mich freundlicher-

weise darauf aufmerksam, daß es sich bei dieser Zuordnung um einen Fehler

handelt. Die Untersuchung des d Holotypus, für dessen Ausleihe ich Herrn

160

Fig. 9-13. Tinagma klimeschi, ? Genital. 9. Ostiumkomplex und letztes Sternet; 10,

11. Signum mit verschiedener Dornenzahl ; 12, 13. Variabilität der Ostiumbildung.

Fig. 14-16. T. balteolellum, © Genital. 14. Ostiumkomplex und letztes Sternit ; 15, 16. Varia-

bilitat der Ostiumbildung.

161

Dr. SATILER/London herzlich danken mochte, ergab, daf} grisescens von

STAINTON zu Recht in der Gattung Tinagma beschrieben wurde. Gleichzeitig

stellte sich heraus, daß es sich hierbei um die gleiche Art handelt, die AMSEL

1935 als Tinagma tabghana beschrieben hat. Diese wird hiermit als Syno-

nym eingezogen :

Tinagma grisescens STAINTON, 1867

(The Tineina of Syria and Asia minor, London, J. van Voorst, p. 51)

Typus : British Museum (N.H.) London

Terra typica : “Palästina”, ¢ Holotypus, Gen. Präp. K. SATTLER Nr. 23732.

Synonyin :

Tinagma tabghana AMSEL, Mitt. zool. Mus. Berlin 20, p. 293, Taf. 12,

Fig. 134; 1935, Syn. nov.

GAEDIKE, 1974, p. 88-89, Fig. 16-18 (SG Genit., als tabghanum).

Die Art wurde bisher nur von den typischen Fundorten bekannt.

Literatur

GAEDIKE, R., 1974. Revision der paläarktischen Douglasiidae (Lepidoptera). Acta

faun. ent. Mus. Nat. Pragae, 15, Nr. 176, 79-102, 69 Fig.

STAUDINGER, O. & REBEL, H., 1901. — Catalog der Lepidopteren des

palaarktischen Faunengebietes. Berlin, 2, XXX und 779 S.

162

Nota lepid. 10 (3): 163-174 ; 31.X.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Noctua warreni sp. n.,

a new sibling species

of Noctua comes HUBNER, 1813 from Cyprus

(Lepidoptera : Noctuidae)

M. LöpDL

Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, 2. Zoologische Abteilung, Burgring 7, A-1014 Wien,

Austria

Summary

Noctua warreni sp. n., a sibling species of Noctua comes HUBNER, 1813 is described

from Cyprus. All specimens from adjoining areas (mainland Greece, Asia minor and

Syria) have so far proved to be N. comes. Externally, the new species cannot be

distinguished from N. comes. The genitalia exhibit considerable differences, as is

usual for the genus Noctua LINNAEUS, 1758. The name fumida WARREN, 1909 in

SEITZ (1909-1914), used to describe a form of N. comes from Cyprus is considered

to be infrasubspecific.

Zusammenfassung

Noctua warreni sp. n., eine Zwillingsart zu Noctua comes HUBNER, 1813, wird

beschrieben. Die habituell von N. comes nicht zu unterscheidende Art stammt aus

Cypern. Aus angrenzenden Gebieten (griechisches Festland, Kleinasien und Syrien)

konnte bis jetzt nur N. comes nachgewiesen werden. Die Genitalarmaturen zeigen,

wie in der Gattung Noctua LINNAEUS, 1758 üblich, erhebliche Unterschiede. Der

von W. WARREN in SEITZ (1909-1914) für aberrative, cypriotische Stücke von N.

comes vergebene Name “ab. fumida” ist infrasubspezifisch und war daher nicht zu

berücksichtigen.

Introduction

Faunistic studies induced the author to examine some Cypriotic specimens

from the series of Noctua comes HUBNER, 1813 in the collection of the

Museum of Natural History in Vienna. The noctuids were found to belong

to a new species, despite being externally very similar to the well known and

common N. comes. The two taxa are markedly different in genital-morpho-

logy. It can be considered as a typical sibling-species of N. comes. In 1909

W. WARREN, in SEITZ (1909-1914), described a new aberration : “ Rhyacia

orbona HUEN. (= comes HBN.) ab. fumida nov.”. The first opinion of the

author was, to preserve the name given by WARREN and revise its status.

163

However, according to Article 45 (f) and the glossary of the “International

Code of Zoological Nomenclature, ed. 3, 1985”, a name described as an

aberration is unequivocally of infrasubspecific rank if used to denote a

number of individuals within a species. Furthermore, as WARREN described

other taxa in the same work as sp. nov., ssp. nov., form nov. and ab. nov.,

he clearly considered his ab. nov. as infrasubspecific. The name does not

seem to have been given specific or subspecific rank prior to 1985. The

original description reads as follows :

“... lastly, a very distinct ab. fumida nov. from Cyprus has a dark fuscous

forewing tinged with grey ; the lines and edges of stigmata grey ; the fringe

wholly fuscous ; hindwing wholly smoky orange ; Underside with no red

tinge; the forewing dull yellow-grey, the hindwing greyish yellow...”.

WARREN in SEITZ, vol. 3 (1909-1914), p. 42 (engl. ed. issued 24.8.1909).

It is interesting to note that in the german edition issued 14.9.1909, this

taxon is described as “eine sehr abweichende Form ab. fumida form. nov.”.

It is clear that WARREN did not appreciate the real taxonomic status of the

Cypriotic populations. To assume the old name “fumida” for the new species

could cause much confusion in the future. It was therefore decided to give

the taxon a new name.

Noctua warreni sp. n. (figs. 1-2)

Holotype : Male : “Cypern, Platraes, Werner, 31.V.35”, “GU-Lôdi-No. 102

(23.2.1987)” = Mus. Vind. gen. slide No. 13.857. In coll. Naturhistorisches

Museum Wien.

Paratypes : 13 paratypes in coll. Naturhistorisches Museum Wien :

Zypern, Troodos Geb., ndl. Troodos, 1500 m, M.u. E. Arenberger (2 |

19.-28.7.81 ; 1 3, 1 2 20.7.-1.8.81).

Zypern, Salzsee westl. Larnaca, M.u. E. Arenberger (1 © 15.8.83, Mus.

Vind. gen. slide No. 13.859).

Zypern, Troodos Geb., ndl. Ayii Vavatsinias, Kionia, 1400 m, Mu. E.

Arenberger (1 2 7.8.83, Mus. Vind. gen. slide No. 13.860).

Cypern, Platraes, Werner (1 6, 2 @ 28.5.35, Mus. Vind. gen. slides

No. 13.854, 13.856, 13.858 ; 1 2 30.5.35 ; 1 d, 1 2 31.5.35, Mus. Vind.

gen. slide No. 13.853).

Cypern, Nicosia, B. Haas (1 2 5.-6.13, Mus. Vind. gen. slide No. 13.855).

22 paratypes in coll. British Museum (Natural History), London :

Cyprus, Nicosia, J. A. Bucknill (10.6.09).

Cyprus, Nieosia, G. A. Mavromoustakis (3 specimens June 1921 ; Nieosia

probably should read “Nicosia” ).

164

Fig. 1. Noctua warreni sp. n., 6 Holotype (Cyprus, Platraes) Wingspan 40 mm.

Fig. 2. Noctua warreni sp. n., 2 Paratype (Cyprus, Troodos Mts.) Wingspan 42 mm.

165

Mts. of Cyprus, D. M. A. Bate (1903).

Cyprus, Stourovoum Mts., G. A. Mavromoustakis (5.22).

Cyprus, Troodos, most specimens coll. G. F. Wilson (16.6.16, 21.6.16, 2

specimens 25.6.16, 26.6.16, 3.7.16, 8.7.16, 25.6.18, 7.7.18, 18.7.18).

Cyprus, Limassol, G. A. Mavromoustakis (10.21, 11.21).

Cyprus, Platres, Hayward (6.21, 2 specimens 30.7.21).

Cyprus, Agric. Res. Inst., W. R. Ingram, m.v. trap (21.5.1971).

1 paratype in coll. E. ARENBERGER (Wien) :

Zypern, Troodos Geb., ndl. Troodos, 1500m, M.u. E. Arenberger

(19.-28.7.81).

1 paratype in coll. LöpL (Langenzersdorf) :

Zypern, Troodos Geb., ndl. Troodos, 1500m, M.u. E. Arenberger

(19.-28.7.81).

Dedication : The new species is dedicated to the famous British lepidopterist,

the late W. WARREN.

Description : Wingspan 36-45 mm. Antenna shortly ciliate. The forewing

varies from pale greyish brown to pale red brown, and from dark grey to

mottled clay. The reniform and orbicular stigmata vary from being concolo-

rous with the ground colour to nearly black. One female specimen has nearly

black stigmata on pale clay-coloured wings (fig. 2, S-paratype). In dark

specimens the terminal and post-median fascia is of lighter, pale grey tone.

Especially in pale specimens the post-median lines are represented by a series

of blackish dots. The hindwing-upperside is orange yellow with an irregular

dark brown subterminal band and a dark distal spot. The costal and sub-

terminal regions of the forewing underside and the costel margin of the

hindwing underside are tinged reddish brown.

Male genitalia: (figs. 3, 5, 7, 9): Proximal part of valva broad, elbowed

along the dorsal margin. Distal end slightly curved and tapered. Ampulla

distal to elbow, slim and curved, not club-shaped. Aedeagus short, coecal

part cluttered with short scobiform patches. Medial part of aedeagus very

finely granulated. Cornutus sclerotized, big and cone-shaped. No area of

small sclerotized spines near cornutus.

Female genitalia (figs. 11-12): Caudal part of ductus bursae long and

sclerotized, membranous part short. Proximal end of ductus bursae not

enlarged. Corpus bursae well separated from cervix, no definite signum

recognizable. Angle between corpus and cervix more than 90°. Ductus

bursae 1,9 times as long as cervix. Cervix with patterns of sclerotized

wrinkles.

166

Fig. 3. Noctua warreni sp. n., & Paratype (Cyprus, Platraes) ; Valva, Mus. Vind. gen. slide

No. 13.853.

Fig. 4. Noctua comes HUBNER, 1813, 3 (Corsica) ; Valva ; Mus. Vind. gen. slide No. 13.864.

167

Fig. 5. Noctua warreni sp. n., 6 Holotype (Cyprus, Platraes) ; Aedeagus ; Mus. Vind. gen.

slide No. 13.857.

Fig. 6. Noctua comes HUBNER, 1813, & (Albania): Aedeagus ; Mus. Vind. gen. slide

No. 13.862.

168

Fig. 7. Noctua warreni sp. n., € Holotype (Cyprus, Platraes) ; Aedeagus detail : Cornutus ;

Mus. Vind. gen. slide No. 13.857.

Fig. 8. Noctua comes HÜBNER, 1813, d (Corsica); Aedeagus detail: Cornutus ; Pin-

ker-GU 105/63 (in coll. Naturhistorisches Museum Wien).

169

Fig. 9. Noctua warrenisp. n., & Holotype (Cyprus, Platraes) ; Aedeagus detail : Coecum with

scobiform patches ; Mus. Vind. gen. slide No. 13.857.

Fig. 10. Noctua comes HUBNER, 1813, & (Corsica) ; Aedeagus detail : Coecum with scobi-

form patches ; Pinker-GU 105/63 (in coll. Naturhistorisches Museum Wien).

170

Discussion

A comparison of N. warreni with its closely related species N. comes

demonstrates many remarkable differences. The two species can easily be

separated in the male. The author’s experience is that N. comes exhibits

relatively little variation in the male genitalia. As BURMANN & TARMANN

(1986) indicate in their publication on a new alpine subspecies of N. comes,

the valva of all smaller subspecies seem to be shorter than in other subspecies.

The male genitalia of these smaller forms are of more compact shape, which

might simply be a consequence of the more compact nature of the specimens

themselves. and are not specific differences. The author of the present

publication studied N. comes-material from England, Central-Europe,

France, Spain, Corsica, Sardinia, Italy, Albania, Greece, Turkey and Syria.

The genital-morphology of the populations of Cyprus is quite different, and

without doubt of specific value. The proximal part of the valva is much

narrower in N. comes (fig. 4) than in N. warreni (fig. 3). The base of the valva

is broad in N. warreni and strikingly elbowed on the dorsal margin. The

ampulla is club-shaped in N. comes and large in relation to the long, narrow

and straight distal end of the valva, whereas that of N. warreni is slightly

curved and rather slim. The distal ends of the valva are slightly curved in N.

warreni. Remarkable differences can also be found in the aedeagus. Especially

striking is the different shape of the cornutus (figs. 7-8, vesica inverted). The

strongly sclerotized and big cornutus is cone-shaped in N. warreni, without

a neighbouring area of small spines. The cornutus of N. comes is always

shaped like a long tooth, situated near an area of small sclerotized spines.

The coecum in both species possesses a dense cluster of scobiform patches,

which are long and narrow in N. comes (fig. 10), short and compact in N.

warreni (fig. 11). The angle between corpus bursae and cervix is not so wide

in N. comes as in N. warreni. N. warreni shows the corpus and cervix well

separated, considered by the author as being two separate organs. The cervix

of N. comes is larger than that of N. warreni (ratio of length of ductus bursae :

cervix is 1,3-1,6 in N. comes, compared to ca. 1,9 in N. warreni). The

wrinkles are more strongly sclerotized in N. comes and, particularly in the

proximal part of the cervix, are remarkably well aligned. The extent of the

variation in the external appearance of N. warreni seems to be equal to that

of N. comes.

Distribution : To the best of the authors knowledge, the new species only

occurs in Cyprus. It appears therefore to be a further endemic species of this

island. N. comes could not be found in Cyprus.

171

corpus bursae

Fig. 11. Noctua warreni sp. n., ® Paratype (Cyprus, Platraes) ; Mus. Vind. gen. slide

No. 13.856.

172

MERE

SES

wir

DEA

ie BI 7

Fig. 12. Noctua comes HUBNER, 1813, 2 (France) ; Mus. Vind. gen. slide No. 13867.

173

Acknowledgements

The author is indebted to Mr. M. Honey (BMNH, London) for generously providing

assistance in every day. Further gratitude is expressed to Director E. Arenberger

(Wien), who kindly presented a large number of specimens as a gift to the Museum

of Natural History in Vienna. Special thanks are posthumously extended to Dipl.

Ing. Rudolf Pinker (Wien), whose unexpected decease was a shock for his friends

and colleagues. The author was fortunately able to discuss the N. warreni-problem

with Dipl. Ing. Pinker some weeks before he died and received relative material from

his collection for further studies.

References

BURMANN, K. & TARMANN, G. (1986): Zwei neue Unterarten von N. comes

(HÜBNER [1809-1813]) aus dem Ostalpenraum (Insecta, Lepidoptera :

Noctuidae). — Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien 88/89, Ser. B: 727-732, 1 pl.

WARREN, W. (1909-1914) : Noctuidae. In : SEITZ, A. : The Macrolepidoptera of the

World. Vol. 3, Engl. ed. Stuttgart.

WARREN, W. (1909-1914) : Noctuidae. In : SEITZ, A. : Die Großschmetterlinge der

Erde. Band 3, Deutsche Ausgabe, Stuttgart.

174

Nota lepid. 10 (3): 175-182 ; 31.X.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Revisionary notes on the genus

Achyra GUENÉE

with a new synonym and the description

of Achyra takowensis Sp. n.

(Lepidoptera : Pyralidae, Pyraustinae)

(Studies on Pyralidae I)

K. V. N. MAES

Museum voor Dierkunde, K. L. Ledeganckstraat 35, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium

Abstract

The nomenclature and the diagnostic characters of the genus Achyra GUENÉE are

discussed. Besides the known synonyms Eurycreon LEDERER and Tritaea MEYRICK,

Dosara WALKER is also considered as a new synonym for the genus. The following

species are placed under Achyra : affinitalis (LEDERER) with its synonym ustalis

(WALKER) ; bifidalis (FABRICIUS) with its synonyms evanidalis (BERG), inornatalis

(WALKER), obsoletalis (BERG) and stolidalis (SCHAUS) ; brasiliensis (CAPPS) ; coela-

talis (WALKER) comb. n.; eneanalis (SCHAUS) ; /laguenalis MUNROE ; massalis

(WALKER) comb. n. ; nudalis (HUBNER) with its synonym interpunctalis (HÜBNER) ;

occidentalis (PACKARD) ; piuralis (CAPPS) ; protealis (WARREN) ; rantalis (GUENEE)

with its synonyms caffrei (FLINT & MALLOCK), collucidalis (MOSCHLER), communis

(GROTE), crinisalis (WALKER), crinitalis (LEDERER), diotimetalis (WALKER), intrac-

tella (WALKER), licealis (WALKER), murcialis (WALKER), nestusalis (WALKER),

posticata (GROTE & ROBINSON), similalis auct., nec GUENEE siriusalis (WALKER) and

subfulvalis (HERRICH-SCHÄFFER) ; similalis (GUENEE) with its synonyms ferruginea

(WARREN) and garalis (SCHAUS). A new species from Taiwan A. takowensis sp. n.

is described.

Foreword

This paper is the first in a series on the systematics of the Pyralidae, especially

the Pyraustinae, of the world. Previously, a study was made on the usefulness

of different morphological structures including tympanal organs. The des-

cription, preparation technique and a list of references of the latter are given

in Mags, 1985.

Introduction

The genus Achyra was established by GUENEE in Lucas, 1849, for the two

nominal species Pyralis interpunctalis HUBNER, 1796 and Pyralis nudalis

175

Hügner. 1796. HÜBNER, 1796, 6, p. 11, nr. 11 described interpunctalis as

a nominal species, but suggested at the same time that it was probably a

subspecies of nudalis HÜBNER, 1796 6, p. 11, nr. 10. GUENÉE, 1849, in

establishing the genus Achyra, suggested that interpuncialis HÜBNER and

nudalis HÜBNER were one species. MARION, 1957, designated Pyralis inter-

punctalis HÜBNER as type-species of Achyra GUENEE. He cited in error

interpunctalis as «désignation originelle». He considered interpunctalis syno-

nymous with nudalis. MUNROE, 1976: p. 45 in his revision of the North

American species of the genus Achyra also cited erroneously interpunctalis

as “original designation”. Following MARION, 1957, he considered interpunc-

talis synonymous with nudalis. FLETCHER and Nye, 1984 correctly conside-

red Pyralis interpunctalis HÜBNER as type-species of the genus Achyra,

designated by subsequent designation by Marion, 1957.

After studying several species of the genus Achyra, the names interpunctalis

and nudalis were found to apply to the same species. From the original

descriptions of interpunctalis and nudalis in Lucas, 1849, interpunctalis is a

junior subjective synonym of nudalis.

Diagnostic characters

Externally, species belonging to the genus Achyra are difficult to distinguish

from species belonging to other related genera. The genus can be recognized

from other Pyraustinae genera by a series of characters in the genitalia.

Morphological structures in the tympanal organs proved to be important at

the genus and species level.

The maie genitalia have the uncus triangular, dorsally with simple setae. The

valvae are rounded, and a well developed transtiila is present with strongly

developed ventral processes. As most Pyraustinae, the valvae have a sella and

an editum. The sella is a simple lobe, distally with minute spines. The editum

is placed dorso-laterally of the sella. The scales on the editum are long,

flattened in the middle and ending in a point. The sacculus can be simple or

modified, having strongly sclerotized spines. The juxta consists of two plates

ventrally fused and as such forming a U or a V. The aedeagus is straight ; the

cornutus can consist of a plate or different spines.

The female genitalia have a rhomboid signum and a second smaller signum

at the base of the appendix bursae.

The tympanal organs are strongly invaginated. The fornix tympani is narrow,

the saccus tympani shallow. The venula secunda clearly reaches beyond the

bulla tympani.

176

Discussion

After completing a study of this genus on material from the different

zoogeographical regions, the following synonymy could be established :

Achyra GUENEE, 1849, in Lucas, Exploration Scientifique de l'Algérie, 3 :

404.

Type-species : Pyralis interpuncialis HÜBNER, 1796, Samml. eur.

Schmett. 6: p. 11, nr. 11, pl. 19, fig. 128, by subsequent designation

by Marion, 1957, Entomologiste 13 : 83.

Note : Pyralis interpunctalis HUBNER, 1796 is a junior subjective

synonym of P. nudalis HÜBNER, 1796.

Dosara WALKER, 1859, List Specimens lepid. Insects Colin. Br. Mus. 19 : 811

(key), 828. syn. nov.

Type-species : Dosara coelatalis WALKER, 1859, ibidem, 19 : 829, by

original designation.

Eurycreon LEDERER, 1863, Wien. ent. Monatschr. 7 : 366, 376.

Type-species : Pyralis nudalis HUBNER, 1796, Samml. eur. Schmett.

6: p. 11, nr. 10, pl. 14, fig. 90, by subsequent designation by SHIBUYA,

1928, J. Fac. Agric. Hokkaido imp. Univ. 22 : 267.

Note : Eurycreon was established as a subgenus of Botys LATREILLE,

[1802].

Tritaea MEYRICK, 1884, Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1884 : 292 (key), 341.

Type-species : Scopula ustalis WALKER, [1886] 1865, List Speci-

mens lepid. Insects Colln. Br. Mus. 34 : 1477, by monotypy.

Note: S. ustalis is a junior subjective synonym of Botys affinitalis

LEDERER, 1863.

The following species and their synonyms could be placed under the genus

Achyra :

affinitalis (LEDERER, 1863) rantalis (GUENEE, 1854)

ustalis (WALKER, [1866]) caffreii (FLINT and MALLOCK, 1920)

bifidalis (FABRICIUS, 1794) collucidalis (MOSCHLER, 1890)

evanidalis (BERG, 1875) communis (GROTE, 1876)

obsoletalis (BERG, 1875) crinisalis (WALKER, 1859)

inornatalis (WALKER, [1866]) crinitalis (LEDERER, 1863)

stolidalis (SCHAUS, 1940) diotimetalis (WALKER, 1859)

brasiliensis (CApps, 1967) intractella (WALKER, 1863)

coelatalis (WALKER, 1859) comb. n. licealis (WALKER, 1859)

eneanalis (SCHAUS, 1923) murcialis (WALKER, 1859)

llaguenalis MUNROE, 1978 nestusalis (WALKER, 1859)

massalis (WALKER, 1859) comb. n. posticata (GROTE and ROBINSON, 1887)

nudalis (HUBNER, 1796) similalis auct., nec GUENEE, 1854

interpunctalis (HUBNER, 1796) siriusalis (WALKER, 1859)

occidentalis (PACKARD, 1873) subfulvalis (HERRICH-SCHAFFER, 1871)

piuralis (Capps, 1967) similalis (GUENEE, 1854)

protealis (WARREN, 1892) Jerruginea (WARREN, 1892)

garalis (SCHAUS, 1906)

177

In addition to these species a new species was found from Taiwan :

Achyra takowensis sp. n.

Holotype: ¢ Takow Formosa 13.08.1904 A. E. WILEMAN, 296, WILEMAN

Coll. BM 1926-261 ; Pyralidae BM slide no 17406 3

Paratype: © Takow Formosa 13.08.1904 A. E. WILEMAN, WILEMAN Coll.

BM 1926-261 ; Pyralidae BM slide no 17407 2.

Both types are placed in BMNH.

Description

External characters, 6+ © (figs. 1, 2): frons conical, smoothly scaled ;

vertex with erect scaling ; eyes and ocelli normally developed ; maxillary

palpi prominent, with long scales ; labial palpi porrect, third segment scaled

to a point, dorsally light-brown, ventrally white ; antennae filiform ; thorax,

tegulae, abdomen dorsally brown-yellow ; forewing length 7.3 mm (para-

type) to 7.5 mm (holotype), apex slightly rounded, termen almost straight ;

antemedial zone not distinguishable ; medial zone brown to dark-brown ;

postmedial line almost straight, originating slightly before the apex ; clavi-

form stigma present, dark-brown ; postmedial zone light-brown ; termen

dark-brown lined ; fringe grey-brown ; hindwings brown-yellow somewhat

darker brown near the fringe ; fringe as in forewing ; forewings beneath

brown, costa and postmedial zone brown-yellow ; termen narrowly lined ;

hindwings without pattern.

Tympanal organs (fig. 3A): praecinctorium weakly bilobed ; tympanal

organs invaginated ; fornix tympani narrow; bullae tympani parallel with

body axis ; processus tympani very small ; spinula absent ; saccus tympani

shallow ; venuiae secundae long ; rami tympani slightly curved ; zona glabra

tympani with two sclerified rods parallel to the rami tympani, both connected

by a transverse bridge.

Genitalia : male (fig. 3B,C) : uncus pointed, dorsally with simple setae ; tuba

analis with subscaphium ; tegumen broad ; vinculum with simple saccus ;

transtilla well developed, ventrally expanded ; valves identical ; sella strongly

developed bearing short spines, editum with simple setae, dorso-distaily from

sella; juxta consisting of two scierites; aedeagus straight, vesica with

plate-like cornutus ending in a point.

Female (fig. 3D): papillae anales with short and long setae ; apophyses

normally developed, apophyses posteriores and anteriores of the same

length ; sinus vaginalis with minute spines; ostium bursae ending in a

cup-like strongly sclerotized antrum; ductus seminalis broader at the an-

178

Fig. 1. Achyra takowensis sp. n. holotype d Takow Formosa 13.VIII.1904. A. E. WILEMAN,

296. WILEMAN Coll. BM 1929-261. Pyralidae BM slide no 17406.

Fig. 2. Achyra takowensis sp. n. paratype © Takow Formosa 13.VIII.1904. A. E. WILEMAN.

WILEMAN Coil. BM 1929-261. Pyralidae BM slide no 17407.

1:79

Fig. 3. Achyra takowensis sp. n. A: tympanal organs paratype ; B: male genitalia without

aedeagus holotype ; € : aedeagus holotype ; D : female genitalia paratype.

180

trum ; ductus bursae loosely coiled ; corpus bursae with two signa: main

signum rhomboid, all four sides of equal length, second signum smaller at

the base of the accessory sac.

The early stages are unknown.

Externally, A. takowensis sp. n. closely resembles A. coelatalis (WALKER) and

A. massalis (WALKER).

It can easily be distinguished from both species by the structure of the

cornutus : A. coelatalis having a cornutus with up to a dozen short spines,

A. massalis with a cornutus consisting of three long, heavy sclerotized spines,

and A. takowensis with a single plate-like cornutus. The ventral zone of the

editum of A. coelatalis is characteristically sclerotized. This sclerotized zone

is lacking in A. takowensis. The editum of A. massalis is rather poorly

developed.

Phylogenetic relationships

The form and position of the sella and the editum is considered as an

autapomorphy for the genus Achyra. The ventral extension of the transtilla

relates this genus with some species of the genus Loxostege HUBNER, [1825]

1816. Munroe, 1976 relates the former with the genus Hahncappsia

Munroe 1976 on the basis of morphological characters in the genitalia.

Acknowledgements

The author would like to thank Mr. M. SHAFFER for guiding him through the

collection of the BMNH during his visit and for discussing the paper.

References

FLETCHER, D. S. & Nye, I. W. B., 1984. — The Generic Names of the Moths of the

World, volume 5.

GUENEE, 1849, in Lucas, Exploration Scientifique de l’Algerie pendant ... 1840,

1841, 1842 ... Lepidopteres. Zoologie, 2 (3) : 345-413.

HÜBNER, J., 1796. — Samml. eur. Schmett. 6.

LEDERER, J., 1863. — Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pyralidinen, Wien. ent. Monatschr.

7 : 243-280, 331-502, pl. 2-18.

Maes, K. V. N., 1985. — A Comparative Study of the Abdominal Tympanal Organs

in Pyralidae (Lepidoptera). I. Description, terminology, preparation techni-

que. Nota lepid. 8 (4) : 341-350.

Marion, H., 1957. — Classification et nomenclature des Pyraustidae d’Europe.

Entomologiste 13 : 75-87.

MUNROE, E., in DOMINICK, R. B. et al, 1976. — The Moths of America North of

Mexico, Fasc. 13.2A, Pyraloidea (in part).

181

WALKER, F., 1859. — List Specimens lepid. Insects Colin. Br. Mus. 19.

WALKER, F., [1886] 1865. — List Specimens lepid. Insects Colln. Br. Mus. 34.

SHIBUYA, J., 1928. — The Systematic Study of the Formosan Pyralidae. J. Fac. Agric.

Hokkaido imp. Univ. 22 : 1-300, pl. 1-9.

Meyrick, E., 1884. — On the Classification of Australian Pyralidina. Trans. ent.

Soc. Lond. 1884 : 61-80, 277-350.

182

Nota lepid. 10 (3): 183-192 ; 31.X.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

The defensive biology of the larvae

of Amata (= Syntomis) phegea L.

and Amata (= Syntomis) kuhlweinii LEF.

(Lepidoptera, Ctenuchidae)

Uwe RAMMERT

Universitat Bielefeld, Fakultat fiir Biologie, Postfach 8640, D-4800 Bielefeld 1, Bundesrepu-

blik Deutschland

Zusammenfassung

Die Wehrhaftigkeit der Imagines und Larven der Ctenuchiden wurde aus Litera-

turdaten zusammengefaßt und das Wehrsystem der Larven zweier Amata-Arten

beschrieben. Die Larven besitzen ein für Vögel als Freßfeinde höchst unschmackhaf-

tes Wehrsekret. Bei einem Angriff setzen die Larven dieses Sekret in Tropfen durch

eine spezielle Struktur, eine Sollbruchstelle am caudalen Ende der großen dorsalen

Haarwarzen, frei.

Summary

The defensive properties of Ctenuchid moths and their larvae are reviewed and the

defensive system of two species of Amata larvae are described. The larvae contain

a defensive secretion which is highly unpalatable to avian predators. When attacked

these larvae are able to release droplets of this secretion from a specialized structure,

a smail rupture situated in the caudal part of the large dorsal warts.

Introduction

Moths of the family Ctenuchidae KirBY, 1837 are known to possess effective

defensive properties. MÜLLER (1874) described the release of offensively

smelling substances from the coremata of South American Ctenuchid moths,

and this is also recorded for Delphrye rubricincta HAMPSON by BLEST (1964).

The unpalatability of these moths has been shown in feeding experiments

with Scepsis fulvicollis (HÜBNER), Syntomeida epilais WALKER, S. ipomoeae

(HARRIS) and Lycomorpha pholus (DRUCE) (JonEs 1932, 1934). Hitherto

several compounds causing this unpalatability have been identified : pyrazi-

nes in Amata species from Australia (ROTHSCHILD et al. 1984), cardiac

glucosides in the body tissues of Syntomeida epilais WALKER (ROTHSCHILD

et al. 1972), a histamine-like compound in Amata phegea (L.) and pyrrolizi-

dine alkaloids in Ctenuchid moths from Southern America (BopprE 1984).

There is little information about the way these substances are sequestered,

183

stored or utilized, but species, such as Histaea cepheus CRAMER from

Trinidad can exhibit reflex-bleeding from the thorax, when attacked (BEEBE

& KENNEDY 1964).

In several cases it can be shown, that the larval foodplants are the source of

these substances. Syntomeida epilais larvae feed on Nerium oleander (Apocy-

naceae) and Echites sp. and store their cardiac glucosides Oleandrin and

Nerigosid (ROTHSCHILD et al. 1972). Similar data are available for other

Ctenuchid moths. Many of them seem to have a preference for foodplants

containing cardiac glucosides or pyrrolizidine alkaloids (BEEBE & KENNEDY

1957, ROTHSCHILD et al. 1972, PLatr 1921, PINHEY 1979).

Some Ctenuchids, however, such as Balacra rattray from India or the

European Amata species, feed on plants that do not contain any substances

known to be pharmacologically active, nevertheless they are well protected.

The larvae of Balacra are reported to cause severe urtications when rubbed

against the skin (JACKSON, 1931), and Amata phegea and the allied European

species are thought to form the models for a MULLERIAN mimicry ring in the

Mediterranean area, together with the Zygaenid moth Zygaena ephialtes (L.)

(BULLINI et al. 1969, SBoRDONI & BULLINI 1971, SBORDONI et al. 1979,

TURNER 1971).

Until now only very few species have been investigated in order to identify

the mechanisms which produce these defensive properties. For example,

specialized morphological structures must be related to the reflex-bleeding

of Histaea cepheus. In Homoeocera stictosoma males, BLEST (1964) descri-

bed a “ventral valve”, from which the secretions are released, but he does not

give any further details. The larvae especially have never been investigated

properly, although they have effective defensive properties as well (JACKSON

1931).

As an example of such larval defensive mechanisms, the exudation of

defensive fluid by Amata larvae and the corresponding morphological struc-

tures are described in this paper.

Materials and methods

The following species were examined: Amata phegea from Italy (Friaul,

Monte Simeone) and Amata kuhlweinii from South Africa (Cape Province,

East London). The larvae were fed exclusively on Plantago longifolia.

The fourth and fifth larval instars of each species were examined by using the

following techniques : histological cross-sections and longitudinal sections,

SEM of the surface structures and whole mounts of the larval cuticle after

maceration in 10% aqueous KOH.

184

Results

Larvae of the two Amata species examined release droplets of a secretion if

they are irritated (fig. 1). These droplets only occur in the region of the large

dorsal warts (“I” according to HAMPSON 1898, fig. 4) and consist of a viscous

fluid that can be reabsorbed into the body after a few seconds.

Feeding experiments with hand-raised starlings ( Sturnus vulgaris L.) proved

that the larvae are highly unpalatable to these birds. Twelve individually caged

starlings were used as predators in this experiment. They were fed with

different kinds of prey objects like mealworms, flies, larvae of tipulids and

butterflies. Usually they pecked at the offered larvae immediately and ate

them without hesitation. After a period of three days each bird received the

usual feeding bowl with a mixture of prey objects and one Amata larva. All

prey objects were eaten as usual, and even the Amata larva was pecked at the

first approach, but none of them was really harmed as the birds dropped them

immediately after pecking and showed obvious signs of distress like shivering,

intensive beak wiping, and nervousness. During the next five days the birds

always had a Amata larva among their food mixture, but after the first

experience the starlings never attacked any of them again.

A second experiment, with another group of starlings, was conducted under

identical conditions, but using Amata larvae whose hairs were carefully

Fig. 1. Larva of Syntomis kuhlweinii with droplet of defensive secretion after pinching with

tweezers.

185

removed. The starlings reacted in the same way as quoted above, and after

their first experience they always rejected these larvae.

The structures that are significant for this function are localized in a small

zone situated at the caudal end of the dorsal warts I (fig. 3, 5). As shown

by SEM investigation, this region consists of very smooth cuticle which lacks

setae or microtrichia (fig. 4). When the larva is attacked, it raises its internal

pressure by contracting the body musculature. With increase of pressure the

thin zone breaks open and releases the droplet. When the pressure falls after

relaxation of the muscles, a part of the droplet is reabsorbed and a little

remains on the surface and closes the fissure by coagulation.

More details are shown in the histological sections (fig. 2, 6). The cuticle in

the region of the rupture is extremely thin and has an undulated surface

which lacks microtrichia.

cav

exo

end

hyp

0 0,5 10 mm

Fig. 2. Cross-section of Syntomis kuhlweinii larva. The marked region shows the cavity with

defensive secretion. Mag. x 40.

cav = cavity, exo = exo- and mesocuticle, end = endocuticle, hyp = hypodermis, car = heart,

int = gut, ner = nervous chord.

186

Fig. 3. Syntomis kuhlweinii, SEM of the dorsal region of the 4th abdominal segment showing

the dorsal warts. The marked area is shown in detail in fig. 4.

Fig. 4. Syntomis kuhlweinii, detail from fig. 3, showing the region of the rupture. Smooth

cuticle without microtrichia or setae.

The cross-sections of the Amata larvae show one single large cavity within

the cuticle of each segment ; this cavity is filled with a coagulating substance

that definitely differs from the haemolymph. It is not divided to form several

separate cavities as in Zygaena larvae (FRANZL 1980, FRANZL & NAUMANN

1984) ; instead, there is one large undivided cavity extending from the region

of the proleg on one side of the larval body to the other (fig. 2). The main

part of the secretion is stored beneath the hairy warts (characteristic for all

Ctenuchid larvae) (FRIESE 1959, Hampson 1898, JACKSON 1931, SEVASTO-

POULO 1941, 1942)) and the dorsal part of the cuticle.

The longitudinal extension of the cavities is shown in figure 6. For a larva

in the last instar the cavities have the following size (all data approximate) :

Longitudinal extension in fourth abdominal segment : 3800 um

Average height of cavity in the dorsal region : 12 um

Length of rupture in the cuticle of the wart : 250 um

Average height of rupture : 15 um

Preliminary studies of the chemical composition of the defensive secretion

revealed the occurrence of at least three different proteins and three free

amino acids in an aqueous medium. Pyrrolizidine alkaloids or cyanide

187

-containing compounds, which were shown to be the repellent agencies in

many other defensive secretions, could not be found so far, but the chemical

analysis of the secretion will be continued.

Discussion

The presence of hairy warts on all body segments of Ctenuchid larvae was

described a long time ago. A closer investigation of the defence mechanism

dorsal midline

rupture

(3 |.

KP 1 proleg

0 1 mm

Les an

Fig. 5. Diagram of Syntomis kuhlweinii last instar larva cuticle, 4th abdominal segment. Only

the warts are outlined, leaving out the bases of the setae. KOH-macerate, stained with

Chlorazol-black. Mag. x 20.

188

‘SPIOJ [PIUAUISASIAAUI = ¢/p JI ‘p/E Ji ‘SIuopodAu = dAy ‘Apoq Je] = Qj ‘a[01n90X9 = X9 ‘JONNIOPUS = Ud ‘AJIABI = ABI

‘OOP x ‘SEL ‘uezy BUIUIRIS ‘298JINS au} JO

UONIPUOD payeayd ou} Aq pur RIYSLIOJOIW JO EIS INOUJIM 9[91N90X9 UIU} AIBA OY} AQ P9ZH9J98IPU9 SI I] “MOLIE UB AQ P9YJEU SI UOISSY au} JO

U01391 AU L ‘AJIAR9 JY} JO UOISUD}X9 [PUIPNJISUO] 9Y} BUIMOYS ‘UO1J99S [PUIPNZUO] ‘JUAUISOS [euruopge Up ‘Je}SUI sR] ‘Vasayd stuoguds ‘9 “BLA

Sf TE

S/7 #1 TIE 4!

dns xo

189

in the larvae of two species of Amata has revealed a structure in the dorsal

warts which enables the larvae to release a droplet of a secretion when

attacked. The occurrence of hairy warts on the larval segments is not unusual.

Comparable structures can be found, among others, on larvae of Arctiidae,

Lymantriidae, Megalopygidae, Noctuidae and Notodontidae (FRACKER,

1915). All of the groups cited above, however, possess urticating hairs or

spines (GILMER 1925). A special structure within the cuticle has so far only

been described for Zygaenid larvae (FRANZL 1980, FRANZL & NAUMANN

1984). | |

In the present case it was also shown that the secretion is a very important

factor in defence and that the defence mechanism still functions even when

the setae are removed. This is demonstrated by the fact that larvae without

setae are obviously as unpalatable to the starlings as are those larvae with

hairs. This may be an important discovery, because larvae that are due to

moult within the next 24 hours lose almost all their hairs before they move

to a hiding place for moulting.

The question arises whether it is an advantage for the larvae to exude the

secretion when attacked instead of just storing it within the body.

It is possible that the secretion contains additional substances which are

offensive when smelled. These could warn those predators that are guided by

olfaction and even prevent them from biting into the larva.

Also, insectivorous birds usually keep their prey in the beak for a while before

swallowing it or feeding it to their young. This is especially true, if they have

found a novel prey object and are still testing its taste (COPPINGER 1969,

1970, SCHULER 1980, 1982). If the larva is not harmed by cautious pecking

and it could not exude its secretion, the bird would not experience the

foul-tasting substance unless it killed the larva. The reactions of the starlings,

however, show that the larvae are highly unpalatable, and as no larva was

really injured, the rejection must have been caused by the exuded secretion

of the larva.

Literature

BEEBE, W. & R. KENNEDY (1957) : Habitats, palatability and mimicry in thirteen

Ctenuchid moths from Trinidad, B.W.I. Zoologica (N.Y.), 42: 147-158;

New York.

BLEST, A. D. (1964) : Protective display and sound production in some New World

Arctiid and Ctenuchid moths. Zoologica (N.Y.), 49 : 161-181 ; New York.

Boppre, M. (1984) : Insects pharmacophagously utilizing defensive plant chemicals

(Pyrrolizidine alkaloids). Naturwissenschaften, 73 : 17-26 ; Berlin.

BULLINI, L., V. SBORDONI & P. RAGAZZINI (1969): Mimetismo Mülleriano in

190

populazione italiane di Zygaena ephialtes (L.) (Lepidoptera, Zygaenidae).

Arch. zool. Ital., 44 : 181-214 ; Neapel.

COoPPINGER, R. P. (1969) : The effect of experience and novelty on avian feeding

behaviour with reference to the evolution of warning coloration in butterflies.

I. Reactions of wild-caught blue jays to novel insects. Behaviour, 35 : 45-60 ;

Leiden.

CoPPINGER, R. P. (1970) : The effect of experience and novelty on avian feeding

behaviour with reference to the evolution of warning coloration in butterflies.

II. Reactions of naive birds to novel insects. Am. Nat., 104 : 323-335 ; Salem,

Mass.

FRACKER, S. B. (1915) : The classification of lepidopterous larvae. Ill. Biol. Monogr.

II (1), 169 pp., University of Illinois.

FRANZL, S. (1980) : Morphologie und Entwicklung der kutikularen Wehrsekretbe-

halter bei Zygaena trifolii (Esper, 1783) (Insecta, Lepidoptera). Staatsexa-

mensarbeit, Universitat Bielefeld.

FRANZL, S. & C. M. NAUMANN (1984) : Morphologie und Histologie der Wehr-

sekretbehalter erwachsener Raupen von Zygaena trifolii (Lepidoptera, Zygae-

nidae). Ent. Abh. Mus. Tierk. Dresd., 48 : 1-12 ; Dresden.

FRIESE, G. (1959): Zur Biologie und Kenntnis der ersten Stande von Dysauxes

famula (Frr.) (Lep. Syntomidae). Dr. Ent. Z. (NF), 6: 166-169 ; Berlin.

GILMER, P. M. (1925): A comparative study of the poison apparatus of certain

lepidopterous larvae. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 18 : 203-239, Washington.

Hampson, G. F. (1898): Catalogue of the lepidoptera phalaenae in the British

Museum, Vol. I : Syntomidae. London.

JACKSON, T. H. E. (1931): Life histories of some East African lepidoptera. J. E.

Africa Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc., 42/43 : 173-176 ; London.

Jones, F. M. (1932) : Insect coloration and the relative acceptability of insects to

birds. Trans. Ent. Soc., 80 : 345-385 ; London.

JONES, F. M. (1934) : Further experiments on coloration and relative acceptability

of insects to birds. Trans. Ent. Soc., 82 : 443-453 ; London.

KENDALL, R. O. (1980) : Larval foodplants and life history notes for eight moths

from Texas and Mexico. J. Lep. Soc., 30 (4) : 264-271 ; Cambridge, Mass.

MULLER, F. (1874) : The habits of various insects. (Letter to Ch. Darwin). Nature,

10 : 102-103 ; London.

PINHEY, E. C. G. (1979) : Moths of Southern Africa. A. A. Balkema, Rotterdam.

PLATT, E. E. (1921) : List of foodplants of some South African lepidopterous larvae.

S. Afr. J. Nat. Hist., 3 : 65-138 ; Pretoria.

RAMMERT, U. (1985) : Untersuchungen zur Wirksamkeit des Wehrsekretes und des

aposematischen Zeichnungsmusters von Zygaena trifolii (Esper, 1783) auf

unerfahrene Stare (Sturnus vulgaris L.). Diplomarbeit, Universitat Bielefeld.

ROTHSCHILD, M., J. VAN Euw & T. REICHSTEIN (1972) : Cardiac glucosides (heart

poisons) in the polka dot moth, Syntomeida epilais Walk. (Ctenuchidae :

Lep.) with some observations on the toxic qualities of Amata (= Syntomis)

phegea. Proc. R. Soc. (B), 183 : 227-247 ; London.

ROTHSCHILD, M., B. P. MooRE & W. G. BROWN (1984): Pyrazines as warning

odour components in the monarch butterfly, Danaus plexippus, and in the

19]

moths of the genera Zygaena and Amata (Lepidoptera). Biol. J. Linn. Soc.

23 : 375-380 ; London.

SBORDONI, V. & L. BULLINI (1971) : Further observations on mimicry in Zygaena

ephialtes (Lepidoptera, Zygaenidae). Fragm. Ent., 8 : 49-56 ; Rome.

SBORDONI, V., L. BULLINI, G. SCARPELLI, S. FORESTIERO & M. RAMPINI (1979) :

Mimicry in the burnet moth Zygaena ephialtes: population studies and

evidence of a Batesian-Müllerian situation. Ecol. Entomol., 4 : 83-93 ; Oxford.

SCHULER, W. (1980): Zum Meidenlernen ungenießbarer Beute bei Vögeln : Der

Einflu8 der Faktoren Umlernen, neue Alternativbeute und Ahnlichkeit der

Alternativbeute. Z. Tierpsychol., 54 : 105-143 ; Berlin.

SCHULER, W. (1982) : Zur Funktion von Warnfarben : Die Reaktion junger Stare auf

wespenahnlich gelb-schwarze Attrappen. Z. Tierpsychol., 58 : 66-78 ; Berlin.

SEVASTOPOULO, D. G. (1941) : The early stages of Indian Lepidoptera VI. J. Bombay

Nat. Hist. Soc., 42 : 283-294 ; Bombay.

SEVASTOPOULO, D. G. (1942) : The early stages of Indian Lepidoptera X. J. Bombay

Nat. Hist. Soc., 43 : 409-415 ; Bombay.

TURNER, J. R. G. (1971) : Studies of Müllerian mimicry and its evolution in burnet

moths and heliconiid butterflies. In : CREED, R. (ed.) : Ecological genetics and

evolution : 224-260 ; Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford & Edinburgh.

192

Nota lepid. 10 (3) : 193-196 ; 31.X.1987 ISSN 0342-7536

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses

O. KUDRNA : Grundlagen zu einem Artenschutzprogramm für die Tag-

schmetterlingsfauna von Bayern und Analyse der Schutzproblematik in der

Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Nachr. ent. Ver. Apollo, Frankfurt, Suppl. 6 :

1-90, 1986. DM 20. ISSN.-0723-9920.

Die Tatsache, dass auch die wirbellosen Tiere durch die sich verschlechternden

Umweltbedingungen äusserst stark betroffen sind, hat bisher im europaischen Raume

nicht zu grösseren und koordinierten Schutzbemühungen geführt. Die Einsicht, dass

an diesem Zustand nicht nur die auf diesem Gebiete zuwenig aktiven Behorden

Schuld tragen, sondern ganz wesentlich auch wir Naturfreunde und unsere Gesell-

schaften, beginnt sich erst langsam durchzusetzen. Insbesondere die Entomologen,

die grösste Gruppe der Wirbellosenfreunde, haben im Vergleich etwa zu den

Ornithologen einen grossen Rückstand aufzuholen. Was fehlt, sind gesicherte Daten

über den Rückgang der Wirbellosen und die Gründe für diese Entwicklung. Das

Problem einen wirksamen Schutz unserer mitteleuropäischen Kleinlebewelt durch-

zuführen scheint allerdings angesichts der riesigen Artenzahl kaum überwindlich. Es

kann also nicht darum gehen, jede einzelne Wirbellosen — oder auch “nur”

Insektenart — zu schützen, sondern es muss versucht werden, durch gezielte

Auswahl arten- und spezialitätenreicher Standorte eine möglichst grosse Vielfalt in

ein Zeitalter mit sanfteren Technologien und umweltgerechterer Resourcenbewirt-

schaftung zu retten. Was wir also benötigen, ist eine Gruppe von Wirbellosen, die

nicht zu artenreich und systematisch gut bekannt sowie relativ leicht zu beobachten

und Ökologisch vielfältig ist. KUDRNA schlägt in seiner Arbeit die Tagschmetterlinge

als sehr günstige Indikatorgruppe für terrestrische Lebensräume vor und kann für

seine Wahl ausgezeichnete Gründe anführen. Er schätzt, dass bei erfolgreichem

Schutz von ca 200 Tagfalterarten bis zu 30’000 weiteren Insektenarten allein durch

den nötigen Biotopschutz geholfen werden könnte. Der Autor präsentiert ein

umfangreiches und wohlbegründetes Aktionsprogramm für den Freistaat Bayern, ein

Gebiet mit vielfältigen Lebensräumen.

Grundlage für das von KUDRNA vorgeschlagene Schutzprogramm bildet die sorgfäl-

tige Erforschung und Erfassung der Tagschmetterlinge Bayerns. Diese aufwendige

Arbeit ist dringend nötig, um die Schutzbemühungen in sinnvolle Bahnen lenken zu

können. Bei dieser Grundlagenarbeit ist die Tätigkeit der Liebhaberentomologen

von ausschlaggebender Bedeutung. Es wird nur mit Hilfe dieser “Fronarbeit”

möglich sein, genügend Feindaten zu sammeln um, wie etwa die Ornithologen, die

Behörden und interessierten Verbände mit gesicherten Befunden versorgen zu

können. Sobald der Vorschlag KUDRNA’s in die Praxis umgesetzt werden kann, wird

der längerfristige Erfolg wiederum von der Mitarbeit der gleichen Personengruppe

bei der Überwachung und Erfolgskontrolle der Schutzbemühungen abhängen.

Dieser Rezensent erachtet das von KUDRNA vorgeschlagene Programm als potentiell

sehr gut geeignet um in einem klar umschriebenen Gebiet die weitere Verarmung der

193

genetischen Vielfalt zu bremsen. Es ist äusserst wünschenswert, dass dieses Aktions-

programm nicht bloss eine akademische Abhandlung bleibt, sondern die Chance

erhält in der Praxis erprobt werden zu kônnen. Der Freistaat Bayern kônnte in

Mitteleuropa zu einem Modelfall werden und die dort gesammelten Erfahrungen

Grundlagen bilden für weitere ähnliche Projekte.

Von besonderem Interesse scheint mir auch der von KUDRNA vorgeschlagene

Chorologie-Index.

Kritik möchte dieser Rezensent nur in einem, für das Gesamtvorhaben unwesentli-

chen Punkte üben. Es scheint mir unnotig und für den Laien verwirrend, wenn in

diesem Werk eine ganze Anzahl äusserst diskutierbare nomenklatorische Anderun-

gen vorgenommen werden. Als willkurlich herausgegriffenes Beispiel diene die

Verschmelzung der Gattung Pontia mit Pieris die auch neuesten Untersuchungen

klar widerspricht. bs

Dr. Hansjurg GEIGER

Zoologisches Institut der Universitat Bern

Baltzerstrasse 3, CH-3012 Bern

BRYNER, Rudolf: Dokumentation über den Ruckgang der Schmetterlings-

fauna in der Region Biel-Seeland-Chasseral. Ergebnisse einer Bestandesauf-

nahme der Schmetterlinge 1976-1985. Beiträge zum Naturschutz in der

Schweiz 9. SBN, Schweizerischer Bund für Naturschutz, Basel, Februar

1987. 2., überbearbeitete Fassung, Fr. 9.- plus Porto. Bestellung : SBN,

Postfach 73, Basel CH-4020.

Der Schweizerische Bund für Naturschutz (SBN) hat sich entschiossen, Schutz-

programme für die Tagfalter (ab 1983) und für die Libellen (ab 1986) der Schweiz

zu lancieren — um endlich einen Anfang zu machen. Als Grundlage für diese

Programme ist ein Verbreitungsatlas für die in der Schweiz vorkommenden Arten

vorgesehen, und diese Aufgabe wurde dem Centre suisse de cartographie de la faune

(CSCF) in Neuenburg/Neuchätel anvertraut. Ein zweiter Schritt ist die Inventarisie-

rung und der Schutz der wichstigsten Standorte im Gelände, was nur mit der Hiife

von örtlichen Mitarbeitern, welche die Fauna ihrer Region gut kennen, erfolgen

kann.

Genau das wurde nun von R. BRYNER, Twann (BE) in seiner „Dokumentation“

erreicht. Diesem ausgezeichneten Lepidopteristen und Kenner seiner Region —

eines klar umrissenen Gebietes vom Seeland bis zum Chasseral (über die Kantone

Bern, Neuenburg/Neuchätel, Freiburg/Fribourg und Waadt/Vaud verteilt) — ist

genau das gelungen : eine praktisch vollständige Bestandesaufnahme der Tagaktiven

Schmetterlingsarten dieser Region (d.h. der Rhopaloceren, plus Zygaenidae und 3

Sphingidae-Arten). Die Arbeit von BRYNER veranschaulicht das zunehmende

Verschwinden der ihm vertrauten Lebensräume und stellt ganz allgemein Fragen zur

Erhaltung der Natur auf.

Die gefällige Broschüre mit 92 Seiten in A4 Format ist rationell in 4 Teilen

gegliedert : 1. Problemstellung, 2. Arbeitsmethoden, 3. Die Schmetterlingswelt der

Region Biel-Seeland-Chasseral und ihre Gefährdung, 4. Schutz der einheimischen

Schmetterlinge.

194

Der 3. Teil enthalt u.a. eine vollständige Liste der 146 tagaktiven Schmetterlinge der

Region, mit Erlauterungen. Am wichtigsten ist der Kapitel uber den Ruckgang der

Schmetterlinge mit Listen der ausgestorbenen oder verschollenen Arten (31), mit

einigen klaren geographischen Krokis als Beispiel. Dazu noch ein Kapitel uber die

Ruckzugsbiotope, ebenfalls mit sehr guten Krokis (Mt. Vully), über Gefahrdungs-

disposition der Falterformationen (nach BLAB/KUDRNA 1982) und schliesslich über

die Ursachen der Gefahrdung.

Der 4. Teil, Schutz der einheimischen Schmetterlinge, besteht aus 3 Kapiteln :

1. Artenschutz oder Biotopschutz, 2. Der Biotopwert : ,Biotopwertziffer“ nach

einem eigenen System festgelegt (o = keine Gefahrdung, bis 15 = letzte Populationen

scheinbar erloschen nach 1975) ; Auswahl von 29 untersuchten Lebensraume in den

3 Regionen Mittelland, Jurasüdfuss und Jura, mit Artenliste (Beilage) und mittlerem

Biotopwert ; Biotopwert-Karte. 3. Massnahmen zur Erhaltung unserer Schmetter-

lingsfauna, mit Massnahmen-Katalog (20 Forderungen !), und einem sehr pessi-

mistischen Abschluss-Kapitel : „Naturschutz kontra Land- und Forstwirtschaft ?“.

In 8 Beilagen findet man allerlei interessante Angaben und Daten. Z.B. die

Definitionen der Falterformationen, der Schadfaktoren und der Verursacher des

Schmetterlingsrückgangs nach BLAB/KUDRNA 1982 unverändert, die Definitionen

der Gefährdingsgrade nach PRETSCHER und BLAB/KUDRNA, angepasst an die

Verhältnisse der behandelten Region, eine Liste der 50 gefährdetsten tagaktiven

Schmetterlinge des Untersuchungsgebietes, etc. Abschliessend : Ein sehr reiches

Quellenverzeichnis, mit 91 Referenzen.

Die einzigartige grosse Arbeit von BRYNER ist allen Naturschützer und Lokalfau-

nisten als perfektes Modell für ihre Beobachtungen und Forschungen im Gelände

wärmstens empfohlen. Dazu sollte sie auch die Sammler zur Vorsicht animieren,

und den Berufsentomologen in den Museen und Instituten wieder Hoffnung auf

Nachwuchs an neuen Gelände-Mitarbeitern geben !

E. de Bros

J. A. Scott : “The Butterflies of North America”. Hardback ca. 19 x 26 cm ;

583 pp., 64 col. pls., 71 figs., numerous unnumbered maps. Stanford Univer-

sity Press, Stanford, 1986. Price $ 50,-.

It is more than ten years since Howe’s “Butterflies of North America” replaced the

long outdated HOLLAND’s butterfly book upon which it must have been modelled.

ScoTT’s book constitutes a different type of publication — a natural history of North

American butterflies, as the subtitle tells us (it certainly is no field guide, as the same

subtitle claims it to be). The affinities between the Palaearctic and Nearctic faunas

are well known ; SCOTT’s publication is therefore of exceptional importance to all

European lepidopterists and deserves a full review.

The contents of SCOTT’s impressive book includes the following chapters and topics :

— Biology and ecology (over 100 pages ; probably the best account ever written on

butterfly morphology and evolution by a single author in one book ; further topics

are biology, behaviour, physiology, genetics, variation etc.).

195

— Identification of eggs, larvae, pupae and adults (some 50 pages of useful keys

enabling one to identify for instance first instar larvae down to tribes, a unique

feature of this book).

— Monographs and distribution maps of all 679 American butterfly species recogni-

zed, each monograph consisting of a brief diagnosis (incl. identification of

subspecies recognized), information on species’ habitat, description of early

stages (only a few illustrations are included), distribution, behaviour, voltinism,

host plants and occasionally other topics.

— 64 colour plates depicting both set and live adults, some eggs, larvae and pupae,

all based (unlike Howe’s book) on colour photographs.

— Checklists of species inhabiting the “remote islands” either politically or geogra-

phically related to North America (Iceland, Greenland, Bermuda and Hawaii).

— Methods of the study of butterflies (a modern account most useful to all students

of European butterflies).

— Bibliography, hostplant catalogue, glossary (most useful to all European lepidop-

terists) and an index close the book.

All colour plates are based on photographs and show clearly both the advantages

and disadvantages of colour photography as a method of illustration, like HOWE's

book shows the advantages and disadvantages of water colours or other forms of

painting and drawing. Bearing in mind the price of this book and the number of

colour plates, a critique that they could have been better produced, would be unfair

(and they are not bad, although they appear somewhat inconsistent and do not

“impress” at the first glance).

It is not surprising that the author left out synonymic lists : the existence of the

acknowledged “MILLER & BROWN Catalogue” makes this unnecessary. Nonetheless,

it is difficult to justify the omission of all authors’ names which customarily follow

species-group names in the headlines and where the name is used for the first time.

It is difficult to believe that a trained acknowledged taxonomist has made this choice

of his own will. (This is my only major point of criticism !). The species/subspecies

concept follows roughly HENNIG’s school : closely related allopatric morphospecies

are treated as subspecies of the nomenclaturally oldest taxon which provides the

valid name of the species. There are still many supporters of this concept, which

seems to be utilized consistently in this book. The misapplication of the term “field

guide” has now become such a common abuse of the “trade description act” that it

is hardly worth a special reference !

Ali in all, this is an interesting book at a refreshingly inexpensive price ; it should

find its way into the libraries of all lepidopterists taking the study of butterflies

seriously. Attentive reading of general chapters and particularly of the glossary could

prevent the use of confusing terminology which one meets time and again in

European lepidopterological journals suffering from the lack of good editing. It is

certainly sad to observe that there is no corresponding book on European butterflies,

nor is there a modern checklist of Palaearctic butterflies corresponding to the

Nearctic one mentioned above.

O. Kudrna

196

milio Balletto Vice-President : Barry Goater

: Hansjürg Geiger Treasurer : Sigbert Wagener

Secretary : Willy De Prins Editor : Emmanuel de Bros

Council Members : Claude Dufay, Niels P. Kristensen, Kauri Mikkola,

ras M. Vojnits, Steven E. Whitebread.

TTEES :

re : Pamela Gilbert

and Species Protection : Michael G. Morris

RSHIP:

tions for membership, changes of address and orders for Nota lepidoptero-

and other literature should be sent to :

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf. )

anual subscription fees :

ry members DM 50,-

rate members DM 55,-

sion fee DM S.-

‚air mail charges - DM 15,-

nk OF NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA :

members DM 24,-

non-members DM 48,-

members DM 32.-

non-members DM 64,-

members DM 40,-

non-members DM 80,-

1ents should be addressed to:

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf.)

Nr. 1956 50-597

“Mandat de me international”.

ngdom members : Due to the unstabie state of the pound at present, it is

le to quote the subscription rate in this currency. Members should pay the

eine equivalent. Cheques and bankers orders should be made en to

re Institut Universitat Bern

| BaltzerstraBe 3, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland

| Handelsgesel

wu chaf

on SEN et

8070 N

Wir liefern seit vielen Jahren zu günstigen Peter eine

Utensilien für den Fach- und Hobbyentomologen.

Für die Zucht:

Zuchtkasten, Puppenkasten, Infrarotstrahler, Zuchtb

Für den Tag- und Nachtfang:

Netze, Gläser, Stromaggregate, Transportkasten, Tun

röhren etc.

Für das Präparieren:

lien aide

Für die Sammlung:

Dore Insektenschränke aller Art

Ein umfangreiches Angebot an neuer und antiquarischer Litera

Schreiben Sie uns oder rufen Sie uns an, wir beraten Sie gern. Ut

Ihnen kostenlos zur Verfügung. Als SEL-Mitglied erhalten Sie bei u

Artikel (außer Bücher) 5% Rabatt.

icle——

wisferrm

RETTET

NS Di

ser AR CSN RE à ut =,

ahi grit! Ge, ey,

EL i { Sr Si gray

= N

td 4 :

lepidopterologica

Wade

ol. 10 No. 4 1987 ISSN 0342-7536

FU Or

NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA

Journal published by the Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica, Quarterly

Manuscripts should be sent to the editor : Emmanuel de Bros, lic. jur., «La Fleurie»,

Rebgasse 28, CH-4102 Binningen/BL, Switzerland.

instructions to authors

This journal is reserved for short communications devoted to Palaearctic lepidop-

terology. Manuscripts should not exceed 15 typed pages (including tabies).

All manuscripts should be typed with double spacing and wide margins, and

submitted together with at least one copy. All pages should be numbered and show

the author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each page. Do not hyphenate

words at the right-hand margin. Current issues of Nota lepidopterologica should be

checked for style and format

Legends for figures and plates should be typed on a separate sheet and placed after

the list of references. Line drawings shouid be about twice their final size. Black

waterproof ink should be used, Photographs should be glossy positive prints. Colour

plates can only be published at the author s expense

Publication languages are english, french and german. The editors reserve the right

to make minor textual corrections that do not alter the autaors meaning.

All manuscripts exceeding three typed pages must include an abstract of no more

than 100 words. It is strongly recommended to add a translation of the abstract in

at least one of the other publication languages

[he first mention of any organism should include the full scientific name with the

author and year of description. New descriptions must conform with the current

edition of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. We strongly urge

deposition of types in major museums, and all type depositions must be cited.

All papers will be read by the editors and submitted for review to two referees.

25 reprints of each article will be supplied free of charge to the first author.

Additional copies may be ordered at extra cost

Copies de ces instructions en français sent disponibles aupres de l'éditeur:

Kopien dieser Hinweise in deutscher Sprache sind beim Redaktor erhaltlich.

Printed by Imprimerie Universa Spr], 24 Hoenderstraat, B-9200 Wetteren, Belgium

ll rights reserved. No part of this Journal may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means,

electronic or mechanical including photocopying. recording or any other information storage and retrieval

system, without permission in writing from the Publisher. Authors are responsible for the contents of their

articles.

Nota lepidopterologica

Vol. 10 No. 4 Basel, 31.1.1988 ISSN 0342-7536

Editor : Emmanuel Bros de Puechredon, alias de Bros, lic. iur., Rebgasse 28,

CH-4102 Binningen BL, Schweiz.

Assitant Editors : Dr. Hansjürg Geiger (Bern, CH), Steven Whitebread (Magden,

CH);

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

Editorial EURE 0 2 BE EHEN 198

GOATER, B. : In Memoriam John HEATH (1922-1987) ................ 200

HERRMANN, R. : Dahlica marmorella sp. n. — eine neue Psychide aus Italien

ESS lal GAG) ee er ee Ne ie ea 203

HESSELBARTH, G. : Morphologische und ökologische Daten zu den präimagi-

nalen Stadien einiger Arten der Gattung Hyponephele MUSCHAMP, 1915

PTE la de sucer eus 209

JORDANO BARBUDO, D., J. RODRIGUEZ GONZALEZ & J. FERNANDEZ HAEGER :

Capparis spinosa (Capparidaceae) : an oviposition substrate for Lampides

boeticus LINNAEUS, in southern Spain (Lycaenidae) ................ 218

SATILER, K. : The systematic status of the genera //seopsis POVOLNY, 1965,

and Empista POVOLNY, 1968 (Gelechiidae : Gnorimoschemini) ....... 224

TREMEWAN, W. G. : The problem of infrasubspecific names in some groups of

PERIODE A do a ee re onde 0e ee eus dus 236

WEIDENHOFFER, Z. & W. ECKWEILER : Notes on the status of Armenia

nurcanica (RILEY, 1939) (Lycaenidae) ses cc. cc ek de su see au 241

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses ..................... 247

VI. European Congress of Lepidopterology ......................... 202

VI. Europäischer Kongress für Lepidopterologie ..................... 217

VI Congrès Européen de Lépidoptérologie ....................... 248

(U ODE TYG LETH UE sees Ok SR RSS RC ED ee nd ee 223

De Woran CHUN cy cies sre A IH ahd there nk ey As GRRE 249

Vol. 10 — 1987 : Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire .................... 250

Neue Taxa in Vol. 10 beschrieben — New taxa described in Vol. 10 —

INGUNEauX taxa décris danse Vol. 10 WEI lee 252

197

Editorial

In order to make “NOTA lepidopterologica” more attractive, the editors

would like to introduce the following new items :

L-

Invited review articles : We will be asking acknowledged experts (ama-

teurs as well as professionals) to write articles summarising their spcial

field of interest. We hope thereby to be able to offer more papers of

general interest as well as the more specialised research articles.

. À new section entitled “Letters to the editors” will be introduced, to

enable readers to present their views on published articles or other points

of interest. If a letter criticizes a published article, then the author(s) of

the article concerned will be given the opportunity to answer the criticism

in the same issue of “NOTA”. “Letters to the editors” should be kept as

short as possible and the editors reserve the right to shorten such letters.

. À further section to be introduced will be “Field notes”. This should

enable mainly the amateur to present his observations to a wider circle of

lepidopterists. Such notes should be a maximum of one to two type-

written pages and should be devoted to unusual observations (interesting

behaviour, extensions of range, species lists from interesting localities

etc.).

Editorial

Um die Attraktivität von ,NOTA lepidopterologica“ zu steigern, möchte die

Redaktion folgende Neuerungen einführen :

i¥

Eingeladene Ubersichtspublikationen : Wir werden in naher Zukunft

ausgewiesene Fachleute (Amateure wie professionelle Entomologen)

bitten, uns einen zusammenfassenden Ubersichtsartikel tiber ihr Spezial-

gebiet zu schreiben. Wir erhoffen dadurch neben den oft recht speziellen

Forschungsartikel vermehrt Publikationen von allgemeinerem Interesse

drucken zu konnen.

. Nach Bedarf soll in „NOTA“ eine neue Rubrik mit dem Titel „Briefe an

die Redaktion“ eröffnet werden. In dieser Rubrik können die Leser zu

publizierten Artikeln oder auch anderen Ereignissen Stellung beziehen.

Sofern die Briefe eine Kritik von Verôffentlichungen enthält, wird

dem/den Autoren des kritisierten Artikels in der gleichen Ausgabe von

„NOTA“ Gelegenheit zur Erwiderung gegeben. „Briefe an die Redaktion“

198

sollen möglichst kurz gehalten werden und die Redaktion behält sich das

Recht auf Kürzungen vor.

Eine weitere Rubrik „Kurze Exkursionsberichte“, die ebenfalls neu

geschaffen wird, soll es vor allem auch den Amateuren unter unseren

Lesern ermöglichen ihre Beobachtungen einem grösseren Kreis vorzustel-

len. Solche Exkursionsberichte sollen nicht länger als ein bis zwei

Schreibmaschinenseite sein und nicht alltägliche Beobachtungen (interes-

sante Verhaltensweisen, Arealausweitungen, kurze Faunenlisten aus inte-

ressanten Gebieten etc.) enthalten.

Editorial

En vue d’accroitre encore l’attrait de Nota lepid. pour ses lecteurs, la

Rédaction se propose d’introduire les nouveautés suivantes :

112

Publications invitées : Dans un proche avenir, nous inviterons des

connaisseurs éprouvés — tant amateurs que professionnels — à écrire pour

nous des articles «vue d'ensemble» sur leur spécialité. Nous aimerions

parvenir ainsi à publier à côté des articles scientifiques, souvent très

spécialisés, davantage de travaux d'intérêt general.

. Selon les besoins, nous ouvrirons dans Nota lepid. une nouvelle rubrique

sous le titre «Lettres à la Rédaction», permettant à nos lecteurs de se

prononcer sur des articles de Nota lepid. ou sur d’autres faits d'actualité.

Si ces lettres comportent une critique envers telle ou telle publication,

nous donnerons à l’auteur (aux auteurs) de celle-ci la possibilité de

répliquer dans le même numéro de Nota lepid. Ces lettres à la Rédaction

devront être aussi concises que possible, et la Rédaction se réserve le droit

de procéder à des réductions.

. Une autre nouvelle rubrique : «Excursions en bref» a pour but de per-

mettre notamment aux amateurs parmi nos lecteurs de présenter leurs

observations à un plus grand nombre d’interesses. Ces rapports d’excur-

sion ne devront pas dépasser une à deux pages dactylographiées et seront

consacrés a des observations qui sortent de l'ordinaire : comportements

curieux, extensions de l’aire de répartition, brèves listes d'espèces pour

certaines régions ou biotopes intéressants, etc.

199

Nota lepid. 10 (4) : 200-202 ; 31.1.1988 ISSN 0342-7536

In Memoriam

John HEATH (1922-1987) (*)

Barry GOATER

22 Reddings Avenue, Bushey, Herts. WD2 3PB, U.K.

John HEATH died on 6 July 1987 at the age of 65. He was one of the founder

Members of SEL, on 19 September 1976, and was our vice-President from

that time until 1986. During that period he served the Society with devotion :

in addition to organising the Third SEL Congress in Cambridge in 1982 and

making it a memorable occasion, he was responsible for the finances of the

British membership, from the collection of subscriptions to their use in

paying for the production of our Bibliographia.

(*) A full list of the publications of John HEATH will appear in a future issue of Nota lepid.

200

John was born at Worcester in 1922, but educated at King Edward VI

School, Southampton, where he was taught French by. that. eminent

Hampshire entomologist, William FASSNIDGE. According to John, FASSNIDGE

once remarked that although his success in turning him into a French scholar

appeared to have been limited, he had nevertheless produced “not a bad”

entomologist ! It is certain that John’s interest in entomology, and Lepi-

doptera in particular, began at school, and the fact that his first published

note, at the age of 18, was on one of the Psychidae is an indication of

FASSNIDGE’S influence, for it is rare for a teenager to get beyond the butterflies

and larger moths without a mentor.

During the War, John found himself working with electronic equipment in

the Royal Electrical and Mechanical Engineers (REME), and later in life his

familiarity with such equipment resulted in his easy mastery of data proces-

sing at the Biological Records Centre where he began to make his name

among entomologists. In the meantime the informal credentials he had

picked up in entomology and electronics led to successive appointments first

with the Biological Research Department of Pest Control near Cambridge,

with a year in Southern Rhodesia (Zimbabwe) and then at Merlewood, the

Nature Conservancy Research Station in Cumbria, where he did good work

for the next 14 years, not only with Lepidoptera but with other invertebrates.

He developed a special interest for the Micropterygidae, and it is in regard

to this group that John made his greatest impact as a scientific lepidopterist,

indeed a world authority.

John made a contribution to practical collecting when he designed a small,

portable, but highly effective moth trap which uses an actinic tube powered

by a battery and bears his name — the Heath trap.

In 1967, John set up the Insect Distribution Maps Scheme at the Biological

Records Centre at Monk’s Wood, where he remained until retirement in

1982 as head of the Centre. From the mapping scheme was born his most

ambitious project, the 11-volume treatise on “The Moths & Butterflies of

Great Britain & Ireland”. Despite setbacks that would have deterred a lesser

man, John’s enthusiasm remained undiminished. He withstood the occasio-

nal snarls of his authors, this writer included, with tact and good humour that

made him such a pleasure to work with... and got him his way in the end !

Alas, John only lived long enough to see four of the volumes published, and

those who remain are determined to see the work completed as a memorial

to the great man.

Another unfinished project which John helped set up, this time with

Professor LECLERCQ of Gembloux in Belgium, is the European Invertebrate

Survey, and again the future of the project appears to be in safe hands.

201

John was made President of the British Entomological and Natural History

Society in 1982, an office he filled with distinction, but we like to think that

it was his vice-Presidency of SEL that gave him most pride. Our Society has

lost one of its pillars, and our members a genial and stalwart friend. To his

wife, Joan, who was his constant companion and practical help, and their son

Nigel, we offer our sincere condolences while sharing their happy memories

of a kind and eminent colleague.

VI. European Congress of Lepidopterology

San Remo 5-9 April 1988

The Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica (SEL) kindly invites ali lepidopte-

rists to attend the VI. European Congress of Lepidopterology in San Remo

from Tuesday Sth - Saturday 9th April 1988.

Main topics are:

— Biochemical and ecological adaptations in Lepidoptera.

— Bionomics of endangered species.

— Genetical and cladistical approaches to the phylogeny of butterflies.

For more information please contact the Congress Secretary: Prof. E.

Balletto, Dipartimento di Biologia animale, Via Academia Albertina 17,

I-10123 Torino (Italy).

202

Nota lepid. 10 (4) : 203-208 ; 31.1.1988 ISSN 0342-7536

Dahlica marmorella sp. n. —

eine neue Psychide aus Italien

(Lepidoptera : Psychidae)

Rene HERRMANN

Industriestr. 16a, D-7550 Rastatt/Baden, Bundesrepublik Deutschland.

Zusammenfassung

In den Jahren 1983 und 1985 konnte in der nördlichen Toscana, Italien eine neue

Art des Genus Dahlica ENDERLEIN, 1912 entdeckt werden, die in der vorliegenden

Arbeit beschrieben wird. Im Vergleich mit den nahestehenden Arten konnten

signifikante und konstante Unterscheidungsmerkmale festgestellt werden.

Summary

Dahlica marmorella sp. nov. is described from material collected in northern

Toscana, Italy in 1983 and 1985. The new species belongs to the broad-scaled

species group and is compared with D. dorotheae HERRMANN from S. France, D.

larella CHRÉTIEN from Spain and D. achajensis SIEDER from Greece. It is most

similar to D. dorotheae, from which it differs mainly by a significantly higher genital

index of the male.

Während zwei naturwissenschaftlichen Reisen in den Jahren 1983 und 1985

in die höheren Bergregionen der Alpi Apuane, im nördlichen Teil der

Toscana gelegen, wurden im Gebiet der bekannten Marmorlagerstätten, etwa

25 km östlich der Küstenstadt Massa, an marmorhaltigen Felsen und

Gemäuern Dahlica-Säcke einer neuen Art eingetragen. An den Fundstellen,

in allernächster Nähe des abgelegenen Bergdörfchens Arni, in Höhen

zwischen 800 und 1000 m NN, waren die Säckchen an verschiedenen

Stellen, zum Teil in großer Anzahl zu finden.

Als Nahrung der Raupen kommen auch bei dieser Art Steinflechten und

Moose in Betracht. Die Raupen spinnen sich nach der Überwinterung im

April an den Felsen an. Im Mai schlüpfen dann die Imagines. Die Schlüpfzei-

ten sind wie auch bei den anderen Spezies der Gattung. In den Abend- und

Nachtstunden entwickeln sich die Männchen und im ersten Morgenticht die

Weibchen. Kurz danach findet dann der Hauptpaarungsflug statt.

Neben dieser Dahlica konnten an den Felsen noch Raupen und Säcke der

Psychiden Eumasia parietariella H.-S., Bruandia spec. ?, Psyche crassiorella

BRD. und Taleporia tubulosa RETZ. in Anzahl nachgewiesen werden.

203

Diese neue besonders schöngezeichnete Psychide soll nach dem Gestein, auf

dem sie siedelt, beschrieben werden.

Dahlica marmorella sp. nov.

Holotypus d: Italien, Toscana, Alpi Apuane, Arni, 800-900m NN,

6.-20.5.1985 e.p.

6.-20.5.1985 e.p. (Beide in coll. Landessammlungen für Naturkunde

in Karlsruhe).

Paratypen : 47 dd, 60 dd Säcke und 50 2° mit den zugehörigen Säcken

vom Fundort Arni/Alpi Apuane, ex. pupa, in coll. HERRMANN. Die

Weibchen sind in 60% Alkohol konserviert.

Diagnose

MANNCHEN :

Kopf und Augen schwarz. Kopf- und Rückenbehaarung schütter und rein

weiß gefärbt. Fühler mit 26-29 Geiselgliedern. Vordertibia ohne Epiphysis.

Vorderflügel : Lange, 4,7-6,3 mm, Mittelwert 5,9 mm (n = 20) ; Expansion,

9,5-12,8 mm, Mittelwert 11,8 mm (n= 20); schmal mit stumpfem Apex

und schwach eingedrucktem Vorderrand ; auffallend kontrastreich gegittert

mit glänzenden weißen und dunkelgrau gefärbten Flecken. Saumpunkte,

Diskoidal- und Innenrandfleck meist vorhanden. Im apikalen Teil der

Vorderflügel Deckschuppen der Breitenklasse III-VI, am häufigsten Typ IV-V

(Methode nach SAUTER, 1956), grobzähnig (2-3 zackig) oder feingezähnt

(4-6 zackig). Vorderflügelgeäder : Bei 30 untersuchten Vorderflügel ent-

sprangen die Adern m2 und m3 meist aus einem Punkt (13) oder waren

kurzgestielt (11). Bei 6 Flügeln waren m2 und m3 getrennt. Anhangzelle

meist vorhanden. Von 32 untersuchten Flügeln hatten nur 10 keine Anhang-

zelle. Hinterflügel : Einfarbig weißgrau und durch spärliche Beschuppung

hyalin, mit langen weißglänzenden Fransen. Die Adern m2 und m3 in der

Regel kurzgestielt. Genitalien vom typischen Dahlica-Bau. Der Genitalindex

beträgt 0,96-1,10, im Mittel 1,02 (n = 10).

WEIBCHEN :

Das flügellose Weibchen ist graugelb gefärbt, mit schwarzem Kopf und

schwarzgrau gefärbten Sterniten und Tergiten. Die Sternite waren, mit

Ausnahme des Siebten, bei allen untersuchten Weibchen median unterbro-

chen. Afterwollhaare silbrigweiß glänzend und ungeknöpft. Anzahl der

Fuhlerglieder | 1-14 im Mittel 13 (n = 10). Tarsus mit 3 oder 4 Gliedern und

nicht selten mit Fusionen. Vordertibien dornenlos. Mitteltibien meist mit

204

Abb. |. Dahlica marmorella sp. nov., kopulierendes Männchen. Italien, Toscana, Alpi

Apuane, Arni, 800-1000 m NN. 6.-20.5.1985 e.p. Foto : R. HERRMANN.

Abb. 2. Dahlica marmorella sp. nov., lockendes Weibchen. Angaben wie bei Abb. 1.

205

reduzierten oder gänzlich fehlenden Endspornen. Die Hintertibien ohne

Mittelsporne. Endsporne meistens vorhanden.

Postvaginalplatte bei Vergrößerung gut erkennbar (Abb. 3). Im vorderen Teil

stärker sklerotisiert. Dornen lang, schmal und zugespitzt. Zwischen dem

schmalen und leicht gebogenen Bursabogen und der Postvaginalplatte eine

dornenfreie Zone.

RN IN A x

tr ved

Abb. 3. Dahlica marmorella sp. nov., Genitalplatte des Weibchens von ventral. Rechts:

Dornen des Dorsalfeldes.

Bei drei unbefruchteten Weibchen wurden durch Uberpriifung des Eivorrats

41, 43 und 65 Eier gezählt.

Nach dem Schlupfen der Weibchen sind die Puppenhullen auffallend stark

gekrummt. Die Fuhlerscheiden der Puppe sind etwa gleichlang wie die

Beinscheiden (n = 40). (Methode nach HATTENSCHWILER, 1977).

SACKE :

Die dreikantigen mannlichen und weiblichen Säcke sind hellgrau bis schwarz

gefarbt, mit Erdteilchen, Marmorkôrnchen und Kalkstaub belegt und ohne

nennenswerten Geschlechtsdimorphismus. Lange der Sacke 5,0-7,0 mm im

Mittel 6,0 mm (n = 40).

Die vorliegende Art wurde mit den nahestehenden und verwandten Arten

Dahlica dorotheae (HERRMANN, 1981), Dahlica larella (CHRÉTIEN, 1906)

und Dahlica achajensis (SIEDER, 1966) verglichen (Tabelle 1).

206

Tabelle 1

Zusammenstellung wichtiger Unterscheidungsmerkmale von Dahlica marmorella sp. nov.,

D. dorotheae (HERRMANN, 1981), D. larella (CHRÉTIEN, 1906), Angaben nach SAUTER, 1958

und HÄTTENSCHWILER, 1981, und D. achajensis (SIEDER, 1966), Angaben nach SIEDER, 1966.

marmorella dorotheae larella achajensis

Vfl-Spannweite ‚3:12, 9,5-12,7 mm 11,2-12,9 mm

Mittel ‚sm 11,5 mm

Schuppenbreite der Vfl - V-VI

Genitalindex : ‚96-1, 0,68-0,88

Mittel ‚02 ( 0,76 (n= 17)

MANNCHEN

WEIBCHEN

Tarsenglieder 3-4

Fuhlerglieder 13-16

Afterwollhaare einfach einfach

Diskussion

Dahlica marmorella gehôrt in die Gruppe der breitschuppigen Arten.

Signifikante Artunterschiede zu Dahlica larella (CHRETIEN, 1906), bisher

bekannt nur aus der Sierra de Guadarrama (Spanien), sind vor allem bei den

Weibchen zu finden. Bei /arella ist die weibliche Postvaginalplatte nur

schwach sklerotisiert. Die Afterwollhaare sind im Gegensatz zu marmorella

geknöpft. Darüberhinaus ist außerdem der stark abweichende Sack von

larella, in seiner breiten und kurzen Form, ein wesentliches Trennungs-

merkmal zu den nahe verwandten Arten. Von D. dorotheae (HERRMANN,

1981) verbreitet in den Provenzialischen Alpen (Frankreich), der marmo-

rella am ähnlichsten ist, ist sie durch den deutlich höheren männlichen

Genitalindex, die lichtere Beschuppung, sowie durch die hellere Grundfarbe

des Männchens und klarer hervortretenden Zeichnungsstrukturen der männ-

lichen Vfl. zu trennen. Gegenüber D. achajensis (SIEDER, 1966), bekannt

vom Peloponnes (Griechenland), unterscheidet sie sich durch die weiße

Grundfarbe der männlichen Flügel und vor allem durch die 3-4 gliedrigen

Tarsen der weiblichen Beine. Die Weibchen von achajensis besitzen neben

einem 5-gliedrigen Tarsus auch eine höhere Fühlergliederzahl.

REBEL beschrieb 1918 anhand eines von MANN eingebrachten Männchens,

mit der Bezeichnung „Sizilien (MANN) 1858“, Solenobia siculella. Aus der

Urbeschreibung ist zu entnehmen, daß aber ein Irrtum über die Herkunft des

Stückes nicht ganz ausgeschlossen werden kann. Die Vorderflügellänge und

Expansion des Falters von 7,2 bzw. 14 mm, bei marmorella 5,9 und

11,8 mm als mittlere Werte, schließen auf eine größere Art. REBEL schreibt

weiter, daß die viel gröbere weiße Fleckung der Vfl. mit keiner ihm damals

207

bekannten Solenobienart vergleichbar gewesen sei. Uber Neufunde von si-

culella wurde seither nichts mehr bekannt. Auch können zum Verbleib des

ReBEL’schen Männchens keine Angaben gemacht werden. Das fragliche

Männchen befindet sich nicht im Naturhistorischen Museum Wien. (Briefli-

che Mitteilung von WEIDLICH, Halle).

Eine Identität dieses sizilianischen Stückes mit marmorella kann ausge-

schlossen werden. Dafür sprechen die Angaben in der Urbeschreibung und

die geographische Verbreitung, sowie das isolierte reliktartige Vorkommen

von marmorella in den Hochlagen des nördlichen Apenninengebirges.

Literatur

HÄTTENSCHWILER, P., 1977. Neue Merkmale als Bestimmungshilfe bei Psychiden

und Beschreibung von drei neuen Solenobia DuP. Arten (Psychidae, Lepidop-

tera). Mitt. ent. Ges. Basel N.F. 27 : 33-60.

HÄTTENSCHWILER, P., 1981. Eine neue Dahlica (= Solenobia auct.) aus Spanien

(Lepidoptera, Psychidae). Nota lepid. 4 : 21-26.

HERRMANN, R., 1981. Eine neue Psychide aus der Umgebung von Digne (Basses-

Alpes), (Lepidoptera, Psychidae). Atalanta 12 : 133-138.

REBEL, H., 1918. Zur Kenntnis palaearktischer Talaeporiiden. Dr. Ent. Z. , Iris“ 32 :

95-112.

SAUTER, W., 1956. Morphologie und Systematik der Schweizerischen Solenobia-

Arten (Lep. Psychidae). Rev. Suisse Zoologie 63 : 451-550.

SAUTER, W., 1958. Zur Kenntnis von Solenobia fumosella HEIN. und S. /arella

CHRET. (Lep. Psychidae). Mitt. schweiz. ent. Ges. 30 : 328-332.

SIEDER, L., 1966. Eine neue Psychide (Lepidoptera Psychidae) aus dem Peloponnes

(Griechenland). Solenobia achajensis nov. spec. Z. wien. ent. Ges. 51:

97-100.

208

Nota lepid. 10 (4): 209-217 ; 31.1.1988 ISSN 0342-7536

Morphologische und Ökologische Daten

zu den praimaginalen Stadien einiger Arten

der Gattung Hyponephele MUSCHAMP, 1915

(Lepidoptera : Satyridae)

Gerhard HESSELBARTH

Johannstr. 6, D-2840 Diepholz 1, Bundesrepublik Deutschland.

Summary

The early stages of Hyponephele lycaon KUHN. kocaki ECKWEILER, /upina COSTA und

naricina STAUDINGER are compared. Particularly the last two larval stages and the

pupae offer useful identification characters. The selected characters show striking

similarities between /ycaon and kocaki, while /upina seems to take a position between

the /vcaon-kocaki-group and naricina. Their ecological requirements are different :

H. lycaon is the most flexible species, /upina prefers dry, hot and bushy biotopes,

kocaki and naricina are apparently strictly bound to hot rocky slopes with little

vegetation.

Zusammenfassung

Die Entwicklungsstadien von Hyponephele Iycaon KUHN, kocaki ECKWEILER, /upina

Costa und naricina STAUDINGER werden miteinander verglichen. Besonders die

letzten beiden Raupenstadien und die Puppen bieten brauchbare Möglichkeiten für

eine artliche Differenzierung. Die ausgewählten präimaginalen Merkmale zeigen bei

Ivcaon und kocaki auffallende Ähnlichkeiten, während /upina eine Art Mittelstellung

zwischen der /ycaon-kocaki-Gruppe und naricina einzunehmen scheint. Die ökologi-

schen Ansprüche sind unterschiedlich : H. /ycaon zeigt die größte Flexibilität, /upina

bevorzugt trockene, heiße und mit Büschen bestandene Biotope, kocakiund naricina

sind offenbar arı bestimmte Umweltbedingungen eng gebunden.

Zu den ersten Ständen von Arten der Gattung Hyponephele MUSCHAMP,

1915 sind mir bisher nur Angaben über H. /ycaon bekanntgeworden. Die

nachstehenden Daten, die sich sämtliche auf Eizuchten anatolischer Tiere

beziehen, sollen dazu beitragen, den Informationsstand zu erweitern, zumal

auch die Entwicklungsstadien für eine taxonomische Beurteilung und für

phylogenetische Aspekte von großer Bedeutung sind. Bisher konnten Eiabla-

gen von A. lycaon, kocaki, lupina, wagneri und naricina erreicht werden. Da

aber die Raupen von H. wagneri HERRICH-SCHÄFFER bereits in der ersten

Häutungsphase eingingen, wird diese Art hier nicht berücksichtigt.

209

Die angeführten Arten wurden unter den klimatischen Bedingungen Nord-

westdeutschlands anfangs im ungeheizten Zimmer gehalten, während der

Winterdiapause im Kühlschrank Temperaturen von 5 bis 6°C ausgesetzt und

danach im geheizten Zimmer an Poa annua zur Imago durchgezüchtet.

1. Hyponephele lycaon (KUHN, 1774)

Die Eier europäischer /ycaon wurden von GILLMER (1900 : 84), von SPULER

(1902 : 46) und von DorING (1955 : 83) beschrieben, von DÔRING (1955,

Tafel i2) auch bildlich dargestellt. Sie sind anfangs gelblich gefarbt und

nehmen vor dem Schlupf eine rötliche Tönung an. Die Zahl der Langsrippen

wurde von GILLMER mit 19, von DOrRING mit 19 bis 20 angegeben. Bei Eiern,

die Weibchen vom Guzeldere-Pafi (Provinz Van) ablegten, stellte ich 22 bis

24 solcher Langsleisten fest.

Bei meinen Aufzuchten schlupften die Raupchen, deren Ausgangsmaterial

aus verschiedenen kleinasiatischen Gegenden stammte, nach 12 bis 15

Tagen. Sie hatten zunachst braune Kopfe, einen helibraunen Korper und

ungleich breite, dunkelbraune Langslinien. Nach der ersten Hautung wurden

Kopfkapsel, Körper und Rückenstreifen grün, die übrigen Längslinien

weißlich. Diese Zeichnungs- und Färbungselemente blieben bis zum Ende

der 3. Häutungsphase (L 3) bestehen. Mit Beginn des vorletzten Entwick-

Abb. 1. Raupe von H. Iycaon, Abb. 2. Puppe von A. Iycaon,

Länge 30 mm. Länge 12 mm.

210

lungsstadiums wurden an der Kopfkapsel zwei seitliche Wulste sichtbar, die

den Kopf aus frontaler Sicht herzformig erscheinen ließen. Außerdem traten

an den Seiten dieser Aufwolbungen rote oder purpurfarbene Langsstriche

hervor, die, von einem weißen breiten Hof umrandet, der Kopfkapsel ein

maskenförmiges Aussehen gaben (Abb. 1). Gleichzeitig hoben sich die nun

dunkelgrüne Dorsale sowie die weißlichen Lateralen schärfer ab, und der

breite basale Streifen war nun rot/weiß oder purpurn/weiß, gelegentlich auch

gelb/weiß (vgl. Bopr 1985, Tafel 7, Abb. 60) gefärbt. In einigen Fallen

schien dieses basale Band ganz weiß zu sein, aber bei genauer Betrachtung

war es zum Rücken doch stets durch eine feine, rötliche Linie gegen die

Grundfarbe abgegrenzt. Die aus Anatolien stammenden /ycaon-Raupen

erreichten eine Körperlänge von 30 mm. Zur Verpuppung zogen sie einige

Grashalme zusammen und legten ein kleines, flaches Polster an, in das die

Kremasterspitzen einhakten. Die Umwandlung vollzog sich rasch.

Die 11 bis 12 mm langen Stürzpuppen waren grau oder graubraun, manch-

mal auch graugrün gefärbt. Die dunklen Phänotypen wiesen auf den Flügel-

scheiden kräftige, schwarze oder schwarzbraune Striche und Flecken auf, die

bei den helleren Puppen schwächer ausgeprägt waren (Abb. 2). Völlig

zeichnungslose grüne Puppen, wie sie bei SPULER (1902 : 46) neben dunklen

Puppenformen erwähnt und von HIGGINs & HARGREAVES (1983: 225,

Fig. 5 b) abgebildet wurden, habe ich bei meinen Aufzuchten nicht erhalten.

2. Hyponephele kocaki ECKWEILER, 1978

Die weißlichen, nach einigen Tagen trübroten Eier wurden in den Zucht-

behältern meist an noch frische Bestandteile der Nahrungspflanzen der

Raupen geheftet. Von Dr. SIEPE (Neuss), der eine Parallelzucht, deren

Ausgangsmaterial ebenfalls vom Güzeldere-Paß (Provinz Van) stammte,

durchführte, und von mir wurden 16 bis 21 Längsrippen mit leiterspros-

sen-ähnlichen Querstrukturen festgestellt. Anders als bei /vcaon zog sich der

Schlüpfvorgang über einen langen Zeitraum, bis zu sieben Wochen, hin.

Die Eiräupchen waren etwas heller als die von /ycaon, sandfarben mit

braunem Kopf und braunroten Rücken-, Seiten- und Fußstreifen. Die mit den

Häutungen verbundenen Veränderungen vollzogen sich ähnlich wie bei

Ivcaon. Die erwachsenen kocaki-Raupen (Abb. 3) wirkten jedoch gedrunge-

ner und erreichten im Durchschnitt nur eine Gesamtlänge von 27 mm. Die

Delle in der Kopfkapsel war flacher als der herzförmige Einschnitt bei /ycaon.

Sehr häufig war die grüne Grundfarbe der kocaki-Raupen in den letzten

beiden Häutungsphasen (L 4 und L 5) rot übergossen, und bei diesen

Färbungstypen war dann auch der untere Teil des basalen Streifens rosa statt

weiß.

271

Abb. 3. Raupe von H. kocaki, Abb. 4. Puppe von H. kocaki,

Lange 27 mm. Lange 10 mm.

Der Verpuppungsmodus entsprach dem von /ycaon, aber die Puppen selbst

waren zierlicher und mit 10 mm Lange auch etwas kurzer. Auffallig waren

die Farbungs- und Zeichnungsunterschiede zu den anderen Hyponephele-

Arten: Der Puppenkorper war rotlich gefarbt, die Flügelscheiden aber

graugrun oder graublau ; ihr Zeichnungsmuster (Abb. 4) glich in der Anlage

dem von /ycaon, bestand aber aus feineren, dunkleren Strichen. In der

prapupalen Phase erwiesen sich die kocaki-Raupen als sehr empfindlich :

Einige von ihnen fielen von den Gespinstpolstern ab, konnten sich aber in

den meisten Fallen dennoch in eine normal geformte Puppe verwandeln.

3. Hyponephele lupina (Costa, 1834)

Zur Eiablage wurden Weibchen in verschiedenen Jahren aus den Provinzen

Nevsehir, Bitlis und Artvin verwendet. Die Tiere legten jeweils immer nur

eine kleine Menge von Eiern ab. Die anfangs gelblichen, dann aber schnell

zu einer schmutzig-hellbraunen Tönung nachdunkelnden Eier sind etwas

größer als die von /ycaon und an beiden Polen stärker abgeflacht. Sie haben

18 bis 21 Längsrippen, die im unteren Teil in unregelmäßige Erhöhungen

übergehen. Die Eidauer betrug zwei Wochen. Die Eiraupen sind denen von

lycaon ähnlich, haben aber einen dunkleren Kopf und dunklere, gleichbreite

Längsstreifen. lie larvale Entwicklung ist ebenfalls mit der von /ycaon zu

212

vergleichen, aber der basale Streifen blieb bei meinen Aufzuchten auch in L 4

und L5 einfarbig gelblich, war also nicht wie bei kocaki und /ycaon

zweigeteilt. Der auffallendste Unterschied zu den beiden anderen Arten liegt

in der Gestalt der grünen Kopfkapsel, die bei /upina zwei spitze, oben

rotliche, beborstete Hocker (Abb. 5) tragt, die an ein Gehorn erinnern. An

der Seite dieser Hocker verlaufen rote oder braunrote, weiß eingefaßte

Striche, die im Vergleich zu den Wangenstrichen bei /ycaon und kocaki

schmaler sind. Da die dunkelgrüne Ruckenlinie weiß eingerahmt ist, tritt sie

deutlich hervor. Die abdominalen Zapfen sind länger als bei /ycaon, weißlich

und nur oberseits hochrot gefärbt. Die hellen Stigmen über der Fußlinie sind

wie bei den anderen beiden Arten kaum sichtbar. Auch die /upina-Raupen

fertigten sich zur Verpuppung ein großräumiges, lockeres, aus unregelmäßi-

gen Polygonalen bestehendes Gewebe an. Die präpupale Phase war kurz.

Die grüne Puppe ist kompakter und etwas länger als die von /ycaon. Die

grünen Flügelscheiden haben undeutliche weiße Striche und einen aufge-

wölbten, weißen Innenrand. Im geheizten Zimmer betrug die Puppenruhe

etwa 4 Wochen.

Abb. 5. Raupe von A. lupina, Länge 32 mm.

4. Hyponephele naricina (STAUDINGER, 1870)

In der Gefangenschaft legten die aus der Umgebung von Van stammenden

Weibchen ihre weißlichen, später sandfarben-rötlichen Eier ganz überwie-

215

gend an anorganische Unterlagen wie Steine, Blumentopfrand oder Nylon-

beutel ab. Die Eier hatten 17 Längsrippen. Die Räupchen schlüpften in sehr

unregelmäßigen Abständen, teilweise erst nach vier oder mehr Wochen. Die

hell-beigen Eiraupen hatten einen braunen Kopf und helle Längsstreifen.

Kopf und Körper waren wie bei den anderen Arten mit weißen Börstchen

besetzt. Die abdominale Gabel wurde erst nach der Nahrungsaufnahme

sichtbar. Die Jungraupen waren im Vergleich zu den anderen von mir

aufgezogenen Hyponephele-Arten schlanker und gestreckter. Die ausgewach-

senen Larven erreichten eine Gesamtlänge von 30 mm (Abb. 6). Die runde,

grüne Kopfkapsel und die breiten, leuchtend weißen Seiten- und Fußbänder

boten in L 4 und L 5 die markantesten Unterschiede zu den anderen Arten.

Ein ganz feiner, kurzer Wangenstrich war mit bloßem Auge kaum zu

erkennen. Ohne Anlage eines Gespinstes verwandelten sich die kräftig-

grünen Raupen meist in eine Stürzpuppe. Nur einige Larven vollzogen die

Verpuppung ohne weitere Vorbereitungen auf dem Erdboden. Dabei wurden,

wie bei kocaki, weder irgendwelche Deformierungen noch morphologische

Unterschiede zu den Hängepuppen festgestellt.

Die Puppe selbst ist grün und bis auf den weißen Innenrand der Flügelschei-

den zeichnungslos (Abb. 7). Die Falter schlüpften nach vier Wochen.

Abb. 6. Raupe von H. naricina, Abb. 7. Puppe von H. naricina,

Länge 29 mm. Länge 14 mm.

214

Diskussion

Aus den Beobachtungsdaten ist ersichtlich, daß bei diesen vier Hypone-

phele-Arten die Raupen in den beiden letzten Hautungsabschnitten sowie die

Puppen die markantesten Differenzierungskriterien bieten :

Art: Raupen in L4 und LS: Puppen :

Kopfform | Wangen- | Basaler Grundfarbe | Flügelscheiden

strich Längsstreifen

kocaki mit kraftig, rot/weif rotlich graublau oder

flacher breit oder graugrun, deutlich

Delle rot/rosa gezeichnet

lycaon rot/weiß braun wie die Grundfarbe,

oder oder stark gezeichnet

purpurn/weiß, graubraun,

selten selten

gelb/weiß graugrün

lupina tief ein- deutlich, | einfarbig grün grün mit schwachen |

gekerbt schmal gelblich weißen Strichen

naricina | rund kaum weil} grun grun, ungezeichnet,

sichtbar Innenrand weiß

Die weitgehende Ubereinstimmung präimaginaler Merkmale bei kocaki und

lycaon kann als Hinweis auf eine relativ junge Artentrennung angesehen

werden. Doch auch bei den /upina-Raupen lassen die Kopfform, der

Wangenstrich, der farbige Basalstreifen, der Verpuppungsmodus und bei der

Puppe die — wenn auch nur schwache — Zeichnung der Flugelscheiden

Beziehungen zur kocaki-lycaon-Gruppe erkennen. Dagegen weist die turki-

sche naricina, die Gross 1977 nach Tieren aus der Umgebung von Erzincan

als subsp. naricoides beschrieb, im Raupen- und Puppenstadium Merkmale

auf, die eine frühere Abtrennung vom gemeinsamen Stamm vermuten lassen.

Die Kenntnis der ersten Stande der tibrigen Arten, die nach der derzeitigen

Systematik zum Genus Hyponephele gestellt werden, wird zur Gruppierung

innerhalb der Gattung beitragen können.

Die ökologischen Ansprüche dieser vier Arten sind unterschiedlich. Am

anpassungsfähigsten ist H. lycaon; diese Satyride bewohnt in Eurasien ein

ausgedehntes Areal und konnte in jüngster Zeit ihren Siedlungsraum in

nordwestlicher Richtung noch ausweiten (DE LATTIN 1967 : 41). Anderer-

seits hat ihr Verbreitungsgebiet im europäischen Raum durch menschliche

Eingriffe in die Landschaft an Geschlossenheit eingebüßt. In der Türkei

215

behauptet /ycaon sich noch in höheren Lagen, wo sie stellenweise mit kocaki

zusammentrifft. In solchen Kohabitationszonen, wie in der Provinz Hakkari

(ECKWEILER 1978 : 376) oder im Mengene-Gebirge im Südosten der Frovinz

Van, erscheint die lokale kocaki einige Zeit vor der weitverbreiteten /ycaon.

Am Güzeldere-Paß im Mengene-Gebirge blieben die Imagines von /ycaon im

Bereich der grasigen Hänge, während die Falter von kocaki diesen Raum

sogar in den heißen Mittagstunden verließen, um sich auf der besonders

heißen Teerdecke der Paßstraße niederzulassen.

H. lupina ist in weiten Gebieten Sudeuropas bodenständig, zeigt aber ein Bild

disjunkter Verbreitung. In Kleinasien habe ich diese xerotherme Art sowohl

in Küstennähe als auch noch in Höhenlagen von etwa 2200 m gefunden. Sie

bevorzugt Biotope mit Büschen, in deren Schutz sich die Falter auch am Tage

lange aufhalten. Ihre relative ökologische Flexibilität kommt auch wohl darin

zum Ausdruck, daß die in der Türkei abgelegten Eier selbst unter dem

Einfluß des nordwest-deutschen Klimas noch kurzfristig und gleichzeitig die

Raupen ergaben, wie sich mehrfach erwies, während der Schlüpfvorgang bei

kocaki und naricina unregelmäßig erfolgte und einen langen Zeitraum in

Anspruch nahm. Die vergleichsweise kurze Vegetationsperiode in den

Brutbiotopen von kocaki und naricina, die davon abhängige Entwicklungs-

geschwindigkeit der präimaginalen Stadien und die im Vergleich zu anderen

Satyriden kurze Flugzeit der Imagines lassen vermuten, daß auch der Schlupf

der Raupen dieser beiden Arten in ihren natürlichen Reproduktionsräumen

zeitlich begrenzt sein wird.

In der Türkei habe ich naricina nur an vegetationsarmen, heißen und

steinigen Hängen in 1400 bis 2100 m Meereshöhe angetroffen. Die sehr

scheuen Falter setzten sich mit geschlossenen Flügeln so auf den erwärmten

Boden, daß die Sonnenstrahlen etwa senkrecht auf eine Flügelseite auftrafen.

Mit ihrer unruhig gezeichneten, silbrigen Hinterflügelunterseite sind diese

Tiere in ihren Habitaten hervorragend gegen Sicht getarnt. Wenn die nari-

cina-Weibchen in der Gefangenschaft ihre Eier an anorganische Stoffe

hefteten, so wird dieses Ablageverhalten weitgehend den Möglichkeiten in

der Natur entsprechen ; denn die mir bekannten Flugbiotope in den Pro-

vinzen Erzincan, Sivas und Van sind zur Flugzeit dieser Art so kahl

abgeweidet und von der Sonne so ausgedörrt, daß die Eiraupen in der ersten

Zeit nach dem Schlüpfen sich nur unter Steinen verbergen können und sich

vor dem Austrocknen durch die Aufnahme von Tau schützen müssen. Die

bei den Aufzuchten gemachte Beobachtung, daß die Raupen von naricina

wie auch die von kocaki sich nicht in allen Fällen in eine Hängepuppe

verwandelten, sondern sich auch auf dem Boden verpuppen konnten, werte

ich nicht als einen artgemäßen alternativen Verpuppungsmodus, sondern als

eine Reaktion auf die drastisch veränderten Umweltbedingungen.

216

Literatur

Boni, E. 1985. Die Raupen der europäischen Tagfalter — Les Chenilles des

papillons diurnes européens — The caterpillars of European butterflies.

Compiègne.

Döring, E., 1955. Zur Morphologie der Schmetterlingseier. Berlin.

ECKWEILER, W., 1978. Eine neue Art der Gattung Hyponephele MUSCHAMP aus der

Südtürkei (Lep., Satyride). — Atalanta (Würzburg) 9 (4a) : 375-379.

GILLMER, M., 1900. Beschreibung von Tagfaltereiern. — Ent. Z., Frankfurt a. M.,

14 (11): 83-84.

Gross, F. J., 1977. Uber Hyponephele narica und H. naricina und deren Verbreitung

in der Türkei (Lep. Satyridae). — Atalanta (Würzburg) 8 (2) : 123-125.

Hicacins, L. & HARGREAVES, B., 1983. The butterflies of Britain and Europe.

London.

DE Lattin, G., 1967. Grundriß der Zoogeographie. Stuttgart.

SPULER, A., 1901-1908. Die Schmetterlinge Europas. Band 1. Stuttgart.

VI. Europäischer Kongress für Lepidopterologie

San Remo 5.-9. April 1988

Die Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica (SEL) ladt alle Lepidopterologen

zur Teilnahme am VI. Europaischen Kongress für Lepidopterologie in San

Remo (Dienstag 5. bis Samstag 9. April 1988) ein.

Die Hauptthemen des Kongresses werden sein :

— Biochemische und ökologische Anpassungen bei Schmetterlingen.

— Biologie bedrohter Arten.

— Genetische und kladistische Untersuchungen zur Phylogenie der Schmet-

terlinge.

Weitere Auskunfte erhalten Sie direkt vom Sekretar des Kongresses : Prof.

Dr. E. Balletto, Dipartimento di Biologia animale, Via Academia Albertina

17, I-10123 Torino (Italien).

217

Nota lepid. 10 (4) : 218-223 ; 31.1.1988 ISSN 0342-7536

Capparis spinosa (Capparidaceae) : an oviposition substrate

for Lampides boeticus LINNAEUS, in southern Spain

(Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae) (*)

D. JORDANO BARBUDO, J. RODRIGUEZ GONZALEZ and J. FERNANDEZ HAEGER

Department of Ecology, Faculty of Sciences, University of Cordoba, E-14071 Cordoba, Spain.

Zusammenfassung

In Süd-Spanien, legt L. boeticus im Sommer seine Eier auf C. spinosa ab, da wo

keine andere Futterpflanzen verfugbar sind. Trotz dem verbreiteten Kannibalismus

unter den Raupen dieser Art, haben wir oft Eiablagen in den selben Knospen

beobachtet, insbesondere auf Pflanzen in der Blutezeit. Eier wurden in Gruppen von

ca. 3 auf den Knospen von C. spinosa gefunden. Obwohl die Zucht der Raupen in

unserem Laboratorium nicht möglich war, können wir bestätigen, daß die frischge-

schlüpften Raupen sich innerhalb der Knospen ernähren.

Summary

In southern Spain, during the summer, Lampides boeticus L. uses Capparis spinosa

as oviposition substrate in areas where no other foodplants are available. Despite the

cannibalism frequent in the larva of this species, high egg-loads were observed,

especially on plants in full bloom. Eggs were found on average in clusters of around

3 per bud. Although it has not been possible to observe full development of larvae

on this plant in the laboratory, we have confirmed that freshly hatched larvae make

a hole in the sepals, and feed subsequently inside the bud.

Lampides boeticus (LINNAEUS, 1767) is a widespread species in tropical and

temperate zones all over the world, excluding North America. In southern

Spain, it is multivoltine, with 4 or 5 generations per year, from April to

October. This species lives in very different habitats, including towns

(MARTIN, 1984), where it can even feed on fruits of Robinia pseudoacacia.

Therefore, it presents great ecological plasticity, no doubt enhanced by its

migratory habits (NEL, 1984 ; ROBERT et al, 1983), which give it a great

capacity for colonising new habitats. However, the key factor in its adaptation

to new habitats is undoubtedly its polyphagous feeding habits, its capacity to

feed on a wide range of foodplants.

(*) This work was supported by grant 3126/83 of the CAICYT.

218

Around 100 species of Leguminosae are reported for L. boeticus, belonging

to 40 different genera (JORDANO et al., in press). Few references are available

concerning plants of other families. These are Rosmarinus sp. (Labiatae) in

Spain, Cliffortia sp. (Rosaceae) in South Africa, and Passiflora foetida

(Passifloraceae) in Sumatra (RiIBBE, 1909 ; Dickson, 1953 and DEN Door,

1918 in MARTIN, 1984). It should however be mentioned that the range of

foodplants used by individual populations is frequently small. In the case of

multivoltine species like this, there is often a temporal alternation. For

example, in south-eastern France, L. boeticus lays its eggs on Ulex sp.

between January and April, on Colutea sp. in May, and during the summer

on Spartium junceum (NEL, 1984). In Spain, observed preferences for Z.

boeticus are : Pisum sativum, Colutea atlantica and Spartium junceum (MAN-

LEY & ALLCARD, 1970; GOMEZ BUSTILLO & FERNANDEZ Rubio, 1974 ;

MARTIN, 1984).

Larvae of this species need to ingest food which is particularly rich in protein,

thus giving rise to the use of plants and parts of plants with a high nitrogen

content, such as the reproductive structures (flowers and fruits). This

explains the anthophagous and carpophagous habit of the larvae. This pattern

is widely found in the Lycaenidae, and has been related to myrmecophily

(PIERCE, 1985), a mutualistic relationship which requires a considerable

energu investment for the synthesis of amino-acids and sugars, which

constitute the reward offered to the ants.

In southern Spain, the availability of flowers and fruits on which the larvae

depend is limited by the marked seasonality of the climate, which influences

the phenology of foodplants. This problem is solved in some areas by L.

boeticus exploiting alfalfa crops (Medicago sativa) on irrigated land (MARTIN,

1984 ; pers. obs.), an alternative which ensures the maintenance of a

population of relatively high density (JoRDANO, 1980). However, this alterna-

tive is virtually non-existent in southern Spain, where irrigated land accounts

for only a small proportion of cultivated areas, and where alfalfa is a minor

crop.

During our research on the biology and ecology of Colotis evagore KLUG

(Pieridae) in the Guadalquivir river valley, we have frequently observed, over

the last three summers, a northward movement of L. boeticus across this area.

At this time of year, herbaceous plants on the embankments and uncultivated

marginal areas dry up. Capparis spinosa, the foodplant of C. evagore, (also

used in summer by two other Pieridae (Artogeia rapae L. and Pieris brassicae

L.), is an exception, since it puts out new shoots annually from large roots,

which actually enables it to grow and bloom in summer (FERNANDEZ HAEGER

et. al., 1987).

219

In summer 1984, we frequently observed L. boeticus on the leaves of this

plant, a fact which we considered unimportant, due to the taxonomic

position of C. spinosa, at some distance from the Leguminosae and closer

to the Cruciferae, with which it shares the presence of glucosinolates, and in

particular glucocaparin, identified as methyl-isothiocyanate (KJAER, 1960).

These allelochemicals are deterrent to most herbivores.

In summer 1985, a more detailed observation of L. boeticus revealed that

their presence on such plants was not accidental, and that the plant attracted

the butterflies, as shown by the constancy and frequency of their visits. We

were able to confirm that on most occasions, they were females, whose

behaviour were characteristic of the foodplant identification phase. Females

moved across the leaves curling the abdomen and crawling the ovipositor

over the leaf surface. When they stopped, they rubbed the upper surface of

the leaf with the foretarsi, touching it with the tips of the antennae.

We were finally able to confirm the laying of several eggs, scattered over the

upper surface of some leaves. This occurred in July in an area near Castro

del Rio (province of Cordoba), and was initially interpreted as an oviposition

mistake (DETHIER, 1959 : STRAATMAN, 1962; RODMAN & CHEW, 1980),

which was somewhat unexpected in view of the nature of the plant, and the

fact that wild Medicago sativa plants, with ripening fruits and still some

inflorescences, were growing in a ditch only a few meters away. These plants,

where several Polyommatus icarus females were found to be laying, were

apparently ignored by L. boeticus.

In the summer of 1986 we were able to confirm conclusively that the

oviposition observed in the previous year was not an isolated case. This was

borne out by the observation of many females laying on unopened C. spinosa

flowers in September near Moriles (Province of Cordoba). A close study of

the plants revealed several L. boeticus eggs, some of which had hatched. An

average of 3.35 + 1.99 eggs (n = 23) were found per bud, and 82.6% of the

buds contained clusters of two or more eggs (Fig. |), despite the cannibalism

common in the caterpillars of this species (MARTIN, 1984 ; pers. obs.). The

preference for unopened flowers as an oviposition substrate agrees with the

results obtained by MARTIN (1984), who found 84.4% of eggs laid on flowers

and only 10.6% on leaves.

These observations may also explain the laying preference observed in

another area in September 1986, where eggs were found on burnt and

re-sprouted plants, in full bloom at that time, rather than on plants which had

not been burnt, that were phenologically more advanced and had almost

finished flowering. The C. spinosa in this area covers the verge of a road,

forming a stragg!ing hedge about 400 metres long. It is sometimes partially

220

n QC x

Number of eggs/bud

Fig. 1. Number of eggs of L. boeticus on buds of C. spinosa.

L. BOETICUS

DDEZZZZZZZZZIUN

C. SPINOSA

RE EMA EM in RA ON

Fig. 2. Ombrothermic diagram of the city of Cordoba: The phenology of C. spinosa and

abundance of L. boeticus. The vegetative growth period of the plant (inset) coincides with hot,

dry weather ; this period also coincides with the period when L. boeticus numbers are highest

(inset, top).

burnt. Burnt plants tend to put out new shoots around 20 days later, and

bloom again in profusion.

221

This may also explain the laying of eggs on leaves, seen in the first area

mentioned above in 1985, where buds were scarce, because of mass picking

for commercial purposes.

The phenology of the plant is also observed to coincide with the periods of

greatest abundance of L. boeticus (summer and autumn generations), when

numbers are swelled by migrating individuals (Fig. 2).

To chart the development of the larvae, bud samples were collected and

observed in the laboratory, where caterpillars hatched normally. After

making a hole in the sepals, they entered the bud and fed mainly on the

anthers. Limited availability of buds, together with their rapid deterioration

after cutting, led to the failure of the rearing experiment. Despite this, several

caterpillars continued to develop up to the third instar. In this connection,

it should be pointed out that Pontia daplidice L. females were occasionally

seen to lay on the leaves of this plant. Nevertheless, and despite its biochemi-

cal relationships with the Cruciferae and Resedaceae, usually used for

oviposition by P. daplidice, the newly hatched caterpillars of this species

rejected it completely, finally dying of starvation.

Thus, though it has not been possible to study the full larval development on

this plant, it seems likely that, under natural conditions, this species may be

able to complete its life cycle on it.

References

DETHIER, V. G., 1959. Egg-laying habits in lepidoptera in relation to available food.

Can. Ent. 91 : 554-561.

FERNANDEZ HAEGER, J., D. JORDANO BARBUDO & J. RODRIGUEZ GONZALEZ, 1987.

Capparis spinosa: a resource for insects during summer food shortage in

southern Spain. Proc. 3 European Congress of Entomology, pp. 259-262.

Amsterdam.

GOMEZ BUSTILLO, M. R. & F. FERNANDEZ Rubio, 1974. Mariposas de la Peninsula

Iberica. Il. Publicaciones del Ministerio de Agricultura. Madrid.

JORDANO, D., 1980. Estudio ecolögico del ciclo anual de una comunidad mediterra-

nea de mariposas diurnas. Tesina de Licenciatura. Facultad de Ciencias.

Universidad de Cordoba.

JORDANO, D. & J. RODRIGUEZ (in press). Nuevas citas de plantas nutricias para tres

especies de ropaloceros. SHILAP, Revta. Lepid.

KIAER, A., 1960. Naturally derived isothiocyanates (mustard oils) and their parent

glucosides. Fortsch. Chem. Org. Naturst. 18 : 122-176.

MANLEY, W. B. L. & H. G. ALLCARD, 1970. A field guide to the butterflies and

burnets of Spain. E. W. CLASSEY Ltd. Publishers. London.

MARTIN, J., 1984. Biologia comparada de Lampides boeticus (L.), Syntarucus

pirithous (_.) y Polvommatus icarus (ROT.) (Lep., Lycaenidae). Graellsia XL :

163-193.

222

NEL, J., 1984. Sur la plasticité écologique et la biologie de quelques lépidoptères

(Rhopalocera) du sud-est méditerranéen de la France. These. Faculte des

Sciences et Techniques de Saint-Jerome. Universite d’Aix-Marseille.

Pierce, N. E., 1984. Lycaenid butterflies and ants : Selection for nitrogen-fixing and

other protein-rich food plants. Am. Nat. 125 : 888-895.

ROBERT, J. H., A. ESCARRE, T. GARCIA & P. MARTINEZ, 1983. Lepidopteros

ropaloceros. Cuadernos de la Fauna Alicantina. IV. Publicaciones del Instituto

de Estudios Alicantinos. Serie II, n° 20. Alicante.

RODMAN, J. E. & F. S. CHEw, 1980. Phytochemical correlates of herbivory in a

community of native and naturalized Cruciferae. Biochemical Systematics and

Ecology 8 : 43-50.

STRAATMAN, R., 1962. Notes on certain Lepidoptera ovipositing on plants which are

toxic to their larvae. J. Lepid. Soc. 26 : 99-103.

Corrigendum

The editor would like to apologize for an unfortunate error in the list of contents

of Nota lepid. 10 (3): 137. For Noctua warrensis sp.n., read Noctua warreni sp.n.

223

Nota lepid. 10 (4) : 224-235 ; 31.1.1988 ISSN 0342-7536

The systematic status of the genera

Iiseopsis POVOLNY, 1965, and Empista POVOLNY, 1968

(Lepidoptera : Gelechiidae : Gnorimoschemini)

K. SATTLER

Department of Entomology, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London

SW7 S5BD, U.K.

Abstract

The systematic status of the genera //seopsis POVOLNY and Empista POVOLNY,

including its subgenus Zeempista POVOLNY, is discussed. //seopsis and Zeempista are

recognized as junior subjective synonyms of Scrobipalpa JANSE and Kiwaia PHILPOTT

respectively ; Empista is reduced to a subgenus of Kiwaia. One species is recalled

from synonymy and 30 new combinations are introduced. The head structures of two

Scrobipalpa species are illustrated by SEM photomicrographs.

Zusammenfassung

Der systematische Status der Gattungen //seopsis POVOLNY und Empista POVOLNY,

einschlieBlich der Untergattung Zeempista POVOLNY, wird diskutiert. //seopsis und

Zeempista werden als jungere subjektive Synonyme zu Scrobipalpa JANSE bzw.

Kiwaia PHILPOTT gezogen ; Empista wird zur Untergattung von Kiwaia herunterge-

stuft. Eine Art wird aus der Synonymie gerufen, und 30 neue Kombinationen werden

eingefuhrt. Die Kopfstrukturen von zwei Scrobipalpa-Arten werden in REM-Fotos

dargestellt.

The Gnorimoschemini are a tribe of the Gelechiidae : Gelechiinae with

almost worldwide distribution. Most of the currently recognized 35 or so

gnorimoschemine genera are based exclusively on morphological characters

of the male and female genitalia and can be separated satisfactorily from each

other by these structures. An exception is the monotypic genus //seopsis

PovoLny, 1965, containing /. peterseni PovoLnY from North Africa and

Saudi Arabia. It will be shown in this paper that //seopsis cannot be separated

from Scrobipalpa JANSE, 1951. It will also be shown that the genus Empista

POVOLNY, 1968, originally described from Nepal, is merely a subgenus of the

New Zealand genus Kiwaia Puitpotr, 1930, and that Zeempista POVOLNY,

1974, originally proposed as a subgenus of Empista, is a junior subjective

synonym of Kiwaia. The results of my studies are published here to be

224

available for the Gnorimoschemini volume of Microlepidoptera Palaearctica

that is currently in preparation by POVOLNY with the assistance of ROESLER.

In the original description of //seopsis, POVOLNY emphasized as good generic

characters in the male genitalia the strong bend at the basal third of the valva,

the reduction of the first pair of saccular processes and the relatively short

small saccus, and in the female genitalia the short apophyses anteriores.

Before discussing the validity of these presumed generic characters, some

aspects of the terminology adopted by PovoLNy must be clarified. In the male

genitalia of Scrobipalpa (Figs 4, 5) and J/seopsis (Figs 2, 3) the posterior

margin of the vinculum is characterized by a V-shaped median emargination

flanked by a pair of short but usually distinct processes. These are referred

to by PovoLnY as the first pair of saccular processes (“erstes Paar der

Saccularfortsatze”) whilst the vinculum is interpreted as saccular fold

(“Saccularfalte”). The proper sacculus is vaguely described as a shovel-

shaped process fused with the base of the valva (“mit der Valvenbasis

verwachsener schaufelförmiger Fortsatz”) and in PovoLNy’s later publica-

tions is termed “parabasal process of the valva”.

The weakly clavate valva of most Scrobipalpa species is more or less straight ;

however, in S. ocellatella (BOYD, 1858) (Fig. 4), an otherwise undisputed

Scrobipalpa, it is bent nearly as strongly as in peterseni (Fig. 2). The posterior

processes of the vinculum (“saccular processes”) are very small in peterseni,

but varying degrees of reduction are found in several Scrobipalpa species.

Reference to the “first pair of saccular processes” implies that there should

be at least a second pair ; however, no further pair exists in Scrobipalpa or

Ilseopsis unless POVOLNY means the sacculi. The saccus of peterseni agrees

perfectly with that of many Scrobipalpa species ; it is neither unusually short

nor small. The female genitalia of peterseni with strong honeycomb pattern

on segment VIII and a hook-like signum are consistent with those of

Scrobipalpa. The apophyses anteriores are indeed very short, but their length

can vary considerably between Scrobipalpa species and sometimes even

within a species. None of these characters justifies the generic separation of

peterseni from Scrobipalpa.

An unusual character overlooked by PovoLny is the irregular frontal process

on the head of peterseni (Figs 6-8), reminiscent of the processes of certain

Ornativalva species, for example O. lilvella (Lucas, 1944) (SATTLER, 1976,

pl. 6, figs 39-41). Modifications of the frontal region have evolved inde-

pendently in several families of Lepidoptera, for example Cosmopterigidae,

Symmocidae, Pyralidae, Geometridae, Thyrididae, Noctuidae and Notodon-

tidae. In the Gelechiidae various frontal modifications, including clearly

defined processes, are known in Ornativalva GOZMANY, 1955, Athrips

BILLBERG, 1820, Lita TREITSCHKE, 1833, Cerofrontia JANSE, 1951, Radio-

225

nerva JANSE, 1951, Leistogenes MEYRICK, 1927, Caulastrocecis CHRÉTIEN,

1931, and others. None of the Scrobipalpa species examined for this

character possesses a frontal process, but an evenly expanded frons with

enlarged scale bases, the first step towards the development of a distinct

process, was observed in S. usingeri PovoLnY, 1969, from Mongolia

(Figs 9-11). Species with and without frontal processes are found side by side

in several genera (for example Ornativalva, Athrips and Lita). The presence

of this structure in peterseni is thus no justification for its exclusion from

Scrobipalpa.

Fig. 1. Scrobipalpa peterseni (PovoLnY), d, Algeria, Biskra, 24.11.1903 (WALSINGHAM)

(BMNH).

The wings of peterseni (Figs 1, 12) are rather narrower than those of most

Scrobipalpa species. The forewing in particular is broadly lanceolate and

more pointed than that of most other species. The costa, which is usually

gently arched and more or less evenly convex from base to apex in Scrobi-

palpa, is straight or even weakly concave between RI1 and the apex in

peterseni. Such modification of the forewing shape, sometimes with loss of

an M vein, is observed in certain brachypterous species, and I consider it

possible that both sexes of peterseni are flightless. It may therefore be

significant that one of the examined specimens of peterseni lacks one of the

M veins in the forewing, probably M2 or M3 (Fig. 12).

226

Figs 2-5. Male genitalia. 2, Scrobipalpa peterseni (PovoLnY), Algeria, Biskra, 24.iii. 1903

(WALSINGHAM) (genitalia slide no. 15846; BMNH). 3, ditto, aedeagus. 4, S. ocellatella

(Boyp), England, Winspit, 10.vii.1886 (BANKES) (genitalia slide no. 23615 ; BMNH).

5, ditto, aedeagus.

221

Figs 6-11. SEM photomicrographs of Scrobipalpa heads ; frontal, lateral and dorsal views.

6-8, S. peierseni (PovoLNY), 3, Algeria, Hammam-es-Salahin, 6.iii.1904 (WALSINGHAM)

(BMNH). 9-11, S. usingeri PovoLnY, 36, Mongolia, Südgobi aimak, 100 km W v. Grenz-

posten Ovot Chuural, 1250 m, 22.vi.1967 (KaszaB, Nr. 834) (BMNH).

228

Fig. 12. Wing venation of Scrobipalpa peterseni (POVOLNY), d, Algeria, Hammam-es-Salahin,

5.111.1904 (WALSINGHAM) (wing slide no. 15861 ; BMNH). Forewing with reduced number

of M veins.

A more extreme example of flightlessness in the Gnorimoschemini is a

brachypterous Ephysteris species from the island of Madeira (see below). In

this species the apex of the forewing is even longer than in peterseni, veins

R4 +5 are coincident and one M vein is missing ; the hindwing is strongly

reduced and has lost most of its venation. An analogous case of loss of an

M vein in the forewing is also known in Thyrocopa apatela (WALSINGHAM,

1907) (Gelechioidea : Xyloryctidae) from the Hawaiian Islands, a flightless

species with wing reduction in males and females (ZIMMERMAN, 1978 : 937,

figs 645, 650).

Ephysteris sp. and Thyrocopa apatela are both undisputed members of genera

with many closely related fully winged species. The slightly unusual forewing

shape of peterseni, with occasional loss of an M vein, here interpreted as a

tendency towards wing reduction, is in itself no justification for the separation

of Ilseopsis from Scrobipalpa. Moreover, as all Gnorimoschemini genera are,

without exception, defined by characters of the genitalia it would be inconsis-

tent to break this principle for peterseni.

Having demonstrated that peterseni does not deserve a separate genus, its

position within Scrobipalpa has to be established. Scrobipalpa is by far the

largest genus of Gnorimoschemini ; the number of included species has

doubled in the last 20 years to almost 300. The majority of species are found

in arid areas of the western Palaearctic region ; no less than 60-70 species

229

are recorded from Europe. Their monophagous or oligophagous larvae are

predominantly associated with Compositae, Chenopodiaceae and Solana-

ceae. On account of their great external uniformity the identification of many

species was always problematic. Even many of those published in recent years

are inadequately known because they were described from only one sex,

sometimes a single imperfectly preserved and poorly documented specimen.

Moreover, they were rarely compared with related species and no keys were

provided. The large number of misidentifications found amongst material that

had been examined in recent times by specialists with the aid of genitalia

preparations is a clear indication that there is at present no one who can

reliably identify all Scrobipalpa species. For example, specimens with geni-

talia preparations originally identified by PovoLNy as S. acuminatella (SIR-

coM, 1850) and S. artemisiella (TREITSCHKE, 1833), and later as S. murinella

(HERRICH-SCHÄFFER, 1854), were in fact S. halonella (HERRICH-SCHAFFER,

1854) (SATILER, 1987 : 452).

No attempt has ever been made to provide a systematic arrangement of

Scrobipalpa into which newly discovered species could be integrated. In fact,

it is hard to understand how, in the absence of a classification, “new” species

could ever be recognized as such with any degree of certainty in a genus of

this size. The unsatisfactory situation in Scrobipalpa contrasts sharply with

that in other large genera. For example, the similarly uniform but even larger

genus Coleophora HUBNER, 1822 (Coleophoridae) was divided by ToLL

(1953, 1962) into groups, sections and subsections, all made generally

accessible through keys.

Frustrated by this chaos, POVOLNY in his numerous papers has resorted to

treating the species in a roughly alphabetical sequence (in this “system”

peterseni would be placed between S. perinoides POVOLNY, 1967, and S.

phagnalella (CONSTANT, 1895) !) or at best grouping them vaguely by their

host-plants (unknown for peterseni). Amongst the morphological characters

that might help indicate relationship with other species is the forewing shape

of peterseni with occasional loss of an M vein ; however, this specialization

is not known in any other Scrobipalpa. A modified frons, although not a

well-defined process as in peterseni, is found in S. usingeri POVOLNY, but

experience in other gelechiid genera has shown that frontal processes can

arise independently more than once and that closely related species can differ

in the presence or absence of frontal modifications. Other morphological

characters do not appear to confirm a closer relationship between peterseni

and usingeri. A bent valva similar to that of peterseni is also found in S.

ocellatella (BoyD), but other genitalic characters neither confirm nor

contradict a closer relationship between these two species.

230

Scrobipalpa peterseni (POVOLNY, 1965) comb. n.

Ilseopsis peterseni POVOLNYŸ, 1965, Acta ent. bohemoslovaca 62: 481, figs I,

2. Holotype d, SAUDI ARABIA: Riyad, 700 m, 1.viii.-30.1x.1958

(DIEHL) (Landessammlungen für Naturkunde, Karlsruhe) [not exami-

ned].

Ilseopsis peterseni POVOLNY ; POVOLNY, 1971: 43; 1979: 113; 1980a:

243 ; 1980b: 204; 1981 : 394.

Head G, ? (Figs 6-8). Scale bases dense along margin of compound eyes and

around ocelli and antennal sockets, almost absent from vertex between

posterior margin of head and frontal process. Transfrontal sulcus indistinct.

Frontal process short, rough, with irregular surface. Scale bases between

frontal process and tentorial pits enlarged to irregular knobs or teeth.

R2 free from cell, R3 free or connate with R4 + 5, common stalk longer than

free ends of R4 and RS ; MI near R4 + 5, M2 and M3 approximated at base,

almost connate ; Cul and Cu2 parallel to M3, distance at base of M3-Cul

about half Cul-Cu2, Al +2 with basal fork, discocellular vein obsolete

around base of MI and M2. In hindwing Sc + RI to costa at about two-

thirds, basal section of RI weak or absent between Rs and Sc, Rs to costa

close to apex, M1 from cell, parallel to Rs, M2 gently curved, at base closer

to M3 + Cul, on termen closer to MI, M3 on short stalk with Cul from

corner of cell, Cu2 arising behind middle of cell, parallel to Cul, Al weak,

A2 obsolete, discocellular vein obsolete.

Host-plant unknown. POVOLNY (1980b : 204) suspected the larva to be a

miner of Compositae but gave no reason for this view. If the bent valva of

the males is a synapomorphy of peterseni and ocellatella, the host-plant will

more likely be found amongst the Chenopodiaceae.

Distribution. Algeria, Tunisia, Saudi Arabia.

24.111.1903 (3), 5.111.1904 (G), 3.iv.1904 (2) (WALSINGHAM) (BMNH,

London).

The hitherto monotypic New Zealand genus Kiwaia was established for K.

Jeanae, a species based on two brachypterous males. The generic description

emphasizes the striking dense cover of fine radiating hair-scales on the

rudimentary hindwing. It was subsequently shown that the female of the

type-species is also brachypterous but lacks the long erect hindwing scales.

Brachyptery is a comparatively rare phenomenon in the Lepidoptera. It is

usually confined to the female and is exceedingly rare in the male. In the

231

Gelechioidea species with brachypterous males and females are known in the

Xyloryctidae ( Thyrocopa apatela (WALSINGHAM, 1907) — Hawaii), Oeco-

phoridae ( Borkhausenia falklandensis BRADLEY, 1965 — Falkland Isiands),

Elachistidae (Elachista holdgatei (BRADLEY, 1965) — Falkland Islands ;

Elachista galatheae (ViETTE, 1954) — Campbell Island ; Elachista hookeri

(DUGDALE, 1971) — Auckland Islands ; Elachista pumila (DUGDALE, 1971)

— Auckland Islands), Scythrididae (Areniscythris brachypteris POWELL, 1976

— California) and Gelechiidae (Ephysteris sp. — Madeira; Kiwaia jeanae

PHiLPOTT, 1930 — New Zealand).

The Ephysteris specimens from Madeira were identified by PovoLnY (1964 :

346; 1965: 490; 1968a: 5, 8) as E. curtipennis (ZERNY), a species

described from the High Atlas in Morocco ; however, this identification is

dubious. ZERNY (1936: 138) described the male of curtipennis as having

normal wings and specifically mentioned the parallel costal and dorsal

margins of the hindwing. By contrast, the Madeiran males examined by me

have broadly lanceolate hindwings, distinctly shorter than the forewings, and

are clearly brachypterous like the females. POVOLNY initially stated that only

the females of “curtipennis” (including the Madeiran specimens) were

brachypterous (PovoLnY, 1964 : 346), whereas subsequently both sexes were

said to be brachypterous (PovoLnY, 1965 : 490) or no reference to the sexes

was made (PovoLny, 1968a: 5, 8).

Thanks to the efforts of John S. DUGDALE (DSIR, Auckland, New Zealand)

and Annette WALKER (formerly DSIR, now CIE, London), I was able to

study live specimens of Kiwaia jeanae. The moths were field collected by

John DUGDALE in individual tubes with some plant material and were brought

to London by air by Annette WALKER. Both males and females of jeanae can

run very fast and, like some other flightiess moths, are able to make jumps

of up to 150 mm. Unfortunately the males did not “display” in captivity and

no observations could be made on the function of the striking hindwing

scales on the live moth. When the specimen is at rest these scales lie along

the upper surface of the hindwing and with it are hidden under the forewing.

By manipulating the forewing of a freshly killed specimen with a fine needle

it was possible to expose the hindwing. With the gradual exposure of the

wing the long scales raised automatically and fanned out ; they returned in

a similar way to their original position as the forewing was moved back over

the hindwing. For colour illustrations of both sexes, with the male showing

the radiating hindwing scales, see Hupson, 1939, pl. 58, figs 9, 10.

At least some of the brachypterous species recorded here are undisputed

members of large genera that otherwise consist of normal fully winged

species. It is therefore not surprising to discover that Kiwaia jeanae is

congeneric with and indeed very closely related to fully winged New Zealand

232

Gelechiidae. As a result of studies undertaken in conjunction with J. S.

DUGDALE it was found that the majority of the New Zealand Gelechiidae

hitherto placed in Gelechia HUBNER, [1825], and Phthorimaea MEYRICK,

1902, must be transferred to Kiwaia. This includes four former Phthorimaea

which PovoLny (1977) had placed (together with a newly described species)

in Empista, subgenus Zeempista. My studies have shown that Empista

PovoLnY, 1968, can at best be given subgeneric rank whilst Zeempista

PovoLny, 1974, is a straight synonym of Kiwaia.

Subgenus Kiwaia PHILPOTT, 1930

Kiwaia PHILPOTT, 1930, Rec. Canterbury Mus. 3 : 248. Type-species : Kiwaia

jeanae PHiLPOTT, 1930, ibid. 3: 249, by original designation and

monotypy.

Zeempista POVOLNY, 1974, Acta ent. bohemoslovaca 71: 414. Type-spe-

cies : Gelechia cheradias MEYRICK, 1909, Trans. N. Z. Inst. 41 : 12, by

original designation. Originally proposed as a subgenus of Empista

PovoLny, 1968, Syn. n.

The subgenus Kiwaia is confined to New Zealand and comprises the

following species : Kiwaia ( Kiwaia) aerobatis (MEYRICK, 1924) comb. n. ;

brontophora (MEYRICK, 1885) comb. n. ; caerulea (HUDSON, 1925) comb.

n.; calaspidea (CLARKE, 1934) comb. n.; cheradias (MEYRICK, 1909)

comb. n. ; contraria (PHILPOTT, 1930) comb. n. ; dividua (PHILPOTT, 1921)

comb. n. ; eurybathra (MEYRICK, 1931) comb. n. ; glaucoterma (MEYRICK,

1911) comb. n. ; sp. rev. ; heterospora (MEYRICK, 1924) comb. n. ; hippeis

(Meyrick, 1901) comb. n. ; jeanae PHiLPOTT, 1930; Japillosa (MEYRICK,

1924) comb. n.; /enis (PHILPOTT, 1929) comb. n.; lithodes (MEYRICK,

1885) comb. n. ; matermea (POVOLNY, 1974) comb. n. ; monophragma

(Meyrick, 1885) comb. n. ; neglecta (PHILPOTT, 1924) comb. n. ; para-

pleura (Meyrick, 1885) comb. n. ; parvula (PHILPOTT, 1930) comb. n. ;

pharetria (MEYRICK, 1886) comb. n. ; plemochoa (MEYRICK, 1916) comb.

n. ; pumila (PHILPOTT, 1928) comb. n. ; quieta (PHILPOTT, 1927) (= pulverea

PHILPOTT, 1928) comb. n. ; schematica (MEYRICK, 1885) comb. n. ; thyraula

(Meyrick, 1885) comb. n.

PovoLNy (1974: 416) synonymized glaucoterma with brontophora ; this

synonymy is not accepted here as both species can be clearly distinguished

by external characters. The validity of matermea requires confirmation as

POVOLNY at the time of its description was unaware of most of the 25

congeneric species.

233

Subgenus Empista PovoLny, 1968, stat. n.

Empista POVOLNY, 1968b, Khumbu Himal 1: 116. Type-species : Empista

palaearctica POVOLNY, 1968b, ibid. 3 : 117, figs 1-3, by monotypy.

The subgenus Empista is at present known only from Nepal and comprises

the following species : Kiwaia ( Empista) kumatai (POVOLNY, 1976) comb.

n.; palaearctica palaearctica (POVOLNY, 1968) comb. n.; palaearctica

secunda (PovoLnY, 1976) comb. n. ; spinosa (POVOLNY, 1976) comb. n.

Acknowledgements

I acknowledge gratefully the help received from Mr J. S. DUGDALE, DSIR, Auckland,

New Zealand, Miss A. WALKER, CIE, London, and my colleagues at the British

Museum (Natural History), London, Miss M. ToBIN and Mr W. G. TREMEWAN.

References

Hupson, G. V., 1939. A supplement to the butterflies and moths of New Zealand :

358-481, colour plates 53-62. Wellington, New Zealand.

PovoLny, D., 1964. Gnorimoschemini Trib. Nov. — Eine neue Tribus der Familie

Gelechiidae nebst Bemerkungen zu ihrer Taxonomie (Lepidoptera). Cas. és/.

Spol. ent. 61 : 330-359, text-figs 1-70, colour pls 1-3.

PovoLny, D., 1965. Neue und wenig bekannte palaearktische Arten und Gattungen

der Tribus Gnorimoschemini nebst Bemerkungen zu ihrer Taxonomie (Lepi-

doptera, Gelechiidae). Acta ent. bohemoslovaca 62 : 480-495, figs 1-20.

PovoLnY, D., 1968a. Neue und wenig bekannte Taxone aus der Tribus Gnorimo-

schemini PovoLnY, 1964 (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae). P*frodov. Pr. Cesk.

Akad. Ved. (N.S.) 2 (3): 1-44, pls 1-21.

PovoLnY, D., 1968b. Drei neue Arten und eine neue Gattung der Tribus Gnori-

moschemini (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae) aus Nepal. Khumbu Himal 3:

116-123, figs 1-3 + 1-9.

POVOLNY, D., 1971. Zur Fauna der Tribus Gnorimoschemini (Lepidoptera,

Gelechiidae) in Nordwestafrika. Acta ent. bohemoslovaca 68: 23-44,

figs 1-54.

PovoLnY, D., 1974. Revision of the genus Empista POVOLNY, (Zeempista subgen.

n.) from New Zealand (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae). Acta ent. bohemoslovaca

71: 414-428, figs 1-32.

PovoLny, D., 1977. Notes on Gnorimoschemini of Australia and New Zealand

(Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae). Acta ent. Mus. natn. Pragae 39: 403-443,

figs 1-78, maps 1-4.

PovoLnY, D., 1979. Eine Ausbeute der Tribus Gnorimoschemini aus Tunis (Lepi-

doptera : Gelechiidae). Folia ent. hung. (S.N.) 32 (1): 111-119, figs 1-8.

POVOLNY, D., 1980a. Insects of Saudi Arabia. Lepidoptera : Fam. Gelechiidae,

Tribus Gnorimoschemini. Fauna Saudi Arabia 2 : 241-251, figs 1-10.

234

PovoLny, D., 1980b. Die bisher bekannten Futterpflanzen der Tribus Gnorimo-

schemini (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae) und deren Bedeutung für taxono-

misch-6kologische Erwägungen. Acta Univ. Agric. Brno (A) 28 (1) : 189-210.

PovoiNŸ, D., 1981. Uber neue und wenig bekannte Arten der Tribus Gnorimo-

schemini (Lep., Gelechiidae) aus dem Mediterraneum. Acta Univ. Agric. Brno

(A) 29 (1-2) : 365-397, figs 1-61.

SATTLER, K., 1976. A taxonomic revision of the genus Ornativalva GOZMANY, 1955

(Lepidoptera : Gelechiidae). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 34: 85-152,

pls 1-27, text-figs 1-27.

SATILER, K., 1987. Die an Compositen gebundenen Scrobipalpa-Arten des Ostli-

chen Österreichs (Lepidoptera, Gelechiidae). Ann/n naturhist. Mus. Wien

88/89 (B) : 435-456, figs 1-34.

ToLL, S., 1953. Rodzina Eupistidae polski. Mater. Fizjogr. Kraju 32: 1-292,

text-figs 1-31, pls 1-38.

TOLL, S., 1962. Materialien zur Kenntnis der palaarktischen Arten der Familie

Coleophoridae (Lepidoptera). Acta zool. cracov. 7: 577-720, text-figs 1-5,

pls IK-14K, 1F-10F, 1A-43A, IM-19M, 1W-14W, 15-338.

ZERNY, H., 1936. Die Lepidopterenfauna des Grossen Atlas in Marokko und seiner

Randgebiete. Mem. Soc. Sci. nat. Maroc. 42 : 1-163, pls 1, 2.

ZIMMERMAN, E. C., 1978. Insects of Hawaii. Vol. 9, Microlepidoptera, 1903 pp.,

1355 text-figs, 8 colour pls. The University Press of Hawaii, Honolulu.

235

Nota lepid. 10 (4) : 236-240 ; 31.1.1988 ISSN 0342-7536

The problem of infrasubspecific names

in some groups of Lepidoptera

W. G. TREMEWAN

Department of Entomology, British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London

SW7 5BD, U.K.

Abstract

Problems of availability, authorship and dates of names used for geographical forms

in some groups of Lepidoptera, such as European butterflies and the genus Zygaena

FABRICIUS, 1775, are discussed. For Zygaena, a practical solution is proposed

which, if adopted, would lead to a stable nomenclature.

Zusammenfassung

Die Problematik der Verfügbarkeit, Autorschaft und Datierung von gebrauchlichen

Namen fur geographische Formen gewisser Lepidopterengruppen, z.B. europaischer

Tagfalter und der Gattung Zygaena FABRICIUS, 1775, wird diskutiert. Für Zygaena

wird eine praktische Losung vorgeschlagen, deren Annahme zu einer stabilen

Nomenklatur führen würde.

When early specialists such as Otto HoLık, Manfred KocH and Hugo Reıss

described and named geographical forms of Zygaena FABRICIUS, 1775, it was

customary to denote such taxa as subspecies and varieties, the latter category

being a subdivision of the former (individual forms were denoted as aberra-

tions). This system was originally introduced by BURGEFF (1926a: 5;

1926b) and had it been followed consistently, the nomenclature of the group

would now be relatively free of problems regarding availability, authorship

and dates. However, up to the 1960s it was not uncommon for authors

(specialists and non-specialists alike) to relegate subspecies to varietal level

or, more frequently, to elevate varieties to subspecific rank. From the 1960s

most newly described geographical forms were categorized as subspecies,

because Zygaena specialists were more aware of the provisions of the /nt.

Code zool. Nom. and had begun to apply them to the group. Even before the

publication of the 1961 edition of the Code, DusJARDIN (1956 : 252) stated

“En application des Regles de la Nomenclature trinominale en vigueur, nous

sommes actuellement dans l'obligation de réserver le terme de ‘sous-espèce’

a toute race ou iorme géographique predominante bien différenciée”.

236

Under the provisions of the Code, an infrasubspecific name such as a

quadrinomen is unavailable. However, the question of availability, authorship

and date does arise when a varietal name, originally established as quadrino-

minal, is raised to subspecific rank. The 1985 edition of the Code is more

explicit than the two previous editions : Article 45 (f) (iii) states that a name

is “infrasubspecific, if the author, when publishing the name, published it as

an addition to a trinomen...”. However, during the last three decades

confusion has arisen over the availability, authorship and date of many of the

names established for geographical forms, because of ambiguities in the 1961

and 1964 editions of the Code. In these editions, Article 17 (9) states that

a name is or remains available even though “before 1961, it was proposed

as a ‘variety’ or ‘form’” ; Article 45 (e) (i) states “Before 1961, the use of

either of the terms ‘variety’ or ‘form’ is not to be interpreted as an express

statement of either subspecific or infrasubspecific rank” ; Article 45 (e) (ii)

states “After 1960, a new name published as that of a ‘variety’ or ‘form’ is

to be regarded as of infrasubspecific rank”. When preparing the catalogue of

Zygaena, REISS & TREMEWAN (1967) were guided by these articles ; fully

aware of the inconsistent treatment of geographical forms by previous

workers, and following current usage, they placed the majority of varieties at

subspecies level and attributed the names to their original authors and dates.

Recently, KUDRNA (1983), KUDRNA & BALLETTO (1984), BALLETTO &

KUDRNA (1986) and Kocak (1984) have drawn attention to the availabi-

lity/unavailability of certain names established for geographical forms of

European butterflies and Zygaena.

The paper by KUDRNA (1983) concerns the nominal taxa of Papilionoidea

described by VERITY ; in the introduction (pp. 1-7), VERITY’s concept of

species, subspecies/exerge and race, and the nomenclatural problems arising

from such a system, are fully described. As pointed out by KUDRNA, the most

confusing category in VERITY’s publications is the term “race”, which has

been misinterpreted by subsequent workers many of whom have treated the

VERITY names originally proposed in this category as subspecific and thus

available. Because of the widespread placement of VERITY’s races at subspe-

cific level, KUDRNA contends that such names should be treated as available

if they were originally proposed in a trinominal combination. The views

expressed by KUDRNA (1983) relative to the Papilionoidea are also reflected

in the paper by BALLETTO & KUDRNA (1986), which deals exclusively with

the nominal taxa of Zygaenidae described by VERITY.

According to Article 45 (f) (ii) of the present Code, the names categorized

by VERITY as “race” in a trinominal combination are indeed available.

However, the question of availability does arise when a name, originally

established by VERITY for a race, was published as a quadrinomen. For

237

example, having considered the two species Zygaena rhadamanthus (ESPER,

1794) and Zygaena oxytropis BOISDUVAL, [1828] to be no more than

subspecies, VERITY (1920 : 161) established the taxon pyrenaea as a race of

Zygaena rhadamanthus rhadamanthus. When Z. rhadamanthus and Z.

oxytropis were re-established as distinct species by subsequent authors, pyre-

naea was placed as a subspecies of the former (e.g. LE CHARLES, 1934 : 679).

If Articles 10 (c), 23 (j) and 50 (c) (i) of the present Code are followed, the

name pyrenaea should be attributed to the first author who subsequently used

it for a subspecies, with priority from that date. Unfortunately, the strict

application of these rules to the genus Zygaena is impractical. In spite of

meticulous attention to detail prior to the publication of their paper,

BALLETTO & KUDRNA (1986) erroneously attributed the nominal taxa dupon-

cheli VERITY, 1921, pulcherrima VERITY, 1921, pvrenaea VERITY, 1920, and

pyrenes VERITY, 1921, to REıss & TREMEWAN (1967), to cite only four

examples from their list. These taxa were in fact first raised (as far as I can

ascertain) to subspecies level by LE CHARLES (1934) more than 30 years

before ; they are mentioned here merely as examples and not as a criticism

of BALLETTO & KUDRNA’s excellent work. In fact, BALLETTO & KUDRNA

(1986 : 228) emphasise the futility of undertaking a thorough search of the

literature published during the past 70 years, in order to ascertain who may

have possibly validated a number of the 2000 names established by Verity.

Moreover, they point out the ambiguity of Article 10 (b) of the 1964 edition

of the Code and state that, if broadly interpreted, any quotation of an

infrasubspecific name at species or subspecies level can constitute availability

of that name (this also applies to Article 10 (c) of the third edition of the

Code (1985)). I fully agree with their opinion that such efforts contribute

nothing to the advancement of science, especially as, in the case of Zygaena,

the majority of such names will eventually be placed as synonyms.

KOÇAK (1984 : 156-158), in one of his papers criticising the work of LERAUT

(1980), discusses the availability, authorship and dates of nine nominal taxa

established for geographical forms of Zygaena species, attributing them to

TREMEWAN (1961), TREMEWAN & Reıss (1964) or REIss & TREMEWAN

(1967). However, two of these taxa, altalavandulae Reıss, 1953, and tour-

rettica Reiss, 1953, were in fact cited as subspecies by Reiss in 1958, while

by inference pyrenaica BURGEFF, 1926, was raised to subspecies level by

BERNARDI & VIETTE (1959: 6). It should be mentioned that Kocak’s

emendation of tourrettica REISS to ‘tourretica’ is unjustified as the original

spelling is correct and based on the type-locality Tourrettes-sur-Loup.

The catalogue of Zygaena by Reiss & TREMEWAN (1967) is currently being

revised. The new edition will include all nominal taxa belonging to the

subfamily Zygaeninae but will exclude the names of individual forms or

238

aberrations. It will also reflect recent research on geographical variation and

a much broader concept of the subspecies category, resulting in a large

number of new synonyms.

In attempting to produce a stable nomenclature, the difficulties arising from

trinomina/quadrinomina are immediately apparent. If Articles 10 (c), 23 (j)

and 50 (c) (i) of the present Code are applied to geographical forms of

Zygaena, the enormous amount of time and effort required to search the

literature cannot be justified, nor would it contribute to the advancement of

science, as pointed out by BALLETTO & KUDRNA (1986); moreover, a

taxonomist can never be absolutely certain that an earlier citation has not

been overlooked. With regard to Zygaena, one solution would be to attribute

to its original author and date every nominal taxon now used at subspecific

level, even if first established as quadrinominal before 1961 ; an application

should then be made to the International Commission on Zoological

Nomenclature requesting them to rule that the names first established as

quadrinomina should nevertheless be attributed to their original authors and

dates.

The purpose of the present paper is to highlight the problem, to review what

has been done to date, and to solicit opinions and possible solutions from

lepidopterists other than Zygaena specialists.

References

BALLETTO, E. & KUDRNA, O., 1986. An annotated catalogue of the Burnets and

Foresters (Lepidoptera : Zygaenidae) named by Roger VERITY. J. Res. Lepid.

24 (1985) : 226-249.

BERNARDI, G. & VIETTE, P., 1959. Deux nouvelles sous-espèces françaises du genre

Zygaena FABRICIUS (Lep. Zygaenidae). Entomologiste 15 : 3-6.

BURGEFF, H., 1926a. Kommentar zum palaearktischen Teil der Gattung Zygaena

FAB. des früher von Ch. AURIVILLIUS und H. WAGNER, jetzt von E. STRAND

herausgegebenen Lepidopterorum Catalogus. Mitt. miinch. ent. Ges. 16:

1-86.

BURGEFF, H., 1926b. Fam. Zygaenidae I (Generis Zygaena palaearctica pars). In

STRAND, E., Lepid. Cat. 4 (33): 1-91.

DUJARDIN, F., 1956. Description de races et formes nouvelles de Zygenes, princi-

palement du sud-est de la France (Lep. Zygaenidae). Bull. mens. Soc. linn.

Lyon 25 : 252-263.

Kocak, A. O., 1984. More additions and corrections to the names published in

“Systematic and synonymic list of the Lepidoptera of France, Belgium and

Corsica” by LERAUT, 1980. Priamus 3 : 155-168.

KUDRNA, O., 1983. An annotated catalogue of the butterflies (Lepidoptera :

Papilionoidea) named by Roger Verity. J. Res. Lepid. 21 (1982) : 1-105, pl.,

text-fig.

239

KUDRNA, O. & BALLETTO, E., 1984. An annotated catalogue of the Skippers

(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) named by Roger VERITY. J. Res. Lepid. 23:

35-49.

LE CHARLES, L., 1934. Zygaena FABRICIUS, 1775, pp. 667-700. In LHOMME, L.,

1923-1935, Catalogue des Lépidoptères de France et de Belgique 1 : 800 pp.

Le Carriol.

LERAUT, P., 1980. Liste systématique et synonymique des Lépidoptères de France,

Belgique et Corse 334 pp. Paris.

Reiss, H., 1958. Deuxième contribution a la faune des Lepidopteres, en particulier

des Zygaenae des Alpes-Maritimes. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse 1958 : 45-63.

Reiss, H. & TREMEWAN, W. G., 1967. A systematic catalogue of the genus Zygaena

FABRICIUS (Lepidoptera : Zygaenidae). Series ent. 2 : xvi, 329 pp.

TREMEWAN, W. G., 196!. A catalogue of the types and other specimens in the British

Museum (Natural History) of the genus Zygaena FABRICIUS, Lepidoptera :

Zygaenidae. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 10 : 239-313, pls 50-64.

TREMEWAN, W. G. & Reıss, H., 1964. The Si/vicola BURGEFF group of the genus

Zygaena FABRICIUS (Lep., Zygaenidae). Entomologist’s Rec. J. Var. 76 : 1-10,

fig. 1 (distr. map), 46-54, 74-82.

VERITY, R., 1920. On Zygaena rhadamanthus ESPER, with special reference to the

races of its subspecies oxytropis BoIsD. Entomologists Rec. J. Var. 32:

158-162.

240

Nota lepid. 10 (4) : 241-246 ; 31.1.1988 ISSN 0342-7536

Notes on the status

of Armenia hyrcanica (RILEY, 1939)

(Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae)

Zdenék WEIDENHOFFER and Wolfgang ECKWEILER

Z. W. : Vyzlovska 36, 100 00 Praha 10, Czechoslovakia.

W. E. : Gronauer Str. 40, D-6000 Frankfurt am Main 60, Federal Republic of Germany.

Summary

The taxonomical status and geographical distribution of three taxa of the genus

Armenia DUBATOLOV and KORSHUNOV, 1984 : ledereri BOISDUVAL, hyrcanica RILEY

and cyri NEKRUTENKO is revised. Recent works dealing with these taxa are reviewed.

Two species are recognized : /edereri and hyrcanica. The taxon cyri is a junior

objective synonym of the species hyrcanica, but is considered to be valid subspecies.

Zusammenfassung

Die Taxa der Gattung Armenia DUBATOLOV and KORSHUNOV, 1984 ledereri (BOISDU-

VAL), hyrcanica (RILEY) and cyri (NEKRUTENKO) werden miteinander taxonomisch

verglichen und ihre geographische Verbreitung wird aufgezeigt. Diese Taxa gehoren

zu zwei Arten: /edereri und hyrcanica. Das Taxon cyri ist im Speziesrang als

jungeres Synonym zu hyrcanica zu betrachten und hat nur subspezifische Gültigkeit.

Die neuere Literatur, die diese Taxa behandelt, wird hier kurz zusammengefaßt.

TAXONOMIC STUDIES

The taxon /edereri was described by BoIsDUVAL (1848) from the foothills of

the Caucasus. A more detailed description and figure was given by NORD-

MANN (1851). In 1939 RıLEy described a new subspecies Strymon ledereri

hyrcanica from “North-East Persia” with a wide distribution, reaching from

Armenia to the Hissar Range in Central Asia. In 1974 a new subspecies :

Fixsenia ledereri nazeri was described by LARSEN from the Lebanon and in

1978 SAKaAI recorded /edereri for the first time from Afghanistan. In the same

year NEKRUTENKO described a new subspecies from the basin of the Kura

River in Azerbaidjan, Pseudothecla ledereri cyri (NEKRUTENKO, 1978a). Due

to the sympatric occurrence of the taxa P. /edereri ledereri and P. ledereri cyri

in the territory of Erivan (USSR, Armenia) he recognized the validity of two

independent species (NEKRUTENKO, 1978b). This separation was published

4 years later (NEKRUTENKO et al. 1982). In 1980 ECKWEILER and HOFMANN

published a check-list of Iranian Rhopalocera which included Fixsenia

241

hyrcanica hyrcanica from Elbours. The latest contribution to the systematics

of this group of species was a work by STSHETKIN (1984) where two new

subspecies from Pamiro-Alai, Pseudothecla cyri badachshanica and P. cyri

seravshanica were described.

Over the years, the taxon ledereri has been combined with the genera

Lycaena (BoispuvAL, 1848), Argus (GERHARD, 1850), Bakeria (TUTT,

1907), Thecla (SEttz, 1909), Strymon (RILEY, 1939), Pseudothecla (Kors-

HUNOV, 1972 ; NEKRUTENKO, 1978a), Fixsenia (LARSEN, 1974 ; SAKAI, 1978)

and Satyrium (CLENCH, 1978). Recently DUBATOLOV and KORSHUNOV

(1984) thought it desirable to replace the invalid generic names Argus and

Bakeria (with type-species /edereri) by Armenia.

There is no doubt of the existence of at least two different species in the

ledereri-hyrcanica-cyri complex, because of the sympatric occurrence of two

of them in Armenia. These two species can be easily distinguished by the size

and arrangement of the postdiscal spots on the underside of the wings

(Fig. 2). There are also differences in the colour of both, the under- and

uppersides of the wings and in the wingspan ; the male genitalia are similar

in both species.

The problem was to clarify the taxonomic position of ssp. Ayrcanica. From

RILEY’s description, which was not accompanied by an illustration, the

systematic position of ssp. hyrcanica is not clear. By the courtesy of the

British Museum (Natural History), London (BMNH) we have received

photographs of both the holotype and allotype of Strvmon ledereri hyrcanica

RILEY. Comparing them with the description and illustrations of the types of

Pseudothecla cyri NEKRUTENKO, 1978, we found these two taxa to be

conspecific (Fig. 1). The name hyrcanica has priority over cyri.

LLLELEEEREEEE

Fig. 1. Undersides of a) A. hyrcanica hyrcanica (RILEY), male holotype, N. Persia, 1906

(specimen is in the collection of BMNH) ; b) A. hyrcanica cyri (NEKRUTENKO), male, USSR,

Armenia, Erivan, Nor-Marash, June 17, 1973, leg. Z. WEIDENHOFFER ; C) A. ledereri ledereri

(BoIsDUVAL), male, SSR, Georgia, Tbilisi, Cherepashie Ozero, June 6, 1972, leg. Z.

WEIDENHOFFER.

242

Fig. 2. Diagrams to highlight the differences in underside markings between a) A. hyrcanica

(RILEY) and b) A. /edereri (BOISDUVAL).

The systematic position of the taxa within the genus Armenia is now

considered to be as follows :

Armenia DUBATOLOV & KORSHUNOV, 1984

1. Armenia ledereri (BOISDUVAL, 1848) in DUBATOLOV & KORSHUNOV, 1984.

= Lycaena ledereri BOISDUVAL in BOISDUVAL, 1948.

= Argus ledereri BOISDUVAL in GERHARD, 1850.

= Bakeria ledereri BOISDUVAL in Tutt, 1907.

= Thecla ledereri BOISDUVAL in SEITZ, 1909.

= Pseudothecla ledereri BOISDUVAL in KORSHUNOV, 1972.

= Fixsenia ledereri BOISDUVAL in LARSEN, 1974.

= Satyrium ledereri BOISDUVAL in CLENCH, 1978.

a. A. ledereri ledereri (BOISDUVAL, 1848).

b. A. ledereri nazeri (LARSEN, 1974).

= Fixsenia ledereri nazeri LARSEN in LARSEN, 1974.

2. Armenia hyrcanica (RILEY, 1939), rev. stat., comb. n.

Strymon ledereri hyrcanica RILEY in RILEY, 1939.

= Fixsenia ledereri BOISDUVAL in SAKAI, 1978.

= Fixsenia hyrcanica RILEY in ECKWEILER & HOFMANN, 1980.

= Pseudothecla cyri NEKRUTENKO in NEKRUTENKO et al. 1982.

2a. A. hyrcanica hyrcanica (RILEY, 1939), comb. n.

= Strymon ledereri hyrcanica RILEY in RILEY, 1939.

Fixsenia hyrcanica hyrcanica RILEY in ECKWEILER & HOFMAN, 1980.

243

2b. A. hyrcanica cyri (NEKRUTENKO, 1978), comb. n.

= Pseudothecla ledereri cyri NEKRUTENKO in NEKRUTENKO, 1978a.

= Pseudothecla cyri cyri NEKRUTENKO in NEKRUTENKO et al. 1982.

2c. A. hyrcanica badachshanica (STSHETKIN, 1984), comb. n.

= Pseudothecla cyri badachshanica STSHETKIN in STSHETKIN, 1984.

2d. A. hyrcanica seravshanica (STSHETKIN, 1984), comb. n.

= Pseudothecla cyri seravshanica STSHETKIN in STSHETKIN, 1984.

DISTRIBUTION (Fig. 3)

Armenia ledereri seems to be of Syrian-Armenian origin. Its distribution

covers Lebanon (LARSEN, 1974), East and South Turkey (Hıccıns, 1966),

the foothills of Caucasus (RILEY, 1939) and Transcaucasia (NORDMANN,

1851 ; NEKRUTENKO, 1978). There are no records from Syria or Iraq.

Armenia hyrcanica has a wider distribution than /edereri. It extends from

Transcaucasia (RILEY, 1939 ; ECKWEILER & HOFMANN, 1980) to the moun-

tains of Central Asia, where it was recorded from the Hissar Range (RILEY,

1939), Zeravshanskiy Range and West Pamir (STSHETKIN, 1984), and

Afghanistan, from the Tera Pass (SAKAI, 1978 : 1981). The record from

Afghanistan was published as /edereri, but photographs in both works clearly

show that this specimen is hyrcanica.

60° ar |

a 7 uae map of A. ledereri (BoIsDUVAL) (triangles) and A. hyrcanica (RILEY)

circles).

244

The authors of this paper found both species occurring sympatrically in

Transcaucasia : WEIDENHOFFER in Armenian Erivan (Nor-Marash), ECKWEI-

LER on the Turkish side of the valley of Araxes, near Akcay, district of

Kagizman. At these localities both species fly together, their flight periods

partially overlapping. The adults of /edereri emerge from the end of May until

the beginning of July. Armenia hyrcanica appears about 3 weeks later, in the

second half of June in Erivan and at the beginning of July in Akcay, with a

peak in July.

Altogether, 6 subspecies have been described for the two species :

A. ledereri ssp. ledereri (BOISDUVAL), TL : not stated (foothill of Caucasus) ;

A. ledereri ssp. nazeri (LARSEN), TL : Lebanon, Jabal Kasrouan ;

A. hyrcanica ssp. hyrcanica (RILEY), TL : not stated (North-East Persia) ;

A. hyrcanica ssp. cyri (NEKRUTENKO), TL: USSR, Azerbaidjan, Khanlar

district, Yenikend village ;

A. hyrcanica ssp. badachshanica (STSHETKIN), TL: USSR, West Pamir,

Shugnanskiy Range, Khorog ;

A. hyrcanica ssp. seravshanica (STSHETKIN), TL : USSR, Zeravshanskiy

Range, Iskander-Kul Lake.

Conclusions

It is shown that RILEY’s taxon Strymon ledereri ssp. hyrcanica is an indepen-

dent species easily distinguishable from /edereri. The recently introduced

name cyri for this species is a junior objective synonym of hyrcanica, but it

is retained as a valid subspecies. The two species have different, but over-

lapping distributions, Armenia ledereri extending from Armenia to Lebanon

and A. hyrcanica from Armenia to Central Asia. Both species are rather

inconspicuous and are easily overlooked unless one is searching for them. It

is probable that both species are much more widely distributed than current

records indicate. The overlapping area of distribution includes West Azer-

baidjan, East Georgia, South and East Armenia, Nakhitshevan, East Turkey

and probably also North-West Iran.

Acknowledgement

The authors wish to record their gratitude to P. R. ACKERY, British Museum

(Natural History) London, for kindly supplying the photographs of the types of

hyrcanica.

245

References

BoISDUVAL, J. B. A., 1848. Aux Lepidopteres recueillis par M. KINDERMANN aux

environs d’Odessa et au pied du Caucase. Annis Soc. ent. Fr. (1848) 6:

XXVIII-XXX.

CLENCH, H. K., 1978. The names of certain holarctic hairstreak genera (Lycaeni-

dae). J. Lepid. Soc. 32 (4) : 277-281.

DUBATOLOV, V. V., KORSHUNOV, J. P., 1984. New data on taxonomy of the butterflies

of the USSR. Chlenistonogie 1 gel’minty, Sibir. Otdel. Ak. Nauk USSR,

Novosibirsk, pp. 51-57.

ECKWEILER, W., HOFMANN, P., 1980. Verzeichnis iranischer Tagfalter. Nachr. ent.

Ver. Apollo, Frankfurt a. M., Suppl. 1, p. 15.

GERHARD, B., [1850]-[1853]. Versuch einer Monographie der europäischen

Schmetterlingsarten : Thecla, Polvomattus [sic !], Lycaena, Nemeobius, Ham-

burg, pp. 1-21, 39 Kolor. Taf.

Hicains, L. G., 1966. Check-list of Turkish butterflies. Entomologist 99 : 209-222.

KORSHUNOV, J. P., 1972. Catalogue of diurnal butterflies (Lepidoptera, Rhopalo-

cera) of the fauna of the USSR, II. Entom. Obozr. 51 : 352-368 (in Russian).

For English version see Entomological Review 1972 : 212-223.

LARSEN, T. B., 1974. Une espèce et deux sous-espèces nouvelles de Lycaenidae du

Liban. Alexanor, 8 : 301-307, 3 fig.

NEKRUTENKO, Yu. P., 1978a. Two new subspecies of the Lycaenid butterfly subfa-

mily Strymoninae. Dokl. Akad. Nauk USSR, ser. B, Nr. 1, pp. 82-86.

NEKRUTENKO, Yu. P., 1978b. Personal communication.

NEKRUTENKO, Yu. P., KORSHUNOV, J. P., EFFENDI, R. M. E., 1982. Critical remarks

to the fauna and systematics of diurnal butterflies of Transcaucasia. Vestnik

Zool. Kiev, Nr. 3 : 38-43.

NORDMANN, A., 1851. Die im Gebiete der Fauna Tauro-caucasica beobachteten

Schmetterlinge. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 24 (2) : 395-428.

RıLey, N. D., 1939. Notes on oriental Theclinae (Lep. Lycaenidae) with descrip-

tions of new species. Novitates Zoologicae 41 : 355-361.

SAKAI, S., 1978. Butterflies from the Hindukush, Karakorum, Kashmir and Ladak,

with descriptions of two new species and six subspecies. Atalanta 9 (1):

104-132, 68 fig.

SAKAI, S., 1981. Butterflies of Afghanistan, pp. 242, pl. 46, figs 2.

SEITZ, A., 1909. Die Groß-Schmetterlinge der Erde I, 1, pp. 268.

STSHETKIN, Yu. Yu., 1984. Two new subspecies of Pseudothecla cyri. Zool. Zhurnal,

Moscow 63 (9) : 1430-1432.

Tutt, J. W., [1907]. A Natural History of British Lepidoptera, London, Vol. 9,

246

Nota lepid. 10 (4) : 247-248 ; 31.1.1988 ISSN 0342-7536

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses

GoNSETH, Yves: Atlas de distribution des Papillons diurnes de Suisse

(Lepidoptera Rhopalocera). Documenta Faunistica Helvetiae 5 ; 242 pp.,

and Verbreitungsatlas der Tagfalter der Schweiz (Lepidoptera Rhopalocera).

Documenta Faunistica Helvetiae 6 ; 242 S. Centres Suisse de cartographie

de la faune, Neuchatel (CSCF) and Schweizerischer Bund fur Naturschutz,

Basel (SBN), 1987. Paperback ; price, each volume SFr. 25. Orders : Musee

d'histoire naturelle, Terreaux 14, CH-2000 Neuchatel.

In 1983, the SBN (Swiss Society for Nature Conservation) initiated a project aimed

at the protection of the Swiss butterfly fauna. All Swiss lepidopterists were asked to

send in records and information to provide a basis for proposing suitable protection

measures. In 1985, the CSCF (Swiss centre for faunistic records) was set up to store

and analyse all faunistic data, primarily however on the Rhopalocera and Odonata.

In 1986, the centre introduced the series ‘Documenta Faunistica Helvetiae’ with a

booklet describing the methods used and a first faunistic work, on the Tipulidae

(Diptera) of Switzerland (both in French). The Odonata and Rhopalocera followed

(in both French and German) in 1987. The German editions were translated from

the original French.

After a short introduction explaining the methods and presentation used, the

distribution of each species (one per page), both within Switzerland and in Europe.

is shortly discussed. Distribution maps based on squares of 5 km are given for all

198 resident and migrant species, except for Erebia sudetica STGR., E. nivalis LORK.,

Coenonympha oedippus F., Maculinea teleius BERGSTR. and M. nausithous BERGSTR.

Data is split into pre 1970 (open squares with cross-line) and post 1970 (closed

squares). Bargraphs are also goiven for the phenology and temperature dependence

of each species. The book is completed by a ‘red list’, a table summarizing what

needs to be done, how and by whom, to protect the Swiss butterfly fauna, a

systematic list of species, a list of recorders, a species index, and a list of doubtful

records.

The book is based on 64717 records obtained from the literature (39%), museum

collections (21%) and individual recorders (40%). Some of these records would

suggest that a more stringent control of the data may be necessary. However, a good

idea as to the general distribution of each species is given although much more

information for the post 1970 period is required. The estimated status of each

species may have to be modified when more information is received. At present, no

Species are considered to have become extinct, although 19 (10%) are thought to

be on the verge of extinction and a further 43 (22%) are threatened.

247

Altogether, this book makes a very good impression and it clearly shows that the

CSCE has started on a sound footing. The book will be useful for all students of the

European butterfly fauna, and should inspire them to pass on their own Swiss

records.

This volume is intended to complement another book published at the same time

by the SBN: ‘Tagfalter und ihre Lebensräume’ (‘Butterflies and their habitats’),

which will be reviewed in Nota at a later date. Both publications are examples of how

well amateur and professional lepidopterists can work together with conservationists.

S. E. Whitebread

Congrès Europeen de Lepidopterologie

San Remo 5-9 avril 1988

La Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica (SEL) invite cordialement tous les

lepidopteristes à participer au VI" Congrès Européen de Lepidopterologie

qui aura lieu à San Remo du mardi 5 au samedi 9 avril 1988.

Les thèmes centraux sont les suivants :

— Adaptation biochimique et écologique chez les Lépidoptères.

— Bionomie des espèces menacées.

— Recherche génétique et cladistique sur la phylogénie des Denon

Pour plus de renseignements, veuillez consulter le Secretaire des Congres :

Prof. E. Balletio, Dipartimento di Biologia animale, Via Academia Albertina

17, I-10123 Tor no (Italie).

248

Memorandum

Einem von Mitgliedern vielfach geäusserten Wunsch folgend liegt dieser Nummer

eine Rechnung für den Mitgliederbeitrag für das Jahr 1988 bei. Sie richtet sich nur

an die Ordentlichen Mitglieder. Korporative Mitglieder erhalten wie bisher im

Januar vom Schatzmeister eine gesonderte Rechnung. Ebenso sind die in der

Bundesrepublik Deutschland über eine Einzugsermachtigung zahlenden Mitglieder

nicht angesprochen. Wenn notwendig, bitten wir, die eigene Anschrift oben links

selber einzutragen.

Wir erinnern daran, dass der Beitrag bis spatestens zum 31. Marz zu leisten ist. Bis

zu diesem Tag eingehende Zahlungen des vollen Betrags werden vom Schatzmeister

durch Zusenden der Mitgliederkarte bestatigt. Durch Bankgebühren entstehende

Abzuge werden in Rechnung gestellt.

Memorandum

At the request of several members, an invoice for the annual subscription due

Ist January 1988 is enclosed with this issue. It is intended for ordinary members

only. Corporate members will receive a separate invoice from the treasurer as usual

in January.

We remind members that the subscription fee should be paid at the latest by the 3 Ist

March. A membership card will be sent to all members whose subscription is

received by this date. If the full amount is not received by the treasurer, due to bank

charges, the difference will be invoiced.

Memorandum

Pour repondre a la demande de nombreux membres, le present numero contient une

facture pour la cotisation de 1988. Elle ne concerne que les membres ordinaires. Les

membres corporatifs recevront comme jusqu'ici une facture distincte du tresorier.

Nous rappelons a nos membres que la cotisation doit etre payee avant le 31 mars

au plus tard. Le tresorier accusera reception des paiements complets recus avant

cette date par l’envoi de la carte de membre. Les deductions éventuelles effectuees

par les banques (commissions) seront facturees.

Please note that the Society's Post Office account number has been quoted incor-

rectly on the inside back cover of Nora lepid. since vol. 9 (3/4). The correct number

is Cologne 1956 50-507. We apologize for any inconvenience this may have caused.

249

Nota lepid. 10 (4) : 250-252 ; 31.1.1988 ISSN 0342-7536

Vol. 10 — 1987

Dates de publication — Dates of publication — Publikationsdaten

No.- 1. 31.01.1987

No. 2. 30.V1.1987

No. 3. 31.X.1987

No. 4. 31.1.1988

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

Scientific Communications — Original Arbeiten — Travaux originales

No. _ P.

BALDIZZONE, G. Contributions a la connaissance des Coleophoridae

XLVI. Sur quelques Coléophores nouvelles ou peu connues d’Espa-

EHE I ES Canales coc. desde cance t ete ee re 1. -25

BALINT, Z. Notes on Plebicula dorylas magna BALINT, 1985 (Lycaeni-

C96)? a xb cv nas bee or a RS EEE a 1 49

CAMERON-CURRY, V., G. LEIGHEB, E. RIBONI & P. CAMERON-CURRY.

Possible hybrids between Lysandra bellargus ROTT. and L. hispana

Hie; Clycaenidae ) ed srl se sa ia ces exes er 1 61

COENE, H. A. Cf. Vis, R.

DENNIS, L. H. Hilltopping as a mate location strategy in a Mediterra-

nean population of Lasiommata megera (L.) (Satyridae) ....... 1 65

DERRA, G. Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica ssp. nov. (Pterophori-

OEY. na bb RAG WEEE OED BERGE 2b ELE aoe ee eee 171

DUBATOLOV, V. V. Cf. SCHINTLMEISTER, A.

ECKWEILER, W. Cf. WEIDENHOFFER, Z.

FERNANDEZ HAEGER, J. Cf. JORDANO BARBUDO, D.

DE FREINA, J. J. Eine neu entdeckte Lymantriiden-Art aus Kaschmir :

Arctomis Komisiana SD. ar sde rar HR Rod ow oa a He weet er 2 119

GAEDIKE, R. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der paläarktischen Douglasiidae :

Tinagma klimeschi sp. n. aus Rhodos ...................... 3 158

GROTENFELT, P. Cf. MIKKOLA, K.

GYULAI, P. Notes on the distribution of Gortyna borelii lunata FREYER

in the Carpathian Basin (Noctuidae) ....................... 1 54

HERRMANN, R. Dahlica marmorella sp. n. — eine neue Psychide aus

NANG 502 Abd eth dicing ose oe wie ond a 4 203

HESSELBARTH, G. Morphologische und ökologische Daten zu den

präimaginalen Stadien einiger Arten der Gattung Hyponephele

MUSCHAMP„. 1913 (Saymdas) en a APR 4 209

JORDANO BaARBUDO, D., J. RODRIGUEZ GONZALEZ & J. FERNANDEZ

HAEGER. Cap, iris spinosa (Capparidaceae) : an oviposition sub-

250

strate for Lampides boeticus LINNAEUS in southern Spain (Lycaeni-

GED), LORS RER Eee

LAFONTAINE, J. D. Cf. MIKKOLA, K.

LEIGHEB, G. Cf. CAMERON-CURRY, V.

LöDL, M. Noctua warreni sp. n., a new sibling species of Noctua comes

HÜBNER, 1813 from Cyprus (Noctuidae) ...................

Mags, K. V. N. Revisionary notes on the genus Achyra GUENEE with a

new synonym and the description of Achyra takowensis sp. n.

IStidtesson.Pyralidael) sr LL eae wie iii

MIKKOLA, K. Biography of Prof. Esko SUOMALAINEN, Honorary mem-

(DEP LOTS all CR epee an ee ER re ee

MIKKOLA, K., J. D. LAFONTAINE & P. GROTENFELT. A revision of the

holarctic Chersotis andereggii complex (Noctuidae) ...........

POVOLNY, D. Scrobipalpa (Euscrobipalpa) dagmaris sp. n. und andere

interessante Entdeckungen bei den europaischen Gnorimoschemini

MIGClECONIG AGN Mes a rain Readers Donne on eee

RAMMERT, U. The defensive biology of the larvae of Amata (= Syntomis)

phegea L. and Amata (= Syntomis) kuhlweinii LEF. (Ctenuchidae)

RazowskI, J. A New Palaearctic Archipini genus (Tortricidae) .....

RAzowskKI, J. On the family-level systematics of the Pterophoridae . .

RIBONI, E. Cf. CAMERON-CURRY, V.

RODRIGUEZ GONZALEZ, J. Cf. JORDANO BARBUDO, D.

SAITOH, K. A note on the haploid chromosome number of Brenthis ino

ROTTEMBURG 1775 from Finland (Nymphalidae) .............

SATILER, K. The systematic status of the genera //seopsis POVOLNY 1965

and Empista POVOLNY, 1968 (Gelechiidae) .................

SCHINTLMEISTER, A., V. V. DUBATOLOV, A. V. SVIRIDOV, A. Yu.

TSHISTIAKOV & J. VIIDALEPP. Verzeichnis und Verbreitung der

INotogontidae der UdSSR ı. .ur.22: mean Be sen

SUOMALAINEN, E. Autobibliography (Lepidopterological publications)

SVIRIDOV, A. V. Cf. SCHINTLMEISTER, A.

TREMEWAN, W. G. The problem of infrasubspecific names in some

PEOUDS Ol Lepidoptera u... une een

TSHISTJAKOV, A. Yu. Cf. SCHINTLMEISTER, A.

VIIDALEPP, J. Cf. SCHINTLMEISTER, A.

Vis, R. & H. A. CoeENE. Lepidopterological investigations in Kashmir

andskEadaktı, (India)ı un un a se ow eure oo ok nae Mews ne

WEIDENHOFFER, Z. & W. ECKWEILER. Notes on the status of Armenia

hyrcanica (RILEY, 1939) (Lycaenidae) ...............:......

Obituary — Nachruf — In Memoriam

Jorma Kyrkı, 1950-1986 (E. M. LAASONEN) ..................

John HEATH, 1922-1987 (B. GOATER) ........................

218

115

138

200

251

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses ........ l 53::6070%92

2 133, 134, 136

3 193, 194, 195

4 247

Editorial . 22254500 SR RO CR PRES l 2

4 198

Sixth European Congress of Lepidopterology. San Remo 5-9 April

1986 3 odd ds Keke te Oe a eee ee 2 93

4 202, 217, 248

Communication «ccc 2k oda Gs iw DE ae Re l 4

2.2

Cörrieendum ..3-..44.048 6 Hee ek ES nur UC 4 223

Memorandum... 22 MT LR ara 4 249

New Taxa described in Vol. 10

Neue Taxa in Vol. 10 beschrieben

Nouveaux taxa decrits dans le Vol. 10

PSYCHIDAE Dahlica marmorella HERRMANN ............... 204

COLEOPHORIDAE Coleophora aliena BALDIZZONE ............... 26

Coleophora beticella BALDIZZONE .............. 32

Coleophora jynxella BALDIZZONE .............. 29

Coleophora sciurella BALDIZZONE .............. 33

Coleophora vivesella BALDIZZONE .............. 27

Coleophora teneriffella BALDIZZONE ............ 30

GELECHIIDAE Scrobipalpa (Euscrobipalpa) dagmaris POVOLNY .. 80

DOUGLASIIDAE Tinagma: klimeschi GAEDIKE |. 2.22.22... 22. nal 158

TORTRICIDAE Tosirips RAZOWSEL Lie es SNA EE 87

PYRALIDAE Achyra takowensis MAES ...... > ald le ge 178

PTEROPHORIDAE Emmelina jezonica pseudojezonica DERRA ....... 71

LYMANTRIIDAE Arctornis kohistana DE FREINA ................ 119

NOCTUIDAE Chersotis andereggii arcana MIKKOLA .......... 151

Noctua. warreni LODL : vw. os be Sen etek 164

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire ................................. 250

292

TAS EUROPAEA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA e.V.

ent : Emilio Balletto Vice-President : Barry Goater

2 Secretary : Hansjürg Geiger Treasurer : Sigbert Wagener

ship Secretary : Willy De Prins Editor : Emmanuel de Bros

y Couneil Members : Claude Dufay, Niels P. Kristensen, Kauri Mikkola,

à u M. I Steven E. Whitebread.

AMITTEES :

re : e : Pamela Gilbert

cations for membership, changes of address and orders for Nota lepidoptero-

ca and other literature should be sent to:

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf. )

y members DM 50,-

ate members DM 55,-

i0 DM 5,-

air mail charges DM 15,-

VOLUMES OF NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA

members DM 24,-

non-members DM 48,-

members DM 32,-

non-members DM 64,-

members DM 40,-

non-members DM 86,-

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Wez 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf.)

ne made by :

7 x a

Ser Giro Office Cologne — Postgiroamt Köln — C.C.P. Cologne

a a. ee Nr. 1956 50-597

“Mandat de poste international”.

Mitglieder : in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland kann die Uberweisung auch

me Nr. 130 500 bei der Stadtsparkasse Bocholt (BLZ 428 500 35)

ion members : Due to the unstable state of the pound at present, it is

ble to quote the subscription rate in this currency. Members should pay the

ing equivalent. Cheques and bankers orders should be made payable to

Europaea Lepidopterologica U.K. A/c” and sent to Barry Goater, 22

eue, one Herts. WD2 3BP.

Ss to:

Sacto piactis Institut Universitit Bern

à Nes 3, CH- 3017 Bern, Switzerland

= Handele ie eee Beiter à

Le. u CTO rm _ Schweiger & Meiser GmbH & Co

Bittimairstrasse 4 ER

8070 INGOLSTADT/ DO.

Telefon (0841) 75583

IHR SPEZIALIST FÜR OO SEE

Utensilien für den Fach- und Hobbyentemologen.

Für die Zucht:

Für den Tag- und Nachtfang:

Netze, Gläser, Stromaggregate, Transportkasten, Larnpen und | [

röhren etc.

Für das Präparieren:

lien un

Für die Sammlung:

ee oun zur Verfugung. Als SEL- Mitglied erhalten Sie = uns auf 5

Artikel (außer Bücher) 5% Rabatt.

icle——

®ieferm

W LE Nuns A

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31UVU@I7

SM]

NVI

NV!

SMI

LIBRAR

i Z # 5 ER u) = HA

NT : @ WX = 2

wm. % — œ Se NH x —

w, À 4. 1 X. 4 * NS ~\ — je

tiny JZ ps. = NS < =

x GE, = x a NX œ M ae

À 7 = ol oa ee z 0

ILSNI_NVINOSHLINS _53 IUVY4g Uy. LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION „Nnounu

: 7

o N = ow = w =

= Ne 5 : = 2 = Keer

am. ER WS = = m > = N

pu S N, r aj a zn = iR

u Se = BY = A

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS S31UY4 817

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

LIBRAR

NYINOSHLINS

S31#vVug17 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN

Pap

NVINOSHLINS

S SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S314V#9171 LIBRARIES

— w = —

TR = 5 us 5

= RN .< = À yi =

5°.» ie 5 er 3

Z | — = = mis :

RIES_SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAIUVUg17

= | pes

° . =) fe a -

i = > A > re

En =D =

23 ca = 2 =

= ae = = =

= zZ d ” = = > m Zz

oa (2? er en = = <

LILSNI_NVINOSHLINS, S3THVH@IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN | INSTITUTION, NOIINI

< = ‚„< N = < N \ = |

DT = An EN = = TE -

VE: HERRN. 3 NE

Ge wn a 5 Ne 77] 17) n

7: WENN: - :

= > = ur - = >

un _ (27) ie 7) = =

\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314V4917

«a = 3 3 BEN 25] >

us ; en has 4 KS ws an

=. 1h fp = = FN : =

< GR = < = MW « =

œ “Gy = x DA aN x 5

a 4 = = à 3 0

ur 2 x 7 |

LILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314V#911 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOAL

— . Z z | = A

5 m = 4 Le

œm A = 9 a =

7 N 5 7 = Wiad =

> . N =’ =) : > =)

pe) NS = 2 > "oy =

= WA ated - En =

ARTES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIINLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31HVH911 LIBRA

* D

2] u ; =

Ber = = y. Z 4 z X

ys IDEE N

NE = A AS = z = N

NS N + — _ » NY

NS > = NS > = = = >

LILSNI_NVINOSHLINS SA31HV4917 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNL

= NS S FZ SE AI fro NS > =e NS > FW Kf’ E > #4

= NO 2,77 = | N 2 = MS sq 7 ee 2,4

= SK > = > > = SK > = >’ |

” + ge = w > wo + Fr we = F

„salavuan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLLLSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS, SATUVH 811 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INS]

= a = = Be

ul 7 ul = a = 7 °

œ = = seal =, œ = ye

< a <x en . — &

= = E = = S S

oO = m. = en = =

= oO = ro) oO = oO O

- Z En = = 4 = zZ

LIBRARIES _SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

| INSTITUTION NOIINLIISNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVYE IT NVINOSHLIWS S31

S31YVY4917 LIBRARIES SMITH

mo.

= 2 e = S = = = =

2 5 2 = 5 2 5 7 =

=: : 3 = 2 = = 3 -

= > = = = = 7 = r

> z He i= | = > Z 5 z

S S3IUWYEII_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S314V4411 LIBRARIES |

7) = ee: a a er un = a = Ron ” =

= = -- = = \ = = = < = =

IH = = = z =e + = 2.

SLA 2 8 2 2 2 FE 2 8 “

Z = zZ Er Z = 2 = = =

> = _ > = 1 = = > = _ x =

z n * = an à, 2 a za an . a an

\__INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314VY4411_LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHIINS S3 |

= Lu Z À re vt = us = uJ = N eC Lu

£ = FN = 2 hl : IN =

a < =) N < a LA = < = BK <

4 4 YQ oO 4 a * “Gy 4 a N

= — = + : À > m z — = ee |

5 SAJIYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I4V4811 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN I

= u = be 3 = a = 3 = “a =

5 2 5 blip, 2 5 a SS 5 7 =. Gly, ®

= = = Ki? FE = NN à = a ant

m AN ; m

= 4 = o Z 7) bap = = un

N INSTITUTION NOIINLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SIIUVY4817 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

HSONIAN

DSHLINS

HSONIAN

OSHLIWS

HSONIAN

OSHLINS

HSONIAN

OSHLIWS

HSONIAN

IOSHLIWS